<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"><title type="text">Catalyst</title><id>https://catalyst-journal.com</id><updated>2026-04-20T17:51:16.276019Z</updated><link href="https://catalyst-journal.com"/><logo>https://catalyst-journal.com/static/img/logo/logo-type.png</logo><subtitle type="text">A Journal of Theory and Strategy</subtitle><entry><id>https://catalyst-journal.com/2024/08/nationalize-the-banks</id><title type="text">Nationalize the Banks</title><updated>2026-04-20T17:51:15.680461Z</updated><author><name>Christopher W. Shaw</name></author><content type="xhtml"><article xmlns=""><div><p>As a lonely critic who dared to challenge Federal Reserve Board chairman Alan Greenspan during the stock market mania of the late 1990s, then congressman Bernie Sanders received recognition from the political left and dismissive coverage from the mainstream media. Sanders subsequently won significant national attention as an outspoken populist critic of the banking system in the wake of the 2007–8 financial crisis. After declaring his presidential candidacy in 2015, he cemented this reputation as the nation’s preeminent critic of bankers, using the campaign to express the anger that many Americans shared about the financial crisis and the resulting bailout. “If elected president,” Sanders pledged, “I will rein in Wall Street so they can’t crash our economy again.”<sup id="fn-no-1"><a href="#fn-1">1</a></sup> Hillary Clinton conceded the appeal of this campaign promise when — panicked by the popularity of Sanders’s attack on finance and unable to respond effectively to his criticisms — she sought to change the subject by exclaiming, “If we broke up the big banks tomorrow . . . would that end racism? Would that end sexism? Would that end discrimination against the LGBT community?”<sup id="fn-no-2"><a href="#fn-2">2</a></sup> The stand that Sanders took against the banks was compelling, true to the contemporary moment, and appeared novel. But although unfamiliar to the times, opposing the excesses and power of bankers was hardly original. Sanders emerged as the successor to an influential strand of American political culture with deep historical roots that has motivated far-reaching economic demands in the past and could do so again in the future.</p><p>As the Sanders campaign demonstrated, while banking is widely considered to be dry and dull, it’s nevertheless an issue that can energize working-class politics. Discussing and debating banking calls attention to opposing material interests, which promotes a politics that is attuned to questions of class. Workers confront the relevance of banking to their daily lives every time they check their account balance or pay a bill.<sup id="fn-no-3"><a href="#fn-3">3</a></sup> When Sanders presented financial policy as a clash between Wall Street on the one hand and “working families” on the other, he articulated a class-based populist message that could reach a diverse spectrum of working-class voters. In the past few years, local single-issue groups promoting public banks made real headway in several heavily Democratic cities and states. Among other issues, their campaigns foregrounded green energy projects and unequal credit access due to racial discrimination. This messaging excites liberal Democratic politicians, but its capacity to forge broader coalitions and inspire the solidarity that sustains working-class politics is more limited.<sup id="fn-no-4"><a href="#fn-4">4</a></sup></p><p>A look at the past reveals that banking programs that are framed in universal terms can offer an effective organizing device with widespread appeal. Shared commitments to remaking the banking system were the cornerstone of an influential American political tradition. In the late nineteenth century, the “money question” galvanized two mass political parties that protested Gilded Age inequality, the Greenback and Populist parties. In the early twentieth century, large numbers of workers and farmers across the nation rallied around banking reforms as a means to make American society more democratic. Seen in the light of this history, the promise of material benefits from government banking continues to present a source for working-class political mobilization today.</p><p>Recent polling indicates that the public is dissatisfied with the private banking system. In 2024, the Pew Research Center revealed that 60 percent of Americans think that banks have a negative effect on the nation. This discontent with the current banking system is bipartisan: Democrats and Republicans were equally likely to view banks as having a negative impact.<sup id="fn-no-5"><a href="#fn-5">5</a></sup> Such an outlook conformed with the findings of earlier surveys. A 2016 poll by Edison Research found that a majority thought Wall Street — a term commonly used for large banks — did more to hurt than to help the lives of Americans, an opinion that prevailed across racial, gender, educational, and partisan lines, with one exception. The only group that bucked this pattern were those with postgraduate educations, though here, too, a plurality thought Wall Street did more harm than good.<sup id="fn-no-6"><a href="#fn-6">6</a></sup> And these poll results aren’t a post–financial crisis phenomenon. When Louis Harris and Associates conducted polling on the subject in 1996, amid an economic boom, the firm’s chairman concluded that the public’s impression of Wall Street was “awful.” In the survey, 61 percent of Americans agreed that Wall Street was “dominated by greed and selfishness” and 64 percent agreed that “most people on Wall Street would be willing to break the law if they believed they could make a lot of money and get away with it.”<sup id="fn-no-7"><a href="#fn-7">7</a></sup></p><p>Government banking could open up new economic possibilities. Absent the imperative to maximize profits, public banks from the local to the federal level could help advance social democratic policies. Operating under the mandate to promote social welfare, such banks could help finance universal government programs. Public infrastructure projects would be prime candidates for these loans. Importantly, government banking would bolster public control over capital flows. Increasing funding opportunities for social goods and government services would invigorate the public sector. Government banking could allow for greater public management of capital allocation among different economic sectors and make investment decisions more democratically responsive.</p><p>Securing these results would demand that the administration of government banks be organized around public transparency and accountability. Publicly appointed and elected governing committees would help hold decision-makers responsible to voters. Fostering interaction between government banking officials and the people their decisions affect would promote the leadership’s concern for social needs and public opinions. Requiring officials to consult regularly with the full spectrum of social stakeholders through advisory councils and open meetings would offer a means of institutionalizing such connections. Placing officials under regular oversight and review by elected legislatures would further promote democratic responsiveness.</p><p>Opponents of government programs habitually claim that Americans are inherently opposed to government programs. Yet voices on the political right are among those questioning this cliché. In a 2024 survey, American Compass, an organization that advocates a “new conservative economic agenda,” found “vanishingly little support across parties for reducing any of government’s major roles.” Under one-fifth of those polled thought government programs were “usually unhelpful,” while the majority were open-minded on the subject, stating that they “don’t believe a general rule of thumb [on government’s role] makes sense.”<sup id="fn-no-8"><a href="#fn-8">8</a></sup> This undoctrinaire verdict indicates that most Americans can be receptive to the merits of government programs — an attitude that has historical precedent in the United States. The twentieth century witnessed the New Deal, President Lyndon B. Johnson’s Great Society, a slew of reforms during President Richard Nixon’s administration, and numerous other government initiatives. More recently, right-wing opponents of health care reform fervidly attacked the Affordable Care Act and framed it as emblematic of “big government.” During the past decade, this law has gained steadily in public acceptance, and all but ten states — mostly in the South — have adopted the program’s Medicaid expansion.</p></div><section id="sec-1"><header><h2>Banking for the People</h2></header><div><p>Though bankers might seem omnipotent, the nature of banking makes the entire sector susceptible to public pressure. The very mechanics of banking yield major vulnerabilities to negative popular opinion: there is always the risk of depositors withdrawing their money and closing their accounts. In the early 1980s, boycotts targeting banks proved an effective tool for activists defying deindustrialization in western Pennsylvania. In one instance, such a boycott helped protect thousands of workers’ pensions and severance pay. In another, a threatened boycott reversed plans to shutter a plant employing 650 workers.<sup id="fn-no-9"><a href="#fn-9">9</a></sup> Strategically more significant is the leverage that the public has over banking in the political realm. While the political influence of bankers is well known, their need to pursue self-protection through political involvement is less noted. Banks are reliant on government, particularly the national government. The private banking system is both a relatively regulated branch of the economy and favored with the privilege of a federal safety net, which is integral to its existence. The banking system depends on confidence rooted in continuing support from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), the Federal Reserve System, and ultimately the federal government itself. The current power of bankers is less a structural matter of course than the consequence of an absence of political challenges.</p><p>During the early twentieth century, the private banking system faced significant grassroots criticism. Keen public interest in financial questions reflected the political inheritance of Greenbackism and Populism. Influenced by these traditions, and also by the rising socialist movement, many Americans looked forward to establishing government banks.</p><p>Discussion of the subject of government banking evokes an enduring line of historical inquiry: “Why is there no socialism in the United States?” Over the years, numerous explanations have been offered to this question, including racial and ethnic animosities, high levels of social mobility, an entrenched two-party system, and an intensely individualistic culture. More recently, historians writing in the latter part of the twentieth century interrogated the premise of this question itself, revealing that socialism not only existed in the United States but had roots in the American heartland. Their research situated small Midwestern cities of the Progressive Era, the countryside of Oklahoma during the same period, and the nineteenth-century Indiana milieu that produced Eugene V. Debs at the center of the nation’s socialist history.<sup id="fn-no-10"><a href="#fn-10">10</a></sup> When historians recovered the socialist past of the early twentieth-century United States, they also resurrected the memory of the movement’s substantial appeal to workers and farmers. In 1920, Debs famously received close to one million votes for president while imprisoned at the Atlanta Federal Penitentiary due to his opposition to World War I.</p><p>Yet an important dimension of the question of socialism’s appeal remains comparatively neglected: the prevalence and popularity, beyond the Socialist Party of America, of economic ideas that intersect and overlap with socialism. In this article, I will explore an aspect of the American past that has been lost: a mass movement of working people who sought to socialize banking. During the first half of the twentieth century, widespread public condemnation of the private banking system and the bankers who controlled this fundamental feature of capitalism led to broad support among working people for creating government banks and nationalizing privately owned ones.<sup id="fn-no-11"><a href="#fn-11">11</a></sup></p><p>The appeal of government banking to early twentieth-century Americans resulted from a remarkable level of popular engagement with financial policy questions, one largely absent today. Material concerns drove these workers and farmers to push for a banking reformation that would make the economy more equitable. Such critics of the banking and monetary status quo thought broadly about economic matters. But there was a smaller, less influential group whose interest in money was narrower. An exclusive focus on financial affairs led these critics to believe that the only necessary economic change involved tinkering with money. Among these were establishment figures whose attempt to use monetary reform to forestall other economic reforms reveals the reactionary motivations behind such programs. During the Great Depression, for example, one conspicuous lobby for inflation — the Committee for the Nation — was an organization of business executives who opposed the New Deal. There were also politically and socially marginal reactionaries, typically of an antisemitic variety, whose conspiracy theories incorporated financial nostrums. The political program of the 1930s protofascist group the Silver Shirts, for instance, addressed monetary matters. A distinguishing feature of their program was the doubtful proposition that replacing physical currency with a network of checking accounts would eliminate “money crimes” like robbery and the extortion of ransom through kidnapping.<sup id="fn-no-12"><a href="#fn-12">12</a></sup></p><p>While groups such as the Committee for the Nation and the Silver Shirts attempted to turn mass involvement with financial questions to their own ends, elite-orchestrated and fringe political programs unfolded apart from the grassroots banking politics of working people. Truly populist banking politics, by contrast, was rooted in labor unions and farmer groups, institutions that working people organized, led, and funded themselves. Numerous worker and farmer institutions, from the local to the national levels — ranging from the Chicago Federation of Labor to the National Farmers Union and the United Mine Workers of America — provided forums where heterodox financial ideas circulated, including the belief that establishing government banks would combat the abuses of the existing financial system as a whole.</p><p>On an individual level, working people were interested in banking because they wanted safety for their savings and greater access to credit. The motive here was less about becoming rich than about attaining the modest prosperity that would offer basic financial security to them and their families. They also hoped to overcome the economic, political, and social threat posed by the concentration of vast financial power in only a few hands. Opponents of the “money power” endeavored to tame it for the sake of democracy. Working people understood Wall Street to be the headquarters of capitalism, autonomously deciding where investment would and would not be channeled. They believed that the profit-seeking excesses of large, unaccountable financial institutions frequently threatened economic stability.<sup id="fn-no-13"><a href="#fn-13">13</a></sup> Accordingly, on this front as well, working people’s quest for financial security made reforming the banking system a priority for them, because they understood that, operating with minimal oversight, banks both caused and magnified the recurring depressions that regularly wreaked havoc in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries.</p><p>The collective political action that emerged from policy discussions within organizations of workers and farmers drove significant changes to the banking system from the 1910s through the 1930s. A major impetus for most of the era’s banking reforms was persistent public pressure, consistently expressed through elected officials, for more government involvement in this critical sector of the economy. In comparison with today, the banking system operated more autonomously from government, stamping this reform agenda as a clear break with past practice. Still, the vigor of popular involvement in grassroots banking politics produced victories despite the burden of precedent and the banking fraternity’s bitter resistance. The possibility of government enterprise in the form of public banks presented a sweeping policy option that loomed over all contemporary financial debates. The threat of such a radical step eased reforms that now appear moderate but were opposed adamantly by bankers at the time, who attacked the FDIC, Farm Credit System, and now defunct Postal Savings System. Contrary to their fears, following its establishment in 1934, the FDIC brought unprecedented stability to the banking system. It was the keystone of a reformed financial order that no longer fueled sharp booms and busts, providing a foundation for post–World War II mass prosperity and neutralizing future demands for far-reaching changes to banking.</p><p>Historical accounts of mass engagement with financial politics in the modern society that emerged between the Civil War and World War II have emphasized monetary debates, especially the 1890s conflict over the currency that arrayed the gold standard against bimetallism (basing money on both gold and silver). But grassroots banking politics in the early twentieth century was less focused on how money ought to be defined than on the purpose of financial institutions. Making finance accountable to the material and moral concerns of working people was at the heart of this mass movement. Its supporters believed that stripping the control of money and credit from bankers would end the profit motive’s power not only over individuals but also over investment decisions that shaped larger economic developments. The idea of organizing banking to serve working people — instead of exploiting them — mobilized workers and farmers, who pursued a populist economic vision that aligned with socialist ideals. In his 2016 campaign, Sanders revealed that financial reform can still motivate working-class voters today.</p></div></section><section id="sec-2"><header><h2>Greenbackers, Populists and Socialists</h2></header><div><p>The 1928 and 1932 Socialist Party vice presidential nominee James H. Maurer entered politics through his involvement in financial reform. His political activism was pivotal to the development of the strong socialist movement in Reading, Pennsylvania, that peaked in the late 1920s.<sup id="fn-no-14"><a href="#fn-14">14</a></sup> Socialism in the city was rooted among its largely Pennsylvania Dutch working class — a background that Maurer shared. Overcoming poverty and illiteracy, he forged an alliance between organized labor and socialism in his hometown, eventually becoming president of the Pennsylvania State Federation of Labor. A newsboy at six years old and a factory laborer at ten, at sixteen Maurer was an illiterate apprentice in a machine shop. But his life changed forever thanks to a politically active machinist who taught him how to read. Under this fellow worker’s tutelage, Maurer embarked upon an intensive program of self-education on the topics of “banking, the gold standard, bimetallism, paper money, inflated currency, contracted currency, free coinage of silver.”<sup id="fn-no-15"><a href="#fn-15">15</a></sup> He had become one of many working-class students of finance during the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries.</p><p>Learning about financial issues was an empowering experience for Maurer. “Before I was seventeen,” he recalled, “I believed I knew more about banking and the manipulation of money than most Congressmen did.” Although too young to vote, Maurer became an enthusiastic member of the Greenback Party. Greenbackers wanted the federal government to combat the frequent economic depressions and ruinous deflation of the late nineteenth century by printing large amounts of paper currency. Through his involvement with the Greenback Party, Maurer learned the mechanics of political organizing, carrying the flag in the party’s parades, distributing its literature, and generally doing whatever work needed to be done. By the 1890s, the Greenback Party was moribund, but its financial ideas had a new home in the growing Populist movement — a mass protest against laissez-faire capitalism that won adherents among Midwestern wheat farmers and Southern cotton farmers, Western miners and urban construction workers. Maurer found himself in great demand as a speaker at Populist events throughout Pennsylvania. “Bankers particularly came in for scathing abuse,” he recalled. “We handled them without gloves.”<sup id="fn-no-16"><a href="#fn-16">16</a></sup></p><p>The banker was a figure who represented unearned wealth and unaccountable power. Casting a critical eye on the riches that bankers enjoyed and the undue influence they exercised helped contemporaries think in more systemic ways about the unfairness of economic arrangements that privileged some and disadvantaged others. The Panic of 1907, for example, was caused by a reckless and bungled attempt to corner a mining stock and the ensuing failure of banks connected with the unsuccessful speculators. The federal government hurried to rescue shaky banks with a sizable no-interest loan. Meanwhile, the economic depression that this financial crisis caused threw millions of workers out of their jobs. A socialist member of the United Mine Workers of America blamed the depression on the “instability of our present banking system . . . augmented by . . . stock gamblers and money sharks, beside whom a common horse-thief or safe-breaker would be a respectable citizen.”<sup id="fn-no-17"><a href="#fn-17">17</a></sup></p><p>In the aftermath of the 1907 crisis, the largest-circulation socialist newspaper in the nation, the <cite>Appeal to Reason </cite>of Girard, Kansas, used banking to dramatize the disparate nature of government involvement in the economy. “What is a banker to do in a financial crisis if he is out of cash?” the newspaper asked. “Come to the United States treasury and help yourself to government money.” The federal response, the<cite> Appeal </cite>observed, was entirely different in the case of unemployed workers. “What is a man to do who is out of work in a financial crisis and is starving? God knows!”<sup id="fn-no-18"><a href="#fn-18">18</a></sup> The privileges that bankers enjoyed provided the <cite>Appeal </cite>with an instructive case study of how, despite criticisms of socialism that romanticized laissez-faire principles, government was already active in the economy. Government’s finger was tipping the scale in favor of capitalists and against working people, whereas socialism would orient government efforts toward aiding the working class.</p><p>When socialists criticized bankers and the privately owned banking system, they connected with an established pillar of working-class political culture. Large numbers of workers and farmers studied, discussed, and debated a variety of financial reforms. And with a lineage extending back to the Greenbackers and the Populists, government banking was deeply embedded in this political tradition. However, as the socialist movement grew in the first decade of the twentieth century, a former Populist vice presidential nominee, Thomas E. Watson, became one of socialism’s more vociferous critics. Many participants in the Populist uprising of the 1890s — most of whom were farmers — disagreed with Watson. They considered socialism to be a fuller development of their political philosophy. “I had the pleasure of voting for you in ’92,” a resident of upstate New York informed Watson, “and it is a matter of profound regret . . . that you cannot . . . step forward into the Socialist party.”<sup id="fn-no-19"><a href="#fn-19">19</a></sup> Yet despite Watson’s denunciations of socialism, he promoted the idea of a federal bank that would make low-interest loans more widely available. It’s unsurprising then, given these two movements’ overlapping ideas, that in Oklahoma, Louisiana, and Texas, historian James R. Green found that “former radical Populists played an important role in building the early Socialist party locals.” Their political efforts proved highly successful, with one in six Oklahoma voters casting their ballots for Debs in the 1912 presidential election, an electoral result that rested on enthusiastic support from farmers.<sup id="fn-no-20"><a href="#fn-20">20</a></sup></p><p>In 1912, the Socialist Party had put aside the ideological objections of some members and embraced farmers as fellow members of the working class.<sup id="fn-no-21"><a href="#fn-21">21</a></sup> For workers, banking was an urgent political issue because the existing system’s instability ignited and fueled punishing economic depressions. Moreover, given that periodic hard times were a fact of life, those who managed to accumulate a nest egg wanted it to remain secure. In addition to these concerns, affordable credit was an especially pressing matter for farmers, since for them borrowing from lenders was analogous to the wage relationship between workers and employers. Credit allowed farmers to purchase essential supplies like seeds and fertilizer, and the agricultural loans that farming required typically imposed high and even usurious interest payments. Therefore, when socialists discussed banking, they spoke directly to a paramount concern of farmers. A leading socialist organizer in Oklahoma, Oscar Ameringer, stressed that “nationalization of the banking system, loaning money at actual cost, would give capital to the usury ridden farmer at a rate . . . lower than his greatest expectations.”<sup id="fn-no-22"><a href="#fn-22">22</a></sup> The high cost of farm loans motivated supporters of the Bank of North Dakota — the sole state bank in the nation today — who persevered against opposition to its creation in 1919 and subsequently shielded the institution from attacks during its vulnerable early years.<sup id="fn-no-23"><a href="#fn-23">23</a></sup></p><p>“The collective ownership and democratic management of the banking and currency system” became part of the Socialist Party platform in 1912.<sup id="fn-no-24"><a href="#fn-24">24</a></sup> But government banking was much discussed and highly popular among working people well beyond party circles throughout the first half of the twentieth century. Postal banking was one form of government banking that received extensive public support. Numerous labor unions and farmer organizations lobbied to secure the 1911 establishment of the Postal Savings System, whose sole function was to offer savings accounts for small depositors. Shortly after the system’s inauguration, the 1912 American Federation of Labor convention sought to expand its role, resolving that funds deposited in the Postal Savings System should “be loaned to individuals . . . preferably to laboring people striving to obtain a home.” For decades, working people continued to urge that the Post Office Department become a full-fledged bank, offering checking accounts and low-interest loans through the nation’s extensive network of post offices.<sup id="fn-no-25"><a href="#fn-25">25</a></sup></p><p>An additional legislative victory during this era that owed much to advocates of public banks involved farm lending. From the Populist movement forward, farmers had called repeatedly for the national government to provide them with affordable credit. Farmers frequently condemned bankers as superfluous and burdensome intermediaries who extracted unearned profit through interest payments. “Why not cut out this useless middle man, and the high rates of interest?” demanded one Nebraska farmer. In 1915, the <cite>Appeal to Reason</cite> spoke to this grievance, observing that under existing practices “the farmer suffers most” — even becoming “a debtor citizen” — and proposing to replace “private control of money and banking” with “absolute public control.” That summer, the nation’s three largest farmer organizations “unanimously agreed” on a plan that would create a federal government program for loaning money directly to farmers at low interest. The Federal Farm Loan Act of 1916 established an agricultural lending system that fell short of achieving the strictly governmental institution that many farmers favored. Still, this new system had access to funding from the United States Treasury and was governed by public officials. As farmers had predicted, the result was lower interest rates under more favorable terms.<sup id="fn-no-26"><a href="#fn-26">26</a></sup></p></div></section><section id="sec-3"><header><h2>Producers and Parasites</h2></header><div><p>Public banking proposals multiplied rapidly during the early years of the Great Depression, when one-fifth of the nation’s privately owned banks failed. In addition to difficult economic conditions, mismanagement and white-collar crime played significant roles in the banking crisis. In response to this financial disaster, the grassroots of the socialist movement pressed the case for government banks. “Captain Kidd in his most balmiest days would have gladly exchanged his piracy business for this ‘legitimate’ banking business,” one socialist declared in a letter to the editor. “The public ownership of all the banking institutions . . . is the only hope of the public for redemption from the present chaotic banking conditions that has helped paralyze this country.” Another correspondent implored the <cite>Milwaukee Leader </cite>“and all the other Socialist papers [to] print a form for a petition that the people could use to petition the government to establish government banks.” The <cite>Reading Labor Advocate </cite>did not promote such a petition drive but did urge that banking be “made a government function” as the “first step” toward replacing “the private profit system of industry.”<sup id="fn-no-27"><a href="#fn-27">27</a></sup></p><p>The collapse of the private banking system in 1933 forced President Franklin D. Roosevelt to declare a national bank holiday immediately following his inauguration. The Socialist Party presented the new administration with a plan for transitioning to government banking. The <cite>Houston Post</cite>, a Democratic newspaper, predicted that recent events would make the nation especially receptive to socialist banking proposals.<sup id="fn-no-28"><a href="#fn-28">28</a></sup> Yet given the extent to which the Depression undermined the standing of financial, business, and other orthodox economic authorities, the 1930s proved to be particularly frustrating for the movement. The Socialist Party’s emergence from World War I as a significantly reduced political force set the stage for this anticlimactic period. Socialist leader Norman Thomas perceptively observed that the New Deal undercut the party’s appeal, sarcastically remarking that Roosevelt carried out its program “on a stretcher.”<sup id="fn-no-29"><a href="#fn-29">29</a></sup></p><p>Yet during the Depression, farmers and workers demanding government ownership and operation of banking embraced principles that socialists upheld, notably that existing economic arrangements awarded unaccountable private actors too much power, that the profit motive should not govern economic activity, and that the economy was a collective endeavor that ought to promote the common good. For example, New York City plunged into a fiscal crisis in the early 1930s, which empowered bankers to dictate budget policy as a condition for extending the loans that the city required to avoid default.<sup id="fn-no-30"><a href="#fn-30">30</a></sup> Socialist leader Morris Hillquit recommended a municipal bank “as a protection against the domination of private bankers.”<sup id="fn-no-31"><a href="#fn-31">31</a></sup> Appalled teachers in the public school system rallied to this cause, and their union denounced the banks for subverting fundamental democratic practice. In 1933, the American Federation of Teachers condemned the bankers’ “conspiracy to control government through their power to withhold credit,” resolving in favor of “a system of national banks under federal ownership and control.” The union had concluded that “only through government control of banking and credit can the manipulation of our financial structure for private ends be terminated.”<sup id="fn-no-32"><a href="#fn-32">32</a></sup></p><p>Meanwhile, on the other side of the nation, the leading organization of small farmers in California — the State Grange — declared in its journal that banking “is not a producer of wealth — it is a middleman” and envisioned government banks that made affordable credit available on an equitable basis. Since banks were merely the intermediary between money and borrowers, these farmers believed it was necessary to remove the profit motive from banking by making “the government . . . the channel through which the cash and credit of the nation is made available to the people.” This arrangement would promote modest economic success, thereby supporting the financial security of citizens and sustaining the health of communities. Emphasizing that banking should not operate in the interest of profit extraction, the district grange of San Joaquin County insisted that “the service which money is designed to perform is that of a collective nature . . . private control of either the circulation of credit or the expansion of credit destroys the equitable feature of this service.” These Grangers accordingly “urge[d] a complete control of all monies by the government and the distribution of all monies through government agencies.”<sup id="fn-no-33"><a href="#fn-33">33</a></sup></p><p>New Yorkers and Californians promoting the transformation of banking into a government function represented a prevalent opinion among working people nationwide. Support for nationalizing banking was expressed in multiple forms and in varied places, including through the state federations of labor of Colorado, Idaho, Indiana, Montana, Oklahoma, Oregon, and Washington; the state granges of California, Idaho, Missouri, Oregon, and Washington; and the state farmers’ unions of Iowa, Kansas, Missouri, and Montana.<sup id="fn-no-34"><a href="#fn-34">34</a></sup> As late as World War II, the Minnesota State Federation of Labor wanted “private persons and corporations . . . forbidden to do a banking business . . . in order that value of money, of commodities, and of Labor power be stabilized and freed from the manipulations of speculators.” During the war, a union oil worker (and devoted advocate of government banking) echoed the venerable tradition of warning that “a few ruthless, cold-blooded, brutal private bankers have the power to bring on . . . continued economic chaos.”<sup id="fn-no-35"><a href="#fn-35">35</a></sup></p><p>Although historians writing after the cultural turn often portray each glance, gesture, and utterance of marginalized individuals as consequential acts of resistance, a historical discrepancy exists between the prevalence of grievances among working people and the comparative infrequency of political action on their part.<sup id="fn-no-36"><a href="#fn-36">36</a></sup> In order to produce effective action, a sense of injury requires a cogent interpretation of its causes. Workers and farmers who studied banking issues regularly concluded that bankers were parasites who profited from the labor of producers. This understanding encouraged working people to believe that their labor entitled them to both a fair share of what the economy produced and greater control over economic institutions themselves. After all, even though bankers performed no productive service, the existing banking system imposed these superfluous middlemen — exploitative figures who used the money that depositors had earned to extract undeserved income from borrowers.</p><p>The sharp juxtaposition of productive labor and unproductive finance yielded a producerist analysis that promoted a sense of solidarity among working people. Producerism holds that honest work creates wealth; hence producers should receive the fruits of their labor, not idle parasites. “What do the bankers produce that they can live on the fat of the land while we who produce everything have almost nothing of what we produce?” asked one Californian during the Depression.<sup id="fn-no-37"><a href="#fn-37">37</a></sup> This perspective expressed a stark perception of opposing economic interests — a form of class division that inspired political action. Workers and farmers who considered themselves contributors to the commonweal shared a sense of exploitation at the hands of these nonproducers. Producerist convictions inspired working people to imagine banking alternatives that would rectify existing injustices and elevate the common good. Discontent with the private banking system promoted the idea that government banking could make the economy more responsive to democratic principles. This insight advanced a sense of the possible that motivated activist workers and farmers to campaign for public banks through their membership organizations.</p><p>Of course, in spite of the strength of public support for government banking, private banking remains the default model in the United States. When the banks collapsed in 1933, President Roosevelt was compelled to impose federal control over the entire system. The prestige of bankers was badly tarnished, and banks were not functioning. “It ought to be accepted as a principle,” Norman Thomas argued, “that banks saved only by government action . . . should pass absolutely into the control of the government and not be returned to the owners who could not manage them.”<sup id="fn-no-38"><a href="#fn-38">38</a></sup> But in this moment of crisis, Roosevelt made the expedient decision to resurrect the private banking system. One supporter of the socialization of banking with contacts inside the administration reported that “the money changers whom Mr. Roosevelt drove out of the temples in his inaugural [are] congregating in the White House and telling him what to do.” The leading administration official during the crafting and execution of the bank holiday later observed that “capitalism was saved in eight days.”<sup id="fn-no-39"><a href="#fn-39">39</a></sup></p><p>The ability of the private banking system to survive this trial shows how firmly entrenched its power was. But the extent of this power also makes clear both how audacious the grassroots banking politics campaign was and how remarkable its achievements were. The hostile opposition of bankers, for example, could not prevent the establishment of a government bank that extended throughout the nation: the Postal Savings System, often referred to as “Uncle Sam’s Savings Bank.” Rather than deter champions of government banking, awareness of the strength of their opponents actually motivated populist advocacy. “Do not get it into your heads brother farmers that these well fed bankers are going to let you get away from their crib if they can help it,” stressed Grange leader Carey B. Kegley. “The picking is entirely too good for them ever to permit you to be relieved from paying tribute.” Proponents of postal banking maintained their efforts to extend the institution following its establishment. Kegley, for example, proposed lending its funds to farmers at low interest.<sup id="fn-no-40"><a href="#fn-40">40</a></sup> The possibility of comprehensive postal banking remained a threatening prospect to bankers until waning public interest in financial questions allowed them to lobby successfully for the Postal Savings System’s termination in 1966.</p><p>From today’s vantage point, it’s remarkable how frequently bankers were forced on the political defensive during the first half of the twentieth century. The relative ease with which bankers have promoted their desired deregulatory agenda and extracted government bailouts in recent decades underlines this point. “The banks — hard to believe in a time when we’re facing a banking crisis that many of the banks created — are still the most powerful lobby on Capitol Hill,” stated Senator Richard J. Durbin during the 2007–8 financial crisis. “And they frankly own the place.”<sup id="fn-no-41"><a href="#fn-41">41</a></sup></p><p>The achievements of banking politics in its heyday were possible because of the vibrancy of the era’s worker and farmer organizations. Institutions that working people created and maintained served as schoolhouses where members discussed and debated financial issues. These autonomous spaces were relatively free of the economic orthodoxies that were used to defend established power relations. Within this sphere, bankers lacked authority and standing, which fostered an oppositional politics that — unlike the society at large — did not defer to the private banking system and its allies. Through participation in this populist political culture, workers and farmers became more fully conscious of the extent to which their own interests were at odds with the existing banking and monetary system, and consequently freer to formulate their own visions for what that system should become. Additionally, labor unions and farmer organizations provided working people with a collective voice that amplified their influence inside policymaking circles. This institutional framework allowed working people to challenge the prerogatives of bankers.</p></div></section><section id="sec-4"><header><h2>Sanders 2016 and Afterward</h2></header><div><p>The economy and resulting social structure that made possible early twentieth-century banking politics has passed into history. The small farmers who were central to this politics are much diminished in number, and the labor movement has been in retreat for decades. But the inherent economic dynamic that generated mass interest in banking questions remains relevant today. In important respects, the relationship between the public and the current banking system resembles the situation that gave rise to grassroots banking politics over a century ago. Large numbers of Americans increasingly contend with burdensome debts as a regular feature of their lives. And the banking structure has become more unstable in recent decades, producing the savings and loan crisis of the 1980s, the financial crisis of 2007–8, and the spate of failures among large so-called “regional” banks in 2023. Stimulating a renewed interest in banking politics, as Sanders did, could create pressure for vital changes in American society today.</p><p>In his 2016 presidential campaign, Sanders achieved a significant breakthrough: reintroducing politics rooted in class analysis to the national scene. One of his main themes on the campaign trail was the threat that banks — and especially the large banks of Wall Street — posed to working families. Sanders demonstrated that banking could again become an issue that mobilizes voters. He described “an economy and a political system that has been rigged by Wall Street to benefit the wealthiest . . . at the expense of everyone else.” Too-big-to-fail banks and pervasive white-collar crime, Sanders argued, define the nation’s banking system, abetted by a regulatory regime that “has been hijacked by the very bankers it is in charge of regulating.” He promised a dramatic departure from existing policies if elected. “Big banks will not be too big to fail,” Sanders pledged. “Big bankers will not be too big to jail.”<sup id="fn-no-42"><a href="#fn-42">42</a></sup></p><p>Although a democratic socialist, Sanders did not advance the nationalization of banking as the solution. The political culture of banking politics that made such proposals so common in the past had faded away decades earlier. Still, Sanders promised a true break from the status quo that included reviving postal banking, which would have “an important role in providing modest types of banking service to folks who need it.” Furthermore, Sanders made Clinton defend her affiliation with Wall Street, demonstrating that for many voters such connections with the financial sector had become a political liability. The populist analysis of the banking system that Sanders articulated echoed criticisms that were heard widely in the early twentieth century. “A handful of people on Wall Street,” he observed, “have extraordinary power over the economic and political life of our country.” But the most striking link to the past was how Sanders proposed to do something about this undue influence. “When millions of working families stand together, demanding fundamental changes in our financial system,” he observed, “we have the power to bring about . . . change.”<sup id="fn-no-43"><a href="#fn-43">43</a></sup></p><p>Socialism received a major boost from the Sanders campaign, but today’s socialism isn’t the working-class movement of the early twentieth century. Among members of the nation’s largest socialist organization, the Democratic Socialists of America, a 2021 survey found that more than 80 percent had a college degree and 35 percent had an advanced degree.<sup id="fn-no-44"><a href="#fn-44">44</a></sup> But when Sanders talked about banking, he reached a different audience. A key strength of Sanders’s 2016 candidacy was the clarity of his class-based message. By addressing banking, Sanders communicated a commitment to advancing the material interests of working people. Placing discussions about banks, bankers, Wall Street, and the Federal Reserve at the center of his campaign allied Sanders with struggling workers — those harmed by financialization, deindustrialization, corporate outsourcing, foreign-trade agreements, and the other economic reconfigurations that have disadvantaged workers. His depiction of finance offered structural clarity and presented specific reforms without becoming overly technical. Rebuilding working-class institutions and political power requires this type of compelling analysis of issues that are relevant to the everyday lives of citizens.</p><p>Consumer banking services are fundamental to daily life. At publicly accountable government banks, working people would benefit materially from consumer services that are not grounded in profit extraction. At public institutions, the profit motive wouldn’t inspire administrators to shave expenses and inflate revenues by increasingly monetizing, minimizing, and even eliminating functions that depositors and borrowers value — a never-ending push within the private banking system.<sup id="fn-no-45"><a href="#fn-45">45</a></sup> The agenda of officials wouldn’t revolve around levying high interest payments, imposing large fees, inventing entirely new fees, automating customer service jobs, closing branch offices, and devising various strategies to reduce services and nickel-and-dime consumers. Instead of commodifying personal financial information, public banks could offer privacy protections. Credit unions represent a notably successful example of cooperative enterprise in the United States because they provide their members an attractive alternative to for-profit banks. Government banking would attract patronage and win public support for the same reason.</p><p>Government banking could have a salutary macroeconomic function, offering countercyclical support when economic conditions worsen. Stepped-up lending during such periods could reinforce other fiscal and monetary responses, including jobs guarantee programs. At the state and local levels, government banks could brace sagging budgets amid tax-revenue declines. The funds of government banks could create opportunities to extend concrete gains to working people in normal economic times as well. The following discussion suggests some ways that government bank assets could be used to benefit working people in their everyday lives.</p><p>Austerity policies have diminished numerous public goods, but government banking could provide affordable opportunities for financing a diversity of job-creating public works projects at the federal, state, county, and municipal levels. Instead of confronting burdensome interest payments through the typical array of private lenders and bondholders, government agencies could borrow funds at more attractive terms, making possible projects that would otherwise be deemed unviable.</p><p>The nation’s public spaces are too often poorly maintained and even crumbling. Educational facilities such as schools and libraries, in addition to more specialized structures like museums and planetariums, could be constructed and renovated using financing provided by government banks. Buildings that serve the public, from municipal hospitals and clinics to community centers and post offices, could be transformed from blueprints into bricks and mortar. New and improved recreational spaces, including parks, playgrounds, swimming pools, tracks, baseball and softball diamonds, and basketball and tennis courts, could be another outcome of such financing. Cash-strapped public transit and other infrastructure systems struggling to make needed improvements and repairs could also benefit. The Tennessee Valley Authority stands as a legacy of the New Deal and evidence of what government infrastructure initiatives can accomplish.<sup id="fn-no-46"><a href="#fn-46">46</a></sup> Government banks could finance infrastructure projects involving transportation, energy, water, communications, and other sectors from the local to national levels.</p><p>Affordable housing is a pressing issue throughout the nation. Increasing numbers of working-class residents of both major cities and rural areas are finding it difficult to maintain a stable housing situation. Fiscal constraints are an obstacle to otherwise workable government-owned and rent-regulated solutions. While private investors avoid housing projects that don’t promise high returns, government banks could fill that void by financing social housing programs, ones that need not repeat the mistake of mid-twentieth-century public housing projects of limiting eligibility to lower-income residents. Shoddily constructed, poorly maintained, loosely managed projects intended only for very low-income residents were a recipe for failure. This unfortunate precedent supports not being so exclusive in the future. Many people in middle-income brackets would welcome the opportunity to participate in quality, well-managed social housing programs.<sup id="fn-no-47"><a href="#fn-47">47</a></sup></p><p>Using the financial power of government banks to save jobs would forge a critical connection between these institutions and the lives of workers. In response to the deindustrialization that devastated numerous communities during the 1970s and 1980s, a movement emerged among workers to acquire and operate discarded manufacturing facilities. In 1987, the historian and labor activist Staughton Lynd observed that such ideas “have made something akin to socialism acceptable to middle American working people.”<sup id="fn-no-48"><a href="#fn-48">48</a></sup> However, in order to be viable, this concept requires workers and their allies to secure large sums of money. Under the private banking regime, lack of the necessary financing for such endeavors has impeded this strategy. Although the wave of intense disinvestment that created the Rust Belt has passed, corporate abandonment has continued.<sup id="fn-no-49"><a href="#fn-49">49</a></sup> Government banking could alter the calculus when workers face job losses.</p><p>Government banking presents opportunities for a host of public policy options, serving as a stimulus for potential government solutions to existing social problems. Objections on financial grounds frequently halt proposals for new and expanded public services and projects. The pool of funds in government banks would loosen this restraint. In this way, government banking could combat public resignation to the status quo. While it would remain necessary to set policy priorities, ideas once dismissed as unrealistic would be deemed worthy of further consideration. Proposals that previously appeared unrealizable would look more attainable. It would become easier to imagine viable social change. The basis of political life would move toward possibilities.</p><p>During the first half of the twentieth century, millions of Americans supported government control of banking in a nation where socialist principles supposedly lacked appeal. They wanted the economy to operate in the service of the workers and farmers whose labor underwrote national prosperity, and they believed that realizing this populist vision required a banking system oriented toward public service instead of private profit. Although most advocates of government banking did not identify as socialists, they were sympathetic to the socialist ideal of democratizing the economy. The recent rise of Bernie Sanders in national politics reveals latent support for socialist ideas among working-class voters, including the white working class, who are frequently dismissed as innately reactionary.<sup id="fn-no-50"><a href="#fn-50">50</a></sup> The history of banking politics in the United States is a striking reminder of what organized working people can achieve. Similar financial grievances circulate among the American working class today, serving as a potential source of popular political action in the future.</p></div></section><footer><ol><li id="fn-1">Bernie Sanders, “Remarks on Wall Street and the Economy in New York City,” <cite>American Presidency Project</cite>, January 5, 2016. The people who figure in this article tended to switch between such terms as “Wall Street” and “bankers” when referring to those who had financial power. Their analyses, however, were drawn primarily from the actions of banks and bankers, which are the terms I favor in this article.</li><li id="fn-2">Kirsten Powers, “Hillary’s Bernie Problem: Pie-in-the-Sky Sanders,” <cite>USA Today</cite>, February 16, 2016.</li><li id="fn-3">For millions without bank accounts, the absence of banking services is a relevant matter.</li><li id="fn-4">Jared Abbott et al., <cite>Commonsense Solidarity: How a Working-Class Coalition Can Be Built, and Maintained</cite> (Brooklyn, NY: <cite>Jacobin</cite>, Center for Working-Class Politics, YouGov, 2021); Matt T. Huber, “Still No Shortcuts for Climate Change,” <cite>Catalyst </cite>4, no. 4 (2021).</li><li id="fn-5"><cite>From Businesses and Banks to Colleges and Churches: Americans’ Views of U.S. Institutions</cite> (Washington, DC: Pew Research Center, 2024).</li><li id="fn-6">Philip Bump, “Shock Poll: Everyone Hates Wall Street,” <cite>Washington Post</cite>, June 30, 2016.</li><li id="fn-7">R. Thomas Herman, “Many Think Selfishness, Greed Are Widespread on Wall Street,” <cite>Wall Street Journal</cite>, October 18, 1996.</li><li id="fn-8"><cite>The American Appetite for Government</cite> (Washington, DC: American Compass, 2024).</li><li id="fn-9">Michael Schroeder, “Mesta Plans More Pay,” <cite>Pittsburgh Post-Gazette</cite>, October 11, 1983; R. Lee Hotz, “Coalition’s Muscle Keeps City Nabisco Plant Open,”<cite> Pittsburgh Press</cite>, December 22, 1982.</li><li id="fn-10">Frederick A. Barkey, <cite>Working Class Radicals: The Socialist Party in West Virginia, 1898–1920 </cite>(Morgantown: West Virginia University Press, 2012); Richard W. Judd, <cite>Socialist Cities: Municipal Politics and the Grass Roots of American Socialism </cite>(Albany: State University of New York Press, 1989); Donald T. Critchlow, ed., <cite>Socialism in the Heartland: The Midwestern Experience, 1900–1925</cite> (Notre Dame, IN: University of Notre Dame Press, 1986); James R. Green,<cite> Grass-Roots Socialism: Radical Movements in the Southwest, 1895</cite>–<cite>1943 </cite>(Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 1978).</li><li id="fn-11">Christopher W. Shaw,<cite> Money, Power, and the People: The American Struggle to Make Banking Democratic </cite>(Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2019).</li><li id="fn-12">Herbert M. Bratter, “The Committee for the Nation: A Case History in Monetary Propaganda,” <cite>Journal of Political Economy </cite>49, no. 4 (1941); Scott Beekman,<cite> William Dudley Pelley: A Life in Right-Wing Extremism and Occult </cite>(Syracuse: Syracuse University Press, 2005), 83–93.</li><li id="fn-13">This commonly held interpretation corresponds with Karl Marx, <cite>Capital</cite>, vol. 3, ed. Frederick Engels (New York: International Publishers, 1967),<cite> </cite>544–45.</li><li id="fn-14">William C. Pratt, “The Reading Socialist Experience: A Study of Working Class Politics” (Ph.D. diss., Emory University, 1969); Henry G. Stetler,<cite> The Socialist Movement in Reading, Pennsylvania, 1896–1936 </cite>(Storrs: University of Connecticut, 1943).</li><li id="fn-15">James H. Maurer,<cite> It Can Be Done </cite>(New York: Rand School Press, 1938), 90.</li><li id="fn-16">Maurer,<cite> It Can Be Done</cite>, 90, 110.</li><li id="fn-17">United Mine Workers of America, <cite>Proceedings of the Nineteenth Annual Convention</cite> (Indianapolis: Cheltenham Press, 1908), 235.</li><li id="fn-18">“The Banker Knows,” <cite>Appeal to Reason</cite>, January 25, 1908.</li><li id="fn-19">“Letters From the People,” <cite>Watson’s Magazine</cite>, April 1906.</li><li id="fn-20">Green,<cite> Grass-Roots Socialism</cite>, 27, 29, 244–52.</li><li id="fn-21">John Spargo, ed., <cite>National Convention of the Socialist Party, 1912 </cite>(Chicago: Socialist Party, 1912), 192–93; Lawrence C. Goodwyn, “The Cooperative Commonwealth and Other Abstractions: In Search of a Democratic Promise,”<cite> Marxist Perspectives</cite> 3, no. 2 (1980): 20–22; Donald B. Marti, “Answering the Agrarian Question: Socialists, Farmers, and Algie Martin Simons,”<cite> Agricultural History</cite> 65, no. 3 (1991).</li><li id="fn-22">Oscar Ameringer, <cite>Socialism for the Farmer</cite> (St Louis: National Rip-Saw Publishing Co., 1912), 28.</li><li id="fn-23">Michael J. Lansing,<cite> Insurgent Democracy: The Nonpartisan League in North American Politics </cite>(Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2015), 97–99, 147–49, 153, 232–34; Alvin S. Tostlebe, “The Bank of North Dakota: An Experiment in Agrarian Banking” (Ph.D. diss., Columbia University, 1924), 123–62.</li><li id="fn-24">Spargo, <cite>National Convention of the Socialist Party</cite>, 197.</li><li id="fn-25">American Federation of Labor,<cite> Report of Proceedings of the Thirty-Second Annual Convention </cite>(Washington, DC: Law Reporter Printing Company, 1912), 379; Christopher W. Shaw, “‘Banks of the People’: The Life and Death of the U.S. Postal Savings System,”<cite> Journal of Social History </cite>52, no. 1 (2018).</li><li id="fn-26">“Bankers Have Bound the Farmers Hand and Foot,” <cite>Appeal to Reason</cite>,<cite> </cite>February 27, 1915; Christopher W. Shaw, “‘Tired of Being Exploited’: The Grassroots Origin of the Federal Farm Loan Act of 1916,”<cite> Agricultural History </cite>92, no. 4 (2018).</li><li id="fn-27">“The Banking Pirates,” <cite>New Leader</cite>, November 21, 1931; “Banking,” <cite>Milwaukee Leader</cite>, February 17, 1933; “When Will the Banks Open?” <cite>Reading Labor Advocate</cite>, March 17, 1933.</li><li id="fn-28">Robert S. McElvaine,<cite> The Great Depression: America, 1929–1941 </cite>(New York: Times Books, 1984), 136–42; Shaw,<cite> Money, Power, and the People</cite>, 183.</li><li id="fn-29">John Kenneth Galbraith, <cite>The Great Crash, 1929</cite> (Boston: Houghton Mifflin Company, 1988), 114–15; Herman E. Krooss,<cite> Executive Opinion: What Business Leaders Said and Thought on Economic Issues, 1920s–1960s </cite>(Garden City, NY: Doubleday &amp;amp; Company, 1970), 20–21; Arthur Mann, “Socialism: Lost Cause in American History,” <cite>Criterion</cite> 19, no. 3 (1980); W. A. Swanberg,<cite> Norman Thomas: The Last Idealist </cite>(New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1976), 204.</li><li id="fn-30">Cynthia Horan, “Agreeing with the Bankers: New York City’s Depression Financial Crisis,” <cite>Research in Political Economy</cite> 8 (1985).</li><li id="fn-31">“Hillquit Proposes a Municipal Bank,” <cite>New York Times</cite>, October 20, 1932.</li><li id="fn-32">American Federation of Teachers, <cite>Proceedings, Seventeenth Annual Convention</cite> (n.p., 1933), 462; <cite>American Teacher</cite> 17, no. 1 (1932): 27.</li><li id="fn-33">“State Owned Banks May Solve Problem,” <cite>California Grange News</cite>, July 1934.</li><li id="fn-34">Shaw,<cite> Money, Power, and the People</cite>, 183, 206–7, 230, 259, 269.</li><li id="fn-35">Minnesota State Federation of Labor, <cite>Proceedings of the Sixty-Third Convention</cite> (St Paul, MN: The Federation, 1945), 112; Oil Workers International Union, <cite>Proceedings, Fourteenth National Convention</cite> (Fort Worth, TX: OWIU, 1943), 201.</li><li id="fn-36">E. P. Thompson, “The Crime of Anonymity,” in <cite>Albion’s Fatal Tree: Crime and Society in Eighteenth-Century England</cite>, Douglas C. Hay et al.(New York: Pantheon Books, 1975), 304–8; Vivek Chibber, <cite>The Class Matrix: Social Theory after the Cultural Turn</cite> (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2022), 106–10.</li><li id="fn-37">Shaw,<cite> Money, Power, and the People</cite>, 24–26, 267.</li><li id="fn-38">Norman Thomas, “Timely Topics,” <cite>New Leader</cite>, March 11, 1933.</li><li id="fn-39">Ernest H. Gruening to Norman Thomas, March 9, 1933, reel 1, Norman Thomas Papers, New York Public Library; Rexford G. Tugwell,<cite> In Search of Roosevelt </cite>(Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1972), 272; Raymond C. Moley, <cite>After Seven Years </cite>(New York: Harper &amp;amp; Brothers Publishers, 1939), 155.</li><li id="fn-40">Washington State Grange, <cite>Proceedings of the Twenty-Fifth Annual Session </cite>(Olympia, WA: Recorder Press, 1913), 37.</li><li id="fn-41">Robert Weissman and Joan Claybrook, <cite>The Corporate Sabotage of America’s Future and What We Can Do About It</cite> (Washington, DC: Essential Books, 2023), 33.</li><li id="fn-42">Sanders, “Remarks on Wall Street.” See also Bernie Sanders,<cite> Our Revolution: A Future to Believe In </cite>(New York: St Martin’s Press, 2016), 296–317.</li><li id="fn-43">Sanders, “Remarks on Wall Street”; “Why Bernie Sanders Wants Post Offices to Offer Banking,” <cite>Scripps News</cite>, October 29, 2015.</li><li id="fn-44">DSA Growth and Development Committee, <cite>DSA Member Survey Report, 2021 </cite>(n.p., 2021).</li><li id="fn-45">Ralph Nader, <cite>In Pursuit of Justice: Collected Writings, 2000–2003</cite> (New York: Seven Stories Press, 2004), 208, 236–37, 371–73, 399–401; Bob Sullivan, <cite>Gotcha Capitalism: How Hidden Fees Rip You Off Every Day</cite> — <cite>and What You Can Do About It</cite> (New York: Ballantine Books, 2007), 57–69.</li><li id="fn-46">Robert D. Leighninger Jr, <cite>Long-Range Public Investment: The Forgotten Legacy of the New Deal</cite> (Columbia: University of South Carolina Press, 2007), 102–17.</li><li id="fn-47">Nicholas Dagen Bloom, <cite>Public Housing That Worked: New York in the Twentieth Century</cite> (Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 2008); Joshua B. Freeman, <cite>Working-Class New York: Life and Labor Since World War II</cite> (New York: New Press, 2000), 105–24.</li><li id="fn-48">Barry Bluestone and Bennett Harrison,<cite> The Deindustrialization of America: Plant Closings, Community Abandonment, and the Dismantling of Basic Industry </cite>(New York: Basic Books, 1982); Mike Stout, “Eminent Domain and Bank Boycotts: The Tri-State Strategy in Pittsburgh,” <cite>Labor Research Review </cite>1, no. 3 (1983); Staughton Lynd, “The Genesis of the Idea of a Community Right to Industrial Property in Youngstown and Pittsburgh, 1977–1987,” <cite>Journal of American History </cite>74, no. 3 (1987).</li><li id="fn-49">John Russo and Sherry Lee Linkon, “The Social Costs of Deindustrialization,” in <cite>Manufacturing a Better Future for America</cite>,<cite> </cite>ed. Richard A. McCormack (Washington, DC: Alliance for American Manufacturing, 2009).</li><li id="fn-50">J. C. Gillies, “‘Feel the Bern’: Marketing Bernie Sanders and Democratic Socialism to Primary Voters,” in <cite>Political Marketing in the 2016 U.S. Presidential Election</cite>, ed. J. C. Gillies (Cham, Switz.: Palgrave Macmillan, 2017); E. S. Fertik, “The New Political Arithmetic: Who Voted for Bernie, Who Voted for Hillary, and Why,”<cite> New Labor Forum </cite>25, no. 3 (2016).</li></ol></footer></article></content><published>2024-08-16T20:28:12Z</published><summary type="text">During the first half of the twentieth century, millions of American workers and farmers wanted to socialize banking. In a nation where socialist principles supposedly lacked appeal, grassroots support for public banks revealed the prevalence and popularity of economic ideas that intersected and overlapped with socialism. Banking politics also presents a potential source of working-class political mobilization today.</summary></entry><entry><id>https://catalyst-journal.com/2024/08/mexico-rising</id><title type="text">Mexico Rising</title><updated>2026-04-20T17:51:14.946387Z</updated><author><name>Edwin F. Ackerman</name></author><content type="xhtml"><article xmlns=""><div><p>A recent Gallup poll tallied the approval rating of Andrés Manuel López Obrador (AMLO) of the Morena party, now six years into his presidential administration in Mexico, at 80 percent.<sup id="fn-no-1"><a href="#fn-1">1</a></sup> In October, he will hand off power to Claudia Sheinbaum, his longtime political protégé. Sheinbaum achieved a landslide victory in the presidential elections on June 2, garnering close to 60 percent of the vote, more than 30 percentage points ahead of the runner-up. The main opposition parties — the Institutional Revolutionary Party (PRI), the National Action Party (PAN), and the already diminished Party of the Democratic Revolution (PRD) — which ran together as a coalition this time, lost significant ground compared to 2018, securing about 27 percent of the vote, around 10 percentage points less than their combined total in the previous general election. In this recent contest, Morena, formed just over a decade ago, secured a two-thirds supermajority in the Chamber of Deputies and fell just two representatives short of achieving the same in the Senate. How should we understand the success of the electoral left in contemporary Mexico?</p><p>This article offers an outline of the model of reform pushed by AMLO, what he calls the country’s “fourth transformation of public life.” AMLO, who handily triumphed in the previous elections, frames Morena’s mission as spearheading this <i>cuarta transformación</i>. Linking Morena’s program to the momentous events of the war of independence in the 1810s, the liberal state reforms of the 1850s, and the early twentieth-century Mexican Revolution, AMLO envisioned the 2018 victory less as a change in government than as a transformative regime change. To what extent, then, is Morena’s electoral success the emergence of an entirely new social pact?</p><p>In what follows, I present an account of AMLO’s rise and his years of government as well as the historical trajectory of the Mexican left during the neoliberal era. The aim is to develop conceptual clarity that can help us make sense of the magnitude of Morena’s rise. I make three broad points. The first is that the distinctive feature, comparatively and historically, of AMLO’s project is his progressive reframing of anti-corruption politics. I trace the electoral left in the context of the period of the “transition to democracy” that began in the late 1990s, when the PRI, which governed for most of the twentieth century, lost its grip on power for the first time. The argument here is that the Right was able to capitalize on this transition so that the struggle against the PRI came to be equated with a general anti-statism, lending neoliberalism a prodemocratic, antiestablishment edge. It took a quarter century for the electoral left to cut through with a redistributive program that cast neoliberalism itself as corruption. Second, I argue that this platform was premised on a diagnosis of corruption as a specific neoliberal political economy — not a series of isolated scandals or moral failings but a particular logic of capital accumulation. Third, I reason that AMLO’s tenure is better understood as post-neoliberal rather than anti-neoliberal, a reshaping of the relationship between state and market in a society already deeply transformed by decades of neoliberalism. Post-neoliberalism here aspires to relegitimize the state as a social actor and to reignite class politics. It aims, in other words, to revamp a developmentalist state — and to do so assuming that certain key features of neoliberal discourse and practice, such as global free trade, foreign investment–led growth, and macroeconomic orthodoxy, are irreversible. Furthermore, its emerging attributes are constrained by the structural limits imposed by decades of neoliberalism: a dilapidated state apparatus and a disarticulated working class.</p><p>The text below is organized, accordingly, in three parts. First, I recount the decades of failure of the electoral left in Mexico during the neoliberal period; second, I parse out AMLO’s reading of neoliberalism as a political economy of corruption; and third, I outline the features of actually existing post-neoliberalism in the country.</p></div><section id="sec-1"><header><h2>Neoliberalism as Democracy?</h2></header><div><p>AMLO’s administration is a late example of the “pink tide” governments that swept South America beginning in the early 2000s. While the tide has experienced its ebbs and flows in recent years, it never reached Mexico during its height. This is puzzling, as oft-cited factors that explain the left turn in the South — the confluence of third-wave democratization, increased poverty, and anemic economic growth associated with the neoliberalism of the ’80s and ’90s — were also present in Mexico. While these conditions set the stage for the Left to sweep South America, in Mexico this context led to three neoliberal center-right governments since 2000 and two decades of electoral defeat for the Left. Understanding AMLO’s rise requires an account of this critical period of failure.</p><p>The PRI, notorious for embracing a broad ideological umbrella, ruled Mexico without interruption from 1929 to 2000. And while the government routinely practiced electoral fraud and resorted to violent crackdowns on opposition, it also created a dense network of corporatist and clientelist relations, enabling it to co-opt emerging grassroots worker and peasant leaders. In other words, the sectors theoretically most prone to oppositional left-leaning mobilization were already organized under the PRI.</p><p>A key Mexican Marxist thinker of the 1960s, José Revueltas, explained, for example, that the working masses “participate in a real and effective way in the activities of the bourgeois party [the PRI] because — aside from compulsion — in the worst of cases they believe that at least they are not doing it for the party itself but for the union of which they are members.” The party, he contended, “can penetrate its organizational filaments all the way to the deepest layers of the population and thus impede the development of class politics.”<sup id="fn-no-2"><a href="#fn-2">2</a></sup> This had a severe effect on the political organization of the electoral left. As a consequence of PRI rule, Mexico’s left developed without a social base and without a fully formed program of its own.</p><p>The stunted development of the Left is perhaps best captured by AMLO’s own trajectory. Part of why it is hard for observers to place AMLO in the cartography of political ideologies (arguments abound inside and outside the country over whether he is left-wing or not) is because his political path is entirely peculiar to twentieth-century Mexico. He does not come from the socialist or social democratic left like his European counterparts. And he does not come from militant union activism like Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva or Evo Morales in South America. López Obrador was a member of the PRI early in his career, when the organization — the heir, after all, to an early twentieth-century agrarian revolution — still contained a strong progressive nationalist wing.</p><p>At the time, the PRI was the only vehicle for getting into public service. AMLO’s first post in the 1970s was as the head of the Indigenous Affairs Office, an agency carrying out local community-development projects, in his home state of Tabasco. In the 1980s, he was forced to step down after a seven-month stint as the state-level president of the PRI for his attempts to democratize the organization. The PRI’s hard turn toward neoliberalism over the course of that decade left the party’s nationalist wing isolated, eventually provoking a full break. AMLO left, beginning his long march to power as a central member of the opposition.</p><p>The PRI during the twentieth century presided over a mixed state-market economy. As the party consolidated power through corporatist arrangements, state enterprises and union leadership became synonymous with wasteful mismanagement and corruption. In the ’80s and ’90s, active opposition parties — in particular the conservative PAN — became strong advocates of privatization, arguing that dismantling the network of corruption that drained public resources required breaking the state’s monopolistic hold on certain sectors of the economy and opening them to market competition. The discourse of privatization and union busting in Mexico came paired with an idiosyncratic veneer of democratization, as anti-PRI forces were ideologically organized around free-market fundamentalism. The PAN governed the country between 2000 and 2012.</p><p>The electoral left of the period was hence poorly placed to take advantage of the antiauthoritarian sentiment that coalesced against the PRI. The PRD, the principal party of the Left, was formed out of the nationalist left’s break with the PRI and the merging of small socialist organizations. Led at the time by Cuauhtémoc Cárdenas, who would go on to fail to win the presidency three times, the PRD obtained limited results. Both legislative chambers, for example, were alternately controlled by the PRI and PAN for over two decades, with the PRD capturing about a quarter of seats on average. AMLO, then a member of the PRD, did, however, become Mexico City’s mayor in 2000, acquiring a national spotlight.</p><p>After surmounting a highly partisan attempt to impeach him (a process stopped short by the massive street mobilizations that marked the beginning of <i>obradorismo</i> as a movement), he ran for president in 2006, losing by less than 1 percent amid serious irregularities. But even in that election, AMLO captured only around 35 percent of the electorate. He won over less in the subsequent election in 2012, losing to a fully neoliberalized PRI returning to power for the 2012–18 term. The PRD itself eventually drifted to the right, collaborating with President Enrique Peña Nieto of the PRI on major neoliberal reforms — one reason why AMLO split and registered Morena in 2014.</p></div></section><section id="sec-2"><header><h2>Anti-Neoliberalism as Anti-Corruption</h2></header><div><p>The exiting Peña Nieto administration presided over anemic economic growth that left poverty levels, which hovered around 50 percent, basically untouched. The death toll of the drug war, already in the hundreds of thousands, grew to a historic peak in 2018. High-profile corruption cases plagued the PRI administration. Much-touted free-market reforms like opening Pemex (the state-owned oil company) to private investment and weakening teachers’ unions as a way to supposedly improve the school system failed to deliver the promised results. But the PRI was not the only major political party that entered the 2018 electoral cycle in disarray. The PAN, which governed the country between 2000 and 2012, devolved into a faux opposition during Peña Nieto’s presidency, supporting most of his proposed major reforms en bloc. The PRD, which nominated AMLO in his two previous runs, entered into a crisis after the 2012 defeat. The party’s centrists took over, severing ties with AMLO and launching a full-blown rebranding of the party as a collaborationist, “responsible” left. The party went on to sign the Pact for Mexico, pledging to focus on shared political goals with Peña Nieto’s administration. This marked the beginning of its end as a leftist opposition party and doomed attempts to pivot to an antiestablishment message later.</p><p>Public debate during the 2018 electoral contest was dominated by the issue of corruption. PRI president Peña Nieto left office with the lowest approval rating on record in the country at 24 percent. This dismal figure reflected, among other things, the widespread discontent stemming from a series of high-profile corruption scandals that came to define his administration. Under Peña Nieto’s leadership, Mexico’s ranking in Transparency International’s Corruption Perception Index plummeted by thirty-three places, landing at 138 out of the 180 countries evaluated by the end of his term. During the previous administration, that of Felipe Calderón of the PAN, Mexico had already seen a decline in its ranking from 70 to 105.</p><p>Anti-corruption became the principal component of AMLO’s campaign discourse and subsequently, as we will see, of his economic program. Running under the newly minted Morena party, AMLO focused his campaign on three axes: ending corruption, regaining peace, and using the state as an engine for redistributive development. He saw these issues as fundamentally connected: corruption crippled the state’s capacity to energize the economy, and the growth of organized crime was a consequence of the abandonment of the redistributive role of the state. Central to this understanding was his claim that neoliberalism was defined by corruption. As he put it in his inaugural speech:</p><blockquote><p>This is why I insist that the hallmark of neoliberalism is corruption. It sounds harsh, but privatization in Mexico has been synonymous with corruption. Unfortunately, this malady has almost always existed in our country, but what happened during the neoliberal period is unprecedented in modern times — the system as a whole has operated for corruption. Political power and economic power have mutually fed and nurtured each other, and the theft of the people’s goods and the nation’s wealth has been established as the modus operandi.<sup id="fn-no-3"><a href="#fn-3">3</a></sup></p></blockquote><p>Indeed, what distinguishes AMLO’s anti-corruption discourse is the connection he makes to neoliberalism. Traditionally, anti-corruption efforts had been championed by the neoliberal right (and not only in Mexico) and, at least in the case of Latin America, backed mostly by the middle and upper classes. AMLO’s is a diagnosis of the characteristics of actually existing neoliberalism in Mexico, which differ from those of neoliberalism in the abstract. In short, AMLO conceptualizes corruption as a central component of Mexico’s specific political economy. For López Obrador, corruption is not merely a series of individual crimes or isolated scandals; it is a consequence of the reconfiguration of the state-economy relationship over the past decades. Corruption has become integral to a regime of private accumulation by way of the state.</p><p>In this view, neoliberalism produced a sort of reverse-rentier state where government officials and a complex network of contractors siphoned off public funds through various mechanisms — not always illegal — that ranged from the outsourcing of government functions to, in extreme cases, the creation of parallel shell companies. This conceptualization contrasts with the more conventional notion whereby business elites compete in the shadows — through graft — for market-oriented investment opportunities and other perks and competitive advantages. The conglomeration of politicians and companies dependent on government contracts can be understood as a specific class fraction within Mexican neoliberalism in the sense that their profits are not derived from surplus over investment in production and sale of goods or services in the free market but from the extraction of public resources.</p><p>This perspective is diametrically opposed to the dominant opinion of past decades, associated with the so-called democratic transition, that understood neoliberal reforms — explicitly or implicitly — as an anti-corruption tool. As laid out earlier, much of neoliberalism’s expansion in Mexico progressed hand in hand with gradual democratization in the 1990s and early 2000s, as the PRI began to lose its political grip. With the PRI presiding over a mixed economy for much of the twentieth century, state enterprises, corporatism, and union leaders had become synonymous with corruption. This is how neoliberal discourse managed to appropriate the anti-corruption banner as part of its struggle against PRI statism and authoritarianism. The push for privatization and the crackdown on unionism — part and parcel of neoliberal processes worldwide — was viewed as essential for the country’s political opening, lending it a democratic legitimacy, at least temporarily. Proponents of privatization argued, among other things, that dismantling the web of corruption required eliminating the state’s relative monopoly over certain economic sectors; the free market would leave union leaders and administrators of state-owned companies without illegal sources of income. Pitched as the perfect companion to democratization, liberalization would free resources needed for an economic takeoff and produce a fairer distribution of wealth and income.</p><p>During the neoliberal period, the fight against corruption — beyond being a discretionary tool used for political attacks — entailed a view of corruption as synonymous with statism. For instance, in 1989, President Carlos Salinas de Gortari of the PRI orchestrated the famous <i>quinazo</i> — the arrest of Joaquín Hernández Galicia, “La Quina,” the Pemex union leader who had threatened to call a strike if the company was privatized. Hernández had enjoyed state protection during his nearly thirty years as union head, amassing significant wealth. Salinas, in what many observers noted as an attempt to legitimize his mandate after a fraudulent election, prosecuted him for tax evasion. La Quina was imprisoned and replaced by an equally dubious figure, Carlos Romero Deschamps. The teachers’ union leader, Carlos Jonguitud Barrios, was also pushed out (in favor of Elba Esther Gordillo, yet another dubious figure). The notion that corruption was the domain of union leaders from the country’s corporatist past began to take root.</p><p>Prosecuting known figures who used their connections to the state to extract special privileges emerged as a way for governing politicians to demonstrate their commitment to a just and transparent liberal order. It became commonplace for subsequent presidents to conduct <i>quinazos</i> — high-profile arrests of figures from the country’s corporatist past — at the beginning of their terms. In 1995, Ernesto Zedillo (PRI) jailed politician and businessman Raúl Salinas de Gortari (brother of the former president). Vicente Fox (PAN) initiated, but did not complete, proceedings against the new Pemex union leader, Romero Deschamps, in 2003, and forced the miners’ union leader, Napoleón Gómez Urrutia, into exile. Calderón (PAN) did not follow the practice precisely, but his closure of the state-owned regional electricity company, Luz y Fuerza del Centro, in 2009 carried similar rhetoric, linking anti-corruption efforts with de-statist processes. Peña Nieto (PRI) revived the tradition, imprisoning teachers’ union leader Gordillo in 2013.</p><p>However, in AMLO’s framing, it is precisely the neoliberal period that enabled corruption. Beginning in the 1990s, the state’s functions were outsourced to private companies and organizations, fostering backroom deals, competition for privileged access to government contracts, and the sale of state-owned enterprises. An overview of the most notorious corruption cases in recent decades corroborates this account.</p><p>Before the neoliberal period, corruption involved diverting public funds directly into the pockets of politicians. However, the restructuring of the state-market relationship that began in the 1990s led to a transfer of public funds to the private sector, though politicians still took their share. The aim was to not only buy off politicians and managers for opportunities to invest in a newly opened and deregulated economy but to carry out a full transfer of public goods. The sale of Telmex in 1990 to Carlos Slim, a close associate of then president Salinas de Gortari, serves as a prime example. These sorts of transactions turned state-owned entities into privately owned corporations, giving rise to an ultrawealthy class.</p><p>The PAN expanded the practice of guaranteeing business revenues via massive public transfers rather than privileged market opportunities. From 2000 to 2012, it entrenched overcharging in government service contracts. The independence bicentennial celebrations during Calderón’s administration is one notable example. The Estela de Luz, a hundred-meter-tall quartz monument, was inaugurated over a year late and cost three times its initial budget. A federal audit revealed overpriced construction materials and other irregularities. Although a dozen government officials were prosecuted for favoring the construction company Gutsa, they were only reprimanded for administrative offenses. A 2008 survey by Gallup International for Transparency International ranked Mexico second in the world for bribery, just behind Russia, with 38 percent of respondents citing frequent use of personal or family connections to obtain public contracts.<sup id="fn-no-4"><a href="#fn-4">4</a></sup></p><p>With the PRI’s return to power in 2012, neoliberal corruption reached new depths. A photograph of Peña Nieto with nineteen governors on his inauguration day has become an infamous tally board — ten of them faced serious corruption charges. The most extreme and emblematic case was that of Javier Duarte de Ochoa, the former governor of Veracruz, who created over thirty shell companies to secure government contracts.</p><p>Two other scandals highlighting endemic neoliberal corruption in Mexico are the <i>estafa maestra</i> (Master Scam) and the Odebrecht case. The <i>estafa maestra</i> involved eleven federal agencies coordinating with public universities to evade budgetary oversight. Mexican law allowed government agencies, including universities, to obtain contracts without bidding, and these universities would then subcontract private entities to deliver the services. The scandal of the Brazilian construction company Odebrecht implicated Emilio Lozoya, then director of Pemex, who received bribes to secure contracts and support the 2013 energy reforms, which expanded private investment in the state oil company. The business class tapping into lucrative natural rents exemplifies the reverse-rentier strategy that replaced capital competition in open markets.</p><p>Despite public outrage over Peña Nieto’s scandals, anti-corruption efforts at the time focused on institutional redesign, most notably the 2015 constitutional reform creating the National Anti-Corruption System (SNA). Key proponents viewed corruption’s causes as “norms, procedures, and decision-making environments,” and hence advocated “redesigned institutional intelligence” to combat it.<sup id="fn-no-5"><a href="#fn-5">5</a></sup> The SNA aimed to enhance coordination between local, state, and federal agencies to monitor public spending and contracts as well as introduce new auditing practices.</p><p>The SNA’s design was innovative: it was not a new government agency or autonomous constitutional body but a coordinating structure between government branches and autonomous entities. The Coordinating Committee (CC), comprising heads of the Superior Auditor, Ministry of Public Administration, Special Anti-Corruption Prosecutor, Federal Court of Administrative Justice, Federal Judicial Council, National Transparency Institute, and Citizen Participation Committee, would play a central role. The SNA also included a citizen participation committee (chaired by the CC president), an executive secretariat, a national digital platform, a national auditing system, local anti-corruption systems in each state, a specialized prosecutor’s office, and eighteen additional judges for the Federal Court of Administrative Justice.</p><p>Civil society organizations, led by the business sector, drove this anti-corruption reform process. Chambers of commerce and organizations like the Communication Council, the Voice of Business, and Mexicans Against Corruption and Impunity, led by business magnate Claudio X. González (now one of AMLO’s most prominent critics), played key roles. The Mexican Institute for Competitiveness, once led by Juan Pardinas, later the editorial director of the liberal right-wing newspaper <cite>Reforma</cite>, also participated.</p><p>López Obrador criticized the SNA from its inception. As early as 2016, AMLO called the SNA a “costly bureaucratic apparatus . . . which will only increase unnecessary, unproductive spending, waste, and simulation, pretending to fight corruption.” He reiterated this view as president in June 2020, criticizing the SNA as a farce. “Officials and so-called civil society [that support the SNA] . . . are just seeking positions in these organizations,” he warned. “This anti-corruption institute was to have regional offices, plus the central office. We’re talking about three hundred positions. Imagine how much that costs!” AMLO’s distrust of the SNA was clear, seeing it as a costly, cumbersome bureaucracy too compromised by private interests to be truly autonomous and effective against neoliberal corruption.<sup id="fn-no-6"><a href="#fn-6">6</a></sup></p><p>In other words, in the ruling party’s view, the SNA did not address the root problem. Led by capitalists, these efforts could not tackle the systemic relationship between neoliberalism and corruption. Their focus on institutional redesign and recalibration ignored the need to alter the interaction between state and markets. Unable to understand the cases outlined above as more than independent crimes caused by deficient institutional norms, the SNA efforts misdiagnosed the political economic dimension of corruption.</p><p>AMLO’s linking of corruption and neoliberalism suggested that a solution required more than redesigning public institutions; it required fundamentally readjusting the state-market relation. It is quite telling, then, that the cancellation of the Texcoco Airport project that had started under Peña Nieto — AMLO’s <i>quinazo</i> (a dramatic intervention early in the presidency to assert authority) — differed from previous episodes in that it targeted a project symbolizing the systematic transfer of public resources to private contractors rather than an individual pre-neoliberal figurehead.</p><p>Another early intervention signaling the new government’s direction was the crackdown on <i>huachicoleo</i>, the theft and illegal sale of fuel from Pemex. The term has now even entered common parlance to describe various instances of public resource extraction. The operation has curbed the theft of fuel from state-owned pipelines, calculated at eighty-one thousand barrels daily, that involved a network of businessmen and organized crime.</p><p>In a more formal sense, the Financial Intelligence Unit (UIF) under the Finance Ministry, responsible for money laundering investigations, has become crucial to AMLO’s anti-corruption fight. Although established in 2004, the UIF had lain dormant. Under AMLO, the agency was charged with going after white-collar crime. Between 2019 and 2020, it froze thirty-one thousand bank accounts and over seven billion pesos, a record for the unit. It also cracked down on companies devoted to issuing false invoices, seizing accounts of over forty such companies in July 2020 and continuing investigations into hundreds more.<sup id="fn-no-7"><a href="#fn-7">7</a></sup></p><p>Congress, controlled by Morena, also joined the effort with a reform classifying corruption as a serious crime. Concurrently, and counterintuitively, López Obrador has insisted on a <i>punto final</i> (point of closure) prioritizing the prevention of future corruption over punishing past offenses. This focus on corruption has yielded results: Mexico has improved its position in the corruption perception index by fourteen places, now ranking 124 out of 180 countries.</p><p>In addition, AMLO’s government combats generalized <i>huachicoleo</i> through “republican austerity.” Technically, this means reorganizing and recentralizing public spending by cutting from the top. The link between austerity and anti-corruption lies in identifying and eliminating public and private bureaucratic intermediaries distributing government resources to the general population. AMLO argues that these middlemen, with their opacities and redundancies, are key targets for potential budget capture and diversion. This rationale has led, for example, to eliminating the subcontracting public services (transferring resources to private organizations for managing services) to reintegrate them into centralized government institutions. Similarly, discretionary trust funds managing public monies have been eliminated to reintegrate them under state ministries’ control.</p><p>Critics of global neoliberalism like geographer David Harvey argue that neoliberalism should be understood less as an ideological stance on state-market separation and more as a political project of the ruling class to restore capital accumulation.<sup id="fn-no-8"><a href="#fn-8">8</a></sup> The Keynesian period, post-1930s, was based on a social democratic consensus, which the global economic crisis of the early 1970s ended. The ruling class then sought to reverse previous gains through privatization and financial deregulation. Historian Robert Brenner notes that, since 1973, advanced capitalist economies have performed poorly, with slowed GDP growth, investment profits, and productivity. He identifies upward redistribution via politics as a way for the ruling class to reclaim capital accumulation through mechanisms such as tax cuts, low interest rates for government debt investment, and the privatization of public assets at discount prices while socializing massive losses by converting private debt into public debt, such as after the 2008 financial crisis.<sup id="fn-no-9"><a href="#fn-9">9</a></sup> In wealthy countries, the state did not contract in a simple way; take, for example, Thomas Piketty’s finding that tax revenues in rich countries as a percentage of national income never dropped during the neoliberal period. What we have, arguably, is a retooling of the state to more closely reproduce the interests of capital.<sup id="fn-no-10"><a href="#fn-10">10</a></sup> This in turn has given weight to some discussions about the ways neoliberalism extends but hides corruption. Wendy Brown, for example, points out that “neoliberal governance facilitates a more open-handed and effective fusion of political and economic power, one that largely eliminates the scandal of corruption as it erases differences in goals and governance between states and capital.”<sup id="fn-no-11"><a href="#fn-11">11</a></sup></p><p>Although global liberalization proceeded along varied trajectories, this political economic description of neoliberalism fits the Mexican case particularly well. Neoliberalism in practice was not a simple state-market separation but an instrumentalization of the state for private profit. AMLO has insisted that this is the concrete form taken by post-developmentalist capitalism. For instance, in a February 2021 press conference, López Obrador argued, “In our country, capital accumulation didn’t necessarily arise from bourgeois exploitation of workers but from corruption. It intensified in the neoliberal period. . . .  This isn’t dismissing Marxism but acknowledging that Mexico’s case is special.”<sup id="fn-no-12"><a href="#fn-12">12</a></sup></p></div></section><section id="sec-3"><header><h2>Actually Existing Post-Neoliberalism, 2018–2024</h2></header><div><p>López Obrador declared that his victory in the 2018 presidential elections marked the dawn of a new political regime rather than merely a change in government. Central to this purported transformation is a departure from the neoliberal economic policies that have been dominant in Mexico for decades. In March 2019, a few months into his term, AMLO announced the end of neoliberalism in the country: “The neoliberal model, with its policies against the people, of stealing and giving away [public resources], are hereby abolished.” This bold statement sparked a lively debate on the extent of this abolition and what, if anything, had replaced neoliberalism.</p><p>The transition away from neoliberalism under AMLO is moderate but significant. Rather than an outright rejection of the post-Keynesian order, AMLO’s policies can be described as post-neoliberal. Indeed, as William Davies and Nicholas Gane have put it:</p><blockquote><p>With every year that passes, the number of apparently countervailing tendencies within and against neoliberalism is also growing. On the basis of a vastly improved understanding of what neoliberalism is, we can at least now agree that it is unlikely to terminate with any definitive paradigm-shifting crisis. In that sense, “post-neoliberalism” cannot refer to something that comes exclusively after neoliberalism, but rather — as with the notion of “post-Fordism” — to a set of emergent rationalities, critiques, movements and reforms that take root in neoliberal societies and begin to weaken or transform key tenets of neoliberal reason and politics.<sup id="fn-no-13"><a href="#fn-13">13</a></sup></p></blockquote><p>How has this process looked in AMLO’s Mexico? The term “post-neoliberalism” captures two key aspects of AMLO’s government: (1) the strategic adoption of elements of neoliberal discourse and policy to mitigate neoliberalism’s effects, and (2) the practical negotiation of an anti-neoliberal agenda forged when Morena was a social movement but tempered once it was in power by the realities of a nation transformed by neoliberalism in ways that could not be quickly or easily reversed. AMLO’s post-neoliberalism aims to reshape the relationship between state and market, specifically by relegitimizing the state as a social actor and a crucial instrument for national development, and to reignite class politics.</p></div><section id="sec-3-1"><header><h3>The Return of the State</h3></header><div><p>The flagship concept of AMLO’s government is “republican austerity,” a strategic adoption of neoliberal discourse used to combat neoliberalism itself. As noted above, AMLO’s republican austerity aims to dismantle the network of intermediaries between the state and the citizenry in public resource distribution. These networks, which include clientelist brokers, NGOs, trusts (<i>fideicomisos</i>), and private companies contracted by the state, are viewed as opaque, redundant, and key bottlenecks for budgetary capture. Republican austerity should be distinguished from neoliberal austerity. Under AMLO, the “size” of the state, if judged by the number of federal government employees, has in fact grown slightly. Sectors such as science, education, and health have had their budgets increased, however minimally.<sup id="fn-no-14"><a href="#fn-14">14</a></sup> Despite the economic crisis exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic, social spending as a percentage of total government expenditure in 2021 was the highest in a decade. AMLO’s social programs reach 65 percent more people than those of previous governments.<sup id="fn-no-15"><a href="#fn-15">15</a></sup> Unlike past micro-targeted, means-tested social programs, AMLO’s cash-transfer programs adopt a universal, rights-based approach. These programs, now enshrined in the Constitution, target broad subgroups like the elderly, students, and persons with disabilities, with minimal conditions for access, reflecting a shift from focalized “handouts” to universal rights.</p><p>AMLO’s government has also rejected privatization efforts. There has been a push to recentralize government functions previously outsourced to private or semiprivate entities, reintegrating services into centralized government institutions. The elimination of opaque trusts managing public funds aims to reintegrate those funds into existing government ministries and under public oversight. State-led infrastructural megaprojects like the Felipe Ángeles Airport, the Dos Bocas refinery, the Maya Train, a transportation corridor on the Isthmus of Tehuantepec, rural road construction, and a reforestation program mark a departure from the neoliberal era. These projects emphasize the importance of generating public-works jobs, reflecting pre-neoliberal values.</p><p>The energy sector has received special attention under AMLO’s post-neoliberal logic. Efforts to revamp Pemex’s productive capacity aim to turn it into an engine of growth, though this is challenged by low oil prices and the imminent climate crisis. Additionally, AMLO has moderately curbed the power of foreign mining companies, pledging not to grant new concessions and reducing current concessioned territory by 21 percent after reviewing existing licenses.<sup id="fn-no-16"><a href="#fn-16">16</a></sup> The recent push for a new hydrocarbons law further exemplifies this regulatory shift.</p><p>AMLO’s administration has taken decisive steps to bolster the public sector’s relative power, particularly in the energy industry. New legislation seeks to revoke permits for private companies that commit certain violations, aligning with the government’s vision of energy sovereignty. A new Electricity Industry Law, currently stuck in the courts, would reduce the existing requirement that the state-owned Federal Electricity Commission (CFE) purchase electricity from private companies, favoring CFE-generated electricity instead. These measures are intended to restore the public sector’s strength, which was diminished during the neoliberal period. However, these policies have led to a heated confrontation with green capital and environmentalists, highlighting the tensions between energy sovereignty and the fight against climate change.</p><p>Tax policy has also seen reform under AMLO. Despite managing macroeconomic variables conservatively, the administration has focused on increasing the state’s tax collection capacity, even amid the economic challenges of the pandemic. Mexico’s collection rates are below the OECD and Latin America and the Caribbean averages, so enhancing tax collection without changing the current tax structure effectively aims to mimic a progressive tax reform. According to official figures, the new government has increased tax collection from the wealthiest citizens by more than 200 percent.<sup id="fn-no-17"><a href="#fn-17">17</a></sup> Additionally, efforts have been made to eliminate tax exemptions obtained through lobbying and legal maneuvers by large companies. Conglomerates like Grupo Modelo, Elektra, Walmart, and billionaire Carlos Slim’s companies are now under pressure to fulfill their tax obligations. The <cite>Financial Times</cite> described Raquel Buenrostro, then economic secretary, as an “iron lady” cracking a “whip on multinationals’ taxes.”<sup id="fn-no-18"><a href="#fn-18">18</a></sup></p></div></section><section id="sec-3-2"><header><h3>The Return of Class Politics</h3></header><div><p>The advancement of working-class interests in Mexico over the past six years is increasingly incontrovertible. Official figures reveal that real wages have surged by approximately 30 percent. Labor’s share of income has increased by 8 percentage points, marking the most significant rise after a prolonged period of stagnation. The earnings of the bottom 10 percent of income earners have soared by 98.8 percent. Additionally, the Gini coefficient has seen a decline, and overall poverty has dropped by 5 percent, amounting to over five million people lifted out of poverty — the largest reduction in twenty-two years. Unemployment rates are now the lowest in the region, coupled with a slight decrease in informal labor. There has also been a 109 percent increase in <i>reparto de utilidades</i>, the profit-sharing payments to which all workers are formally entitled but which employers could previously circumvent by outsourcing their hires. AMLO’s administration has achieved the lowest rate of the working poor, the most significant increase in the spending capacity of the poorest, and the highest taxes collected from the wealthiest in decades — all amid the challenges posed by a deadly pandemic and inflation.<sup id="fn-no-19"><a href="#fn-19">19</a></sup></p><p>Historic increases to the minimum wage, legislative reforms facilitating unionization, more mandated vacation days, and the recognition of domestic workers’ labor rights have cemented support for AMLO’s project. Broad unconditional cash-transfer programs have bolstered this backing.</p><p>The process by which labor reform to facilitate unionization was achieved illustrates the post-neoliberal rather than anti-neoliberal direction of AMLO’s policies. The reform was part of the renegotiation of the North American Free Trade Agreement during Donald Trump’s presidency. While Canadian delegations, influenced by their own unions, had long pressed for labor rights clauses, previous Mexican delegations resisted, arguing that Mexico’s competitive edge relied on low labor costs. However, in late 2018, the outgoing Peña Nieto administration allowed president-elect López Obrador to assign attachés to the delegation negotiating the new United States–Mexico–Canada Agreement. Although the opportunity to revise the agreement was undoubtedly instigated by North American politicians and unions, AMLO could have adopted a class-neutral approach. Instead he used the opportunity to advance Mexican labor rights, supporting labor rights clauses in exchange for securing the new trade deal and gaining the support of powerful economic groups within Mexico.<sup id="fn-no-20"><a href="#fn-20">20</a></sup></p><p>The reemergence of class-based political discourse and agitation under AMLO represents a significant break from the past. Neoliberalism promoted a language that pitted a loosely defined “civil society” against the state, which in turn conceded the need for greater citizen control over governance. This discourse sidelined class politics. AMLO’s administration, however, is restoring the language of class to the political arena. In a deep sense, the so-called democratic transition, with its conceptions of civil society and citizen and its understanding of politics as the search for technocratic fixes as opposed to the negotiation between social sectors with structurally defined interests, was an ideological cover for the advancement of the interests of the upper classes.</p><p>The electorate has become increasingly polarized along clear class lines. In the 2018 election, working-class support was dispersed across various parties, including those in the neoliberal bloc, while AMLO had significant support from middle-class professionals. However, the 2021 midterm elections signaled a reconfiguration of the electoral base. Exit polls by <cite>El Financiero</cite> showed a shift: in 2018, 48 percent of college-educated voters supported Morena’s congressional candidates, compared to only 33 percent in 2021. Conversely, support from voters with only elementary education rose from 42 percent in 2018 to 55 percent in 2021.<sup id="fn-no-21"><a href="#fn-21">21</a></sup> Recent polling from Mitofsky reveals that AMLO’s strongest support comes from employees, the informal sector, and peasants, while his biggest detractors are the business sector and college-educated professionals.<sup id="fn-no-22"><a href="#fn-22">22</a></sup> Business leaders, such as tycoon Claudio X. González and former Coparmex head Gustavo de Hoyos, now openly organize against AMLO’s policies. Without formal party ties, these leaders finance campaigns, draft talking points, and set conditions for party coalitions.</p><p>The loss of middle-class people’s support for AMLO is partly due to their symbolic demotion in his narrative. While previous administrations valued a cabinets of experts trained at elite universities, AMLO criticizes such technocratic expertise as political marketing, instead praising administrators for their closeness to the people. Additionally, socially liberal circles criticize AMLO for not advancing same-sex marriage rights or abortion freedom and instead preferring to settle these issues with referendums. However, significant progress has been made at the state level where Morena controls state legislatures. AMLO’s pragmatic alliance with the conservative Solidarity Encounter Party in 2018 and his response to the feminist movement’s demands, which he has often viewed as attacks orchestrated by the Right, further complicate his relationship with disproportionately socially liberal middle-class and professional supporters.</p><p>Exit polls from the 2024 presidential elections that Sheinbaum won give a better sense of the phenomenon. <cite>El País</cite> showed Sheinbaum winning 66 percent of those with elementary-level education and 65 percent of the lowest income bracket, but only 43 percent of those with college-level education and 50 percent of the top income bracket. Similar results from <cite>El Financiero</cite> indicate 74 percent support from voters with elementary education and 71 percent from the lowest income bracket, but only 48 percent from college-educated voters and 49 percent from the top income bracket. Parametría shows a similar 20 point spread between the lowest and highest income groups, with 65 percent support from elementary-educated voters but only 17 percent from those with advanced degrees. Per <cite>El País</cite>, Sheinbaum’s highest support, around 60 percent, comes from private-sector employees, peasants, teachers, the self-employed, and housewives, while the lowest support is among professionals (46 percent) and employers (39 percent). Local analyses reveal disproportionate support for Morena in historically marginalized southern states, where the economy grew 6.1 percent in 2023, double the national average. The Right’s strength, in contrast, is found in the richest neighborhoods of the country’s largest metropolitan centers and many state capitals. In sum, the return to class politics extends beyond Mexico’s polarized national discourse. It is also reflected in the stark political realignment underway. After six years of policies benefiting workers and the poor, Morena seems poised to continue its efforts at installing a reformed, post-neoliberal regime.<sup id="fn-no-23"><a href="#fn-23">23</a></sup></p></div></section><section id="sec-3-3"><header><h3>Limits, Dilemmas, and Contradictions of the Left in Power</h3></header><div><p>The neoliberal period in Mexico, as elsewhere, severely disarticulated the working classes. This disarticulation was not merely due to attacks on unions but also to deep changes in class composition toward increased precarity and informal labor, in which 40 to 60 percent of the Mexican workforce engages.<sup id="fn-no-24"><a href="#fn-24">24</a></sup></p><p>AMLO’s administration took over after a prolonged period of hollowing out the state, which impaired the actual implementation of new government plans. There has been a concerted effort to recentralize government functions, but without restoring substantial state capacity, we can expect continued dependence on public-private partnerships and an increased reliance on the military’s administrative apparatus to build and operate many infrastructure projects.</p><p>The need to recover state power is also evident in the persistence of severe cartel violence. This issue prompted AMLO to create a new National Guard, composed of army members and new recruits retrained to perform police work. Critics claim this represents the militarization of public life. While this may be the case, AMLO’s reliance on the military appears to be an attempt at substituting weakened state institutions with a centralized public apparatus that preserves real capacity.</p><p>Finally, AMLO’s anti-corruption effort paradoxically reveals both a limit and a condition of possibility for the deepening of the <i>cuarta transformación</i>. On the one hand, it contains a left wing that argues for the indispensability of progressive tax reform in the country. On the other hand, it offers a condition of possibility for an expanded post-neoliberal welfare state in the future, with the state having regained its social legitimacy and shifted toward universalist principles.</p><p>López Obrador’s development strategy largely hinged on the argument that sufficient resources existed for megaprojects and ambitious social programs without the need to resort to tax increases. Thus, his administration’s development plan and social spending depended on significantly reducing corruption at the highest echelons of the business-state nexus. As he wrote in a letter to the business sector during the 2018 electoral campaign:</p><blockquote><p>We believe that without corruption and with an austere government, we can lift Mexico out of economic crisis, unrest, poverty, and the spiral of insecurity and violence it currently suffers. To achieve this, no tax increases or state debt will be necessary; honesty in government and reducing administrative costs will suffice to increase public investment and use it as seed capital for productive projects involving private and social sector participation.<sup id="fn-no-25"><a href="#fn-25">25</a></sup></p></blockquote><p>In other words, López Obrador’s anti-corruption stance also argues against the need for progressive tax reform. This presents an interesting paradox: while his project champions the state’s redistributive role — uniquely linking economic redistribution with combating neoliberal corruption — it also restrains a faction of the Left advocating for higher taxes on the wealthy.</p><p>This paradox only deepens given the electoral left’s ambitions to advance reform in a context where the state’s legitimacy has been eroded for decades. The political viability of an agenda of higher taxes is already uncertain, and Morena’s reliance on austerity may compound the uncertainty. Currently, the popularity of such a demand and the potential coalition supporting it are unclear, even if tax increases only target the wealthy. The reason for this is widespread public distrust regarding the use of public resources. Nevertheless, Morena’s success in fighting corruption and recuperating social resources for the popular good could play a key role in future fiscal policy discussions. Continued success could challenge the argument that politicians steal everything — thus serving as a condition of possibility for a more robust post-neoliberal state.</p></div></section></section><section id="sec-4"><header><h2>Conclusion</h2></header><div><p>In this text I outlined three dimensions that help us understand the success of the electoral left in contemporary Mexico. I argued, first, that the distinctive feature, comparatively and historically, of AMLO’s project is his progressive reframing of anti-corruption politics; second, that this feature is premised on a diagnosis of corruption as a specific political economy; and finally, that AMLO’s tenure is better understood as post-neoliberal rather than anti-neoliberal.</p><p>Any analysis of AMLO’s success must also grapple with the dilemmas inherent in transitioning away from neoliberalism, many only mentioned here in passing. These include attempting to revive a welfare state with a deteriorated administrative apparatus, the contradictions of neo-developmentalist projects amid the looming climate crisis, the complexities of implementing progressive taxation during periods of stagnant growth, and the challenges of shifting away from a foreign investment–driven growth model. Consequently, the story of the Left in twenty-first-century Mexico holds broad relevance, as these structural contradictions mirror the dilemmas faced by the contemporary left worldwide.</p><p>In recent years, interest has grown about what neoliberalism is or was in practice as opposed to in theory. That is, the question of actually existing neoliberalism has now come to the forefront, accompanied by a series of inquiries into whether neoliberalism across the world differed in practice from neoliberalism in the Western core, whether it is accurate to say that the state really contracted during the period or if it was actually retooled in new and specific ways, and whether market and state were really separated or merged even more than during the Keynesian period. Was it protectionism for the West and free trade for the rest? Should we be thinking of neoliberalisms in the plural rather than in a monolithic sense? That this set of questions emerges more clearly just when a variety of post-neoliberal regimes begin to take shape is perhaps no contradiction, since “the owl of Minerva takes flight only at dusk.” The Mexican case should be at the forefront of these political-intellectual efforts. ￼</p></div></section><footer><ol><li id="fn-1">Benedict Vigers, “Mexico Votes: 5 Things to Know Ahead of the Election,” Gallup, May 29, 2024.</li><li id="fn-2">José Revueltas, <cite>Ensayo Sobre Un Proletariado Sin Cabeza</cite> (Mexico City: Logos, 1962), 157–58; author’s translation.</li><li id="fn-3">Andrés Manuel López Obrador, “Mensaje a la Nación desde el Zócalo de la Ciudad de México,” Presidencia de la República, December 1, 2018; author’s translation.</li><li id="fn-4">Transparency International, <cite>Global Corruption Report 2009: Corruption and the Private Sector</cite> (New York: Cambridge University Press, 2009), 246.</li><li id="fn-5">Mauricio Merino, “Mexico: La Batalla Contra la Corrupción,” Mexico Institute–Wilson Center, June 2015, 18; author’s translation.</li><li id="fn-6">Héctor Molina, “AMLO Cuestiona la Utilidad del Sistema Nacional Anticorrupción,” <cite>El Economista</cite>, June 11, 2020.</li><li id="fn-7">Israel Rodríguez, “UIF congela cuentas de 42 empresas ‘factureras,’” <cite>La Jornada</cite>, July 9, 2020.</li><li id="fn-8">David Harvey, <cite>A Brief History of Neoliberalism</cite> (New York: Oxford University Press, 2005).</li><li id="fn-9">Editors, “Introducing Catalyst,” <cite>Catalyst</cite> 1, no. 1 (2017).</li><li id="fn-10">Thomas Piketty, <cite>Capital in the Twenty-First Century</cite> (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2014), 602.</li><li id="fn-11">Wendy Brown, <cite>Undoing the Demos: Neoliberalism’s Stealth Revolution</cite> (New York: Zone Books, 2015), 150.</li><li id="fn-12">Andrés Manuel López Obrador, “Versión estenográfica de la conferencia de prensa matutina del presidente,” Presidencia de la República, February 12, 2021; author’s translation.</li><li id="fn-13">William Davies and Nicholas Gane, “Post-Neoliberalism? An Introduction,” <cite>Theory, Culture and Society</cite> 38, no. 6 (2021): 5.</li><li id="fn-14">Javier Flores, “Observaciones sobre el presupuesto para la ciencia en 2023,” <cite>Nexos</cite>, December 8, 2022; “Recursos para la educación en México,” Instituto Mexicano para la Competitividad, September 13, 2022; “Recursos para la salud en México,” Instituto Mexicano para la Competitividad, October 10, 2022.</li><li id="fn-15">Rafael López, “Aumentan 65% beneficiarios de planes sociales,” <cite>Milenio</cite>, October 23, 2020.</li><li id="fn-16">Axel Sánchez, “AMLO disminuyó en 21% el territorio que se concesionó a las mineras,” <cite>El Financiero</cite>, November 23, 2020.</li><li id="fn-17">See, for example, SATMX (@SATMX), “Publicación sobre la actualización fiscal . . . ,” X/Twitter, July 30, 202<a href="https://twitter.com/SATMX/status/1288862327773835265">0, https://twitter.com/SATMX/status/1288862327773835</a>265.</li><li id="fn-18">Jude Webber, “Mexico’s ‘Iron Lady’ Cracks Whip on Multinationals’ Taxes,” <cite>Financial Times</cite>, June 22, 2020.</li><li id="fn-19">See, for example, Alejandro Estefan, Roberto Gerhard, Joseph P. Kaboski, Illenin O. Kondo, and Wei Qian, “Outsourcing Policy and Worker Outcomes: Causal Evidence from a Mexican Ban,” Working Paper 32024, National Bureau of Economic Research, January 2024; “Informe Trimestral de la Línea de Pobreza: Primer Trimestre 2024,” Consejo Nacional de Evaluación de la Política de Desarrollo Social (CONEVAL), July 25, 2024; Data from the National Minimum Wage Commission (CONASAMI) (contact author for data); Axel Eduardo González Gómez, “ENIGH 2022, ¿cómo vamos en desigualdad?,” <cite>Animal Político</cite>, August 2023; “Índice de la Tendencia Laboral de la Pobreza (ITLP-IS),” CONEVAL, May 2024; Viri Ríos, “Cómo se logró reducir la pobreza en México,” <cite>El País</cite>, August 3, 2023; International Labor Organization, “Base de datos de estimaciones y proyecciones modeladas de la OIT ( ILOEST )” ILOSTAT, World Bank, February 2024; “Informalidad y pobreza laboral a la baja en el 4T2023,” Mexico, ¿Cómo Vamos?, February 27, 2024; Editors, “Mexico tiene el nivel de desempleo más bajo del continente americano,” <cite>El Economista</cite>, May 14, 2024.</li><li id="fn-20">See, for example, Editors, “Reforma laboral debe apegarse al T-MEC para evitar reapertura de negociaciones: AMLO,” <cite>El Financiero</cite>, April 4, 2019.</li><li id="fn-21">Alejandro Moreno, “¿La clave del revés a Morena? Los apartidistas,” <cite>El Financiero</cite>, June 8, 2021.</li><li id="fn-22">“Aprobación Presidencial promedio de Andrés Manuel López Obrador, Junio 2024,” Mitofsky, June 2024.</li><li id="fn-23">Paola Villarreal, “Los Mexicanos votaron por la vuelta del ‘carro completo,’” <cite>El País</cite>, June 7, 2024; Montse Hidalgo Pérez, Patricia San Juan Flores, and Kiko Llaneras, “¿Quién ha votado a Sheinbaum? ¿Y a Gálvez? Sus apoyos por edad, sexo e ingresos,” <cite>El País</cite>, June 3, 2024; <cite>Parametría,</cite> “Los Otros Datos de la Encuesta de Salida,” accessed July 25, 202<a href="https://parametria.com.mx/los-otros-datos-de-la-encuesta-de-salida/">4, https://parametria.com.mx/los-otros-datos-de-la-encuesta-de-sali</a>da/; Guadalupe Fuentes López, “Cómo votó el ‘1%’?,” <cite>Sin Embargo</cite>, June 8, 2024.</li><li id="fn-24">Ana Karen García, “6 de cada 10 trabajadores son informales y generan el 22.7% del PIB de México,” <cite>El Economista</cite>, December 17, 2018.</li><li id="fn-25">Andrés Manuel López Obrador, “AMLO pide a inversionistas confiar en él, en carta exclusiva para El Financiero,” <cite>El Financiero</cite>, April 4, 2018.</li></ol></footer></article></content><published>2024-08-16T20:27:28Z</published><summary type="text">Is the success of the electoral left in contemporary Mexico linked to the emergence of a new social pact? This article outlines the trajectory of the electoral left, parsing out its understanding of neoliberalism as a political economy of corruption and the budding features of actually existing post-neoliberalism in the country.</summary></entry><entry><id>https://catalyst-journal.com/2024/08/for-a-rooted-cosmopolitanism</id><title type="text">For a Rooted Cosmopolitanism</title><updated>2026-04-20T17:51:14.638923Z</updated><author><name>Jacopo Custodi</name></author><content type="xhtml"><article xmlns=""><div><p>National belonging has profoundly influenced politics over the past two centuries across much of the world, from the Americas to Europe and from Africa to Asia. Few major historical events of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries can be recounted without mentioning nationalism. Wars, geopolitical tensions, crimes against humanity, and totalitarian regimes as well as anti-colonial uprisings, minority rights, and societies unified toward goals of freedom and emancipation — nationalism is almost always present behind the key issues of modernity.</p><p>In this article, I will engage in a discussion of how the Left should address the enduring sense of national belonging and pride, an issue that has crisscrossed the history of left-wing politics since its origins and that remains crucial today. While it seems important for the Left to “constitute itself the nation,” as Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels wrote in the <cite>Communist Manifesto</cite> regarding the proletariat’s struggle, this does not imply that such a politics is straightforward or devoid of risks. But let us first discuss why this issue remains pertinent in a globalized world.</p></div><section id="sec-1"><header><h2>Goodbye Nations?</h2></header><div><p>At various points in history, many authors have argued that nationalist politics was entering its final phase. In early nineteenth-century liberal thought, there was already the belief that nationalism was a declining phenomenon, destined to disappear soon with the expansion of global trade. The idea that people’s national identity (their <em>nationality</em>) was losing importance due to the expansion of world capitalism was shared by Marx in his youth (though not in his more mature writings). This position enjoyed a certain popularity in both the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, albeit cyclically: it disappeared during periods when nationalisms erupted or clashed militarily, only to resurface in subsequent periods.</p><p>In the 1980s, Eric Hobsbawm suggested that the great increase in studies on nationalism was a sign that the phenomenon had finally entered its concluding historical phase: “The owl of Minerva which brings wisdom, said Hegel, flies out at dusk. It is a good sign that it is now circling around nations and nationalism.”<sup id="fn-no-1"><a href="#fn-1">1</a></sup>Hobsbawm was correct in noting that studies on this subject had significantly increased during those years; however, his hope, like that of others before him, proved erroneous.<sup id="fn-no-2"><a href="#fn-2">2</a></sup>Only a few years later, with the fall of the Socialist Bloc and its fragmentation into numerous nation-states, there was an outburst of several nationalist claims and conflicts that were thought to be outdated.</p><p>In the relative optimism of the 2000s, Michael Hardt and Antonio Negri reiterated the view in <cite>Empire</cite> that global capitalism was at last wiping out the reactionary narrowness of national belonging. Thus national identity came to be seen not only as something to be rejected politically but also as an issue of minor significance.<sup id="fn-no-3"><a href="#fn-3">3</a></sup>And yet, in the last decade, we have once again witnessed the resurgence of the nation as a conflicting political identity, largely championed by right-wing or separatist movements. Donald Trump, Jair Bolsonaro, the rise of Scottish independence in the United Kingdom and Catalan independence in Spain, the electoral success of several nationalist right-wing parties across Europe, and the dramatic Russian invasion of Ukraine with increasingly radicalized Russian and Ukrainian nationalisms — all these diverse phenomena share a common denominator: the mobilizing power of national identity.</p><p>It is undeniable that the political power of nation-states is diminishing in many parts of the world, weakened by an increasingly globalized economy and the growing strength of transnational corporations and organizations. However, this should not be confused with the political decline of national identities, a conflation Hardt and Negri made in their book. On the contrary, the weakening of nation-states’ power often goes hand in hand with the spread of nationalist sentiments. Globalization, migratory flows, the neoliberal dismantling of the welfare state, and the decline of deeply rooted collective identities such as religion and class belonging seem to have strengthened national identity. This is reminiscent of Polish sociologist Zygmunt Bauman’s characterization of contemporary society as “liquid,” marked by instability, precariousness, and uncertainty: a society based on fluidity and mobility, where social relations and structures are unstable and changeable, leading to increasing inequality and a loss of community and solidarity.<sup id="fn-no-4"><a href="#fn-4">4</a></sup>In the face of this reality, national identity has reemerged as a safe haven for people seeking a sense of belonging and community. It has become a symbolic identity to cling to in order to reduce feelings of alienation and uncertainty. Thus, while neoliberal globalization has uprooted many traditional identities and communal values, the national community has once again become a source of collective identification, revitalizing nationalist politics.</p><p>According to the World Values Survey of 2017–2022, 88.5 percent of people interviewed worldwide stated they were “very proud” or “quite proud” of their nationality. Furthermore, the survey included only the nationality corresponding to the nation-state of the interviewee, thereby excluding minority nationalities, a factor that would likely have further increased the overall value. In Europe, as shown by the European Quality of Government Index, the nation remains the territorial identity to which citizens feel most attached, more than regional identities and much more than European identity. Finally, the popular classes, particularly those with lower levels of education, tend to be more “nationalized” in their culturalization process. This means they are more responsive to symbolic and cultural elements related to national belonging compared to individuals with higher educational or class backgrounds, who tend to be more culturally cosmopolitan.<sup id="fn-no-5"><a href="#fn-5">5</a></sup></p></div></section><section id="sec-2"><header><h2>Nazionale-Popolare</h2></header><div><p>In light of this situation, the Left cannot simply ignore the existence of national identities. These identities are integral elements of the political and social landscape in which the Left operates and, for the foreseeable future, they do not appear to be diminishing in importance. Thus, calls for the Left to reject national identity are a dead end and risk distancing it from its own popular traditions. On the contrary, it seems necessary for the Left to embrace — at least to some extent and in certain ways — national belonging.</p><p>This is not a novel idea: strange as it may seem today, the concepts of “left” and “nation” were originally not far apart. Hobsbawm goes so far as to suggest that these two political concepts not only arose from the same cradle — the French Revolution — but were also in some way synonymous.<sup id="fn-no-6"><a href="#fn-6">6</a></sup>In the troubled French summer of 1789, the Third Estate declared itself the complete nation, initiating the French Revolution and boosting the very concept of nation at the political level. The estates-based political representation of the realm was about to be supplanted by the idea of the people-nation: the conflation of the nation with a collective entity, the people, as the bearer of sovereignty and in opposition to the privileged classes. When the people of Paris stormed the Bastille on July 14 and took control of the city, they did so in defense of the Third Estate, which had transformed into the National Assembly. Once the National Assembly was fully established, the supporters of the Revolution and the former Third Estate sat on the left side of the chamber. As such, they were described as both “the National Party” and “the Left,” creating the political concept of the Left at the same time.</p><p>The example of the French Revolution reminds us of an important element of this discussion: the idea of “the people,” which intersects with both left-wing and national politics and remains a constitutive and overarching concept of contemporary politics. If the aim of the Left is to build popular consensus and pursue politics that address the interests of common and working people, then it must forge an emotional bond with the people. But who exactly are the people? As Ernesto Laclau explained, the people as a sociological category hardly exist and are rather a political construction.<sup id="fn-no-7"><a href="#fn-7">7</a></sup>This means they do not exist independently of politics; instead, politics gives them shape and meaning. The people are a political construction that unites (or articulates, as Laclau says) a plurality of claims, needs, and identities that are diverse but collectively perceived as ignored by the elite, who hold economic and political power. Through this process, the people become a new political entity that cannot be reduced to the mere sum of its diverse components, as it transcends them into a single unifying identity in which different individuals can recognize themselves. For our discussion, it is crucial to note that it is very difficult to conceive of the people politically other than as a “nation-people.” In the vast majority of contemporary societies, the people largely constitute the national community, and the defense of popular sovereignty takes place within the borders of the nation-state. Moreover, the nation generates rituals, symbols, and cultural references that are crucial in shaping popular identities and a sense of belonging among the people. This further merges the people with the national community.</p><p>Antonio Gramsci developed the concept of <cite>nazionale-popolare</cite> to indicate what is both national and popular. Initially, he specifically related it to cultural productions: literary or artistic works that express the distinctive characteristics of national culture and are recognized as representative by the popular classes. Today we use the term “national-popular” in a more general sense to refer to all those cultural, aesthetic, behavioral, and habitual traits widespread among the common people of a particular country. However, the concept in Gramsci’s writings also goes beyond its cultural dimension and concerns the identification of the popular masses with a common national project. For Gramsci, revolutionary struggle should not fall into “the most superficial cosmopolitanism and anti-patriotism.” Instead, it should forge a sentimental bond with the “people-nation.”<sup id="fn-no-8"><a href="#fn-8">8</a></sup>Gramsci believed that every revolutionary movement striving to govern must embody and identify with the country itself, and this principle should also be applied to the working class in its hegemonic struggle against the bourgeoisie. This reflection did not arise in a vacuum; it was already sketched in the <cite>Communist Manifesto</cite> of 1848, when Marx and Engels wrote that the proletariat, to achieve victory, “must constitute itself the nation” and is therefore “itself national, though not in the bourgeois sense of the word.”<sup id="fn-no-9"><a href="#fn-9">9</a></sup>One can hear in these lines the echo of the French Revolution, with the Third Estate turning itself into the nation. But there are different senses of being national.</p><p>Examples of this national-popular dimension are endless in the history of the twentieth-century Left. The communist and working-class parties of the past century were deeply rooted in the traditions, history, and culture of their respective countries. This was not a harsh or conservative nationalism but a combination of love of homeland with the imperative need for friendship among all peoples; national identity was an integral part of political identity without undermining a commitment to socialism, progress, and internationalism.</p><p>This is precisely the aspect that Jean-Paul Sartre identified as the key to the success of the postwar Italian Communist Party (PCI), which went on to become the strongest communist party in all of Western Europe. As longtime Italian communist Luciana Castellina recounts, Sartre said during one of his visits to Italy, “Now I understand [why the PCI is so strong], the PCI is Italy!”<sup id="fn-no-10"><a href="#fn-10">10</a></sup>By this, Sartre meant that the party was not a separate vanguard but a body shaped by the same emotions, behaviors, and memories as the Italian people at large.</p><p>The history of twentieth-century antifascism is also imbued with patriotism. Examples are numerous, from the Italian communist partisans, who were named after the national hero Giuseppe Garibaldi and who fought against the fascist “traitors of the homeland,” to the Portuguese communists under António de Oliveira Salazar’s regime.<sup id="fn-no-11"><a href="#fn-11">11</a></sup>As their leader Álvaro Cunhal said in 1946, it is</p><blockquote><p>in the struggles against fascism installed in power that the working classes found their homeland again: Portugal that struggles for freedom and democracy, Portugal that aspires to well-being, progress, and culture, Portugal that wants an honorable place in the world of democratic nations. Fighting against fascism, the Portuguese people learn to sing the Portuguesa [the national anthem] and learn to wield the national flag.<sup id="fn-no-12"><a href="#fn-12">12</a></sup></p></blockquote><p>The same holds true for many leftist parties in the Global South, both old and new. The Bolivarian Left in Latin America, particularly exemplified by Hugo Chávez, illustrates this well: a socialist Left steeped in patriotic rhetoric and national symbolism. Chávez’s frequent appearances in a tracksuit bearing the colors of Venezuela were symbolic of this. Yet this did not hinder significant progress toward supranational cooperation among Latin American countries. If Venezuela was the <cite>patria</cite>, then Latin America was the <cite>patria grande</cite>.</p></div></section><section id="sec-3"><header><h2>Hegemony, Counterhegemony, and the Problems of Resignification</h2></header><div><p>If the history recounted thus far sounds too simple, it is because there is yet another crucial issue that must be incorporated: the contemporary hegemony of the Right in defining national identity. In recent years, many Western countries have witnessed the consolidation of right-wing dominance in the realm of national identity, with national identity being politicized and shifting to the right. When we think of national identity and pride today, we frequently associate them with conservatism, the defense of traditions, ethnic belonging, hostility toward diversity, and rhetoric against migrants. What it means to belong to a country and be proud of it is currently heavily controlled by the Right, which has excelled in appropriating this identity and filling it with its own political values.</p><p>If the Left wants to put forward a national-popular project, it must do so not simply by incorporating elements of national identity into its discourse but by wresting them away from the Right, giving them an inclusive and progressive interpretation. Borrowing Marx and Engels’s words, it ought to be national, “though not in the bourgeois sense of the word.” To do so, it is necessary to engage in counterhegemony. On paper, this is possible because the nation is neither predetermined nor fixed; national identity and belonging are not univocal phenomena but can assume different meanings and be linked to different sets of political values. Nations are, as argued by Benedict Anderson in his groundbreaking work <cite>Imagined Communities</cite>, “modular,” and thus “capable of being transplanted, with varying degrees of self-consciousness, to a great variety of social terrains, to merge and be merged with a correspondingly wide variety of political and ideological constellations.”<sup id="fn-no-13"><a href="#fn-13">13</a></sup></p><p>The nation always has a boundary that divides who is part of it and who is not (as Anderson explained, a defining characteristic of the nation is that it is “limited”), but this boundary is ever changing and political. It is a line of exclusion that can be based on diverse criteria, from race to social class, from ethical values to language or culture. Having the privilege to determine this boundary is at the core of the struggle for hegemony over the national terrain and is, in fact, a crucial issue in contemporary politics.</p><p>The experience of Podemos in Spain during its early years is perhaps the most systematic example of counterhegemonic politics on the national terrain. The leadership of the party was convinced that, in order to advance a popular and leftist agenda, it was necessary to reclaim national identity from the Right and redefine it. Podemos leaders thus began to recurrently declare their pride in and love for Spain. They praised the patria and their being Spaniards, and they openly labeled their party’s policies as patriotic. On one hand, they did this to attack their political opponents, specifically those on the Right, labeling them as “enemies of Spain” and “anti-patriots” due to corruption, privatization policies, welfare cuts, and tax breaks for the wealthy. On the other hand, they aimed to promote a progressive form of patriotism that left-wing individuals and ethnic minorities could identify with. They did so by defining the country’s core attributes as popular mobilization, solidarity, a welfare state, and a moral community not based on linguistic or ethnic particularism.<sup id="fn-no-14"><a href="#fn-14">14</a></sup></p><p>Engaging in counterhegemony on the terrain of national belonging is a political choice that appears to be crucial. Failing to do so means leaving the field open for the Right to seize all the national-popular elements that are part of our collective life, associating them with its own conservative ideas. This allows the Right to impose its idea of what the country represents and what it means to be part of it without challenge. The result is a conservative and exclusionary national identity for which migrants and minorities pay the price every day, labeled as nonmembers of the community. For this reason, the founders of Podemos argued, nothing worries the Right more than seeing the emergence of an open and inclusive idea of the nation, with which people of different origins and cultures can fully identify and where loving the country means fighting for quality public schools and hospitals rather than wanting to seal the country’s borders.</p><p>However, we must not fall under the illusion that this is a simple political strategy, nor that it is free from risks. Magical solutions rarely exist in politics. If the Right has managed to hegemonize the sense of belonging to a certain country, challenging it with a counterhegemonic project requires resignifying many aspects of national identity — and resignifying is by no means easy. Precisely because resignifying is important, it is necessary to look with open eyes at the issues associated with this political choice.</p><p>The first issue is that it requires significant hegemonic strength. Memory plays an important role here, and when a certain meaning of national identity is deeply rooted in the collective imagination, changing it can prove quite difficult. Altering widespread meanings in a country’s common sense usually requires considerable time and power. In this regard, the example of the Italian right is illuminating. Silvio Berlusconi and Matteo Salvini have both been very capable of hegemonizing and changing the meaning of Italian identity, detaching it from the national myth of the Resistance and associating it with anti-communism, cuts to public spending, and free enterprise (in the case of Berlusconi), and xenophobia and hatred of the other (in the case of Salvini).<sup id="fn-no-15"><a href="#fn-15">15</a></sup>But this was accomplished with political and media power: Berlusconi controlled the country’s most important television channels and used them shamelessly to promote a narrative advantageous for his party, Forza Italia. Salvini benefited for years from dominance on social networks, supported by an aggressive, unscrupulous, and extremely expensive social media apparatus known as La Bestia. Without political or media power, it is difficult to resignify national identity, and such attempts may backfire. National identity, for all the reasons mentioned, is a powerful force. Engaging with it is like playing with fire. If you politicize national identity to use it against the Right but eventually fail to alter its meanings in society, there is a concrete risk that you will have contributed to popularizing words, symbols, and forms of belonging that the Right will continue to exploit for its political goals.</p><p>Another issue is that the more you need to resignify, the more it indicates that you are not at ease with the sedimented elements of national identity. You risk being alienated from the popular classes, for whom national cultural references tend to be more common. In short, if the preexisting elements you can rely on to build a left-wing idea of the nation are few, it means you will have to construct an idea of the country with radically new meanings, and this may create difficulties in communicating with already nationalized popular sectors. It is necessary to continuously find a difficult balance between the need to resignify national belonging and pride with progressive meanings and the need to stay close to the words, symbols, and cultural references of the people.</p><p>Years ago, when I was interviewing members of Podemos for my doctoral research on the party’s patriotism, they told me how lucky we were in Italy, where, according to them, it would be much easier to reclaim national identity for the Left. They believed this because Italy had Garibaldi, the Resistance, and the victory over Nazi Fascism, from which the new Italy had been born. Meanwhile, they had no similar historical references in Spain and were forced to pursue a patriotism that was strongly rhetorical but devoid of cultural symbols, with a national flag too closely associated with the monarchy and too difficult to resignify. Exemplary of this is the Madrid uprising against Napoleon’s invasion in 1808, often cited by first leader of Podemos Pablo Iglesias as an example of Spanish pride, which likely has much less symbolic power than, for example, the Italian Resistance.</p><p>There is one final point that merits discussion: the issue of migration. In an era when European countries are experiencing significant migratory flows — despite governments’ criminal attempts to block them, resulting in the Mediterranean Sea becoming a graveyard for thousands — people with diverse ethnocultural backgrounds increasingly settle in Western cities, frequently becoming victims of poverty, discrimination, and exploitation. How can the Left assert a connection to national identity without turning a blind eye to these individuals?</p><p>The very framing of this question suggests that, to some extent, we have already internalized the right-wing discourse on what it means to belong to a particular country. Ethnic and cultural pluralism is considered an issue for the nation only from a right-wing perspective, and challenging this notion is a core aspect of the counterhegemonic effort. Jean-Luc Mélenchon in France is emblematic of this. His idea of France and French pride, as promoted by his party, La France Insoumise, embraces ethnic and religious pluralism. Mélenchon even adopted the concept of “creolization,” the continual blending of different influences that together constitute a national culture. In his words, being French</p><blockquote><p>does not mean belonging to a particular religion or having a given skin color, cooking certain dishes, or loving specific works. To be French in the Republic is to subscribe to the program ‘liberté, égalité, fraternité’ and respect the law. It is the universalism of the French Revolution that allows France to be a creolized country.<sup id="fn-no-16"><a href="#fn-16">16</a></sup></p></blockquote><p>It is therefore unsurprising that, despite France Insoumise’s extensive use of national symbols and positive references to France, the party performs very well electorally in the Parisian suburbs, which are home to many individuals originating from outside Europe.</p><p>This strategy can be complicated by the fact that migrant communities might be less responsive to the use of certain national-popular references specific to the host country, as their own cultural references differ. The goal is to find a balance between the need to resignify national belonging and pride in a manner that fully includes people with migratory backgrounds and the need to remain close to words, symbols, and cultural references that are national-popular. Nonetheless, this objective may be relatively easier to achieve than it seems, given that migrant populations in the host country tend to socialize within the lower strata of society due to discrimination, lack of resources, and limited opportunities. As a result, they come into frequent contact with national-popular cultural and symbolic references, which, as previously mentioned, are more prevalent in the manual working class than in the urban and educated middle class.</p></div></section><section id="sec-4"><header><h2>Just Another Battleground of Class Struggle</h2></header><div><p>“What I want to demonstrate is that you can be black, come from the suburbs, dress modestly, and still love France. Because France belongs to all of us!” With these words, Stéphane Blé concludes his first candidate speech in the French Netflix series <cite>En Place</cite>. Stéphane is a social worker from the suburbs of Paris and a leftist, but he is disillusioned with the opportunism, cynicism, and lack of ideals of the center left, so he decides to run for the presidential elections himself. With the slogan “France for Everyone,” Stéphane begins an unconventional and original electoral campaign that, as the series progresses, brings him closer to the possibility of becoming France’s first black president.</p><p>Stéphane’s statement illustrates the central argument of this article: the need for a left-wing idea of the country that represents an inclusive and progressive community while challenging the right-wing vision of what the nation stands for. This is a necessary condition for political consensus because, as Michael Harrington wrote in his autobiography, “If the Left wants to change this country because it hates it, then the people will never listen to the Left and the people will be right.” Loving one’s country does not mean loving it as it is, but, in Harrington’s words, “to sense the seed beneath the snow; to see, beneath the veneer of corruption and meanness and the commercialization of human relationships, men and women capable of controlling their own destinies.”<sup id="fn-no-17"><a href="#fn-17">17</a></sup>It means actively working to change the country while identifying with it and representing it. This is the profound sense of the expression that the proletariat “must constitute itself the nation” that appears in the <cite>Communist Manifesto</cite> and carries with it the echo of the French Revolution.</p><p>To be politically effective, an innovative idea of the country cannot be completely alien to the existing society and its core values. From a socialist perspective, the relationship between the present and future society is indeed always dialectical. Marx did not question the goals of modernity, such as freedom and progress, nor the means to achieve them, such as the development of productive forces, but he argued that none of these modern ideals could be fully realized without overcoming society’s class division. Similarly, to build a new idea of the country, the relationship with the national-popular must be dialectical: references and words are taken from popular culture, leveraging some, attempting to change the meaning of others, and adding new ones. As Gramsci taught us, a new society cannot be born in opposition to popular sentiments and common sense; instead, these must be the starting point, toward a new “collective national-popular will” that transcends and incorporates them into a new vision.</p><p>It is undeniable that patriotism also poses risks for the Left, because the sense of national belonging today leans to the right in many European countries and beyond. And when you use the political weapons and words of the opponent, you risk legitimizing those weapons and words without changing them, losing your own values and strategic horizon. What is needed to avoid this pitfall is a comprehensive and counterhegemonic idea of the nation, not a sporadic and instrumental use of the opponent’s rhetorical weapons. A left-wing idea of the country should oppose the right-wing vision by exposing its miseries, hypocrisies, and inhospitableness, presenting itself as a more attractive option. It should not be the exclusionary, ethnically and culturally homogeneous nation of the Right, where everyone fends for themselves at the mercy of market laws, but a solidaristic community that loves its land and rejects all forms of discrimination and marginalization — where the emotional bond with the country does not mean a desire to close the borders but an insistence on the dignity of common people who uphold society through their work.</p><p>This does not imply that the Left should shift the grounds of political confrontation solely to the issue of national belonging, nor that it should give it primary political importance. It means recognizing that national identity is not external to the political struggle but is rather one of the battlegrounds where the fight for hegemony takes place — a battleground the Left should not abandon, where it can bring its own values and idea of community, preventing the Right from deciding exclusively what the country represents. Otto Bauer was the first Marxist politician and intellectual to write a treatise on nations from a Marxist perspective, and what emerges from his complex theoretical reflections is that nationality is ultimately an unstable terrain, perpetually in flux and torn by the constant conflict between class viewpoints.<sup id="fn-no-18"><a href="#fn-18">18</a></sup>In other words, national belonging is just another field for class struggle.</p><p>For all these reasons, one cannot simply combine the recognition of national interest with the Left’s battles, because national interest detached from political articulation does not exist. What is in the nation’s best interest depends on what the nation is and where its political boundaries are drawn. It is therefore not a matter of addition but of hegemony: the point is to assert that the Left’s battles <em>are</em> in the national interest.</p><p>After all, how could we not treat measures such as expanding and improving public health, schools, and transportation; reducing the tax burden for the working class and increasing it for those with immense wealth; public control of national energy production to initiate a real ecological transition toward clean energy; new laws ensuring no one is discriminated against based on their sexual orientation, gender identity, or skin color or left alone in the face of poverty, uncertainty about the future, and loneliness; and new labor protections that combat capitalist exploitation and low wages as battles <em>for the country</em>? These are left-wing programs that would make the country a better place to live and give it a future after decades of neoliberal policies have worn it out, sold it off, impoverished it, and embittered it, creating enormous inequality and injustice.</p><p>A national-popular project can give meaning, credibility, and vigor to left-wing goals, articulating and merging them into an idea of the country.</p></div></section><footer><ol><li id="fn-1">Eric Hobsbawm, <cite>Nations and Nationalism Since 1780</cite>, 2nd ed. (Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 1992), 192.</li><li id="fn-2">Among scholars of nationalism, 1983 is typically regarded as the most prolific year for this field of study. In that year, Benedict Anderson’s <cite>Imagined Communities</cite>, Ernest Gellner’s <cite>Nations and Nationalism</cite>, and <cite>The Invention of Tradition,</cite> edited by Eric Hobsbawm and Terence Ranger, were all published for the first time.</li><li id="fn-3">Michael Hardt and Antonio Negri, <cite>Empire</cite> (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2000), 43–44, 336.</li><li id="fn-4">Zygmunt Bauman, <cite>Liquid Modernity</cite> (Cambridge, UK: Polity, 1999).</li><li id="fn-5">Empirical studies based on survey data and informed by cleavage theory show this well. See, for example, Liesbet Hooghe, Gary Marks, and Jonne Kamphorst, “Field of Education and Political Behavior: Predicting GAL/TAN Voting,” <cite>American Political Science Review</cite> (2024).</li><li id="fn-6">Eric Hobsbawm, “Identity Politics and the Left,” <cite>New Left Review</cite> 217 (1996): 45.</li><li id="fn-7">Ernesto Laclau, <cite>On Populist Reason</cite> (London: Verso, 2005).</li><li id="fn-8">Antonio Gramsci, <cite>Quaderni del Carcere</cite> (1935), <a href="http://dl.gramsciproject.org/">dl.gramsciproject.org</a>, Q2, N25 and Q11, N67.</li><li id="fn-9">Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels, <cite>Marx/Engels Collected Works</cite> (London: Lawrence &amp;amp; Wishart, 2010), 6:503.</li><li id="fn-10">Luciana Castellina, “Il Partito-Paese, e le riserve inesplorate del genoma Gramsci,” <cite>Il Manifesto</cite>, January 21, 2021, <a href="https://www.ideesocietacivile.it/cultura/il-partito-paese-e-le-riserve-inesplorate-del-genoma-gramsci/16955/">ideesocietacivile.it/cultura/il-partito-paese-e-le-riserve-inesplorate-del-genoma-gramsci/16955</a>.</li><li id="fn-11">Even though we may not remember it today, Garibaldi combined his patriotism with a proud internationalism, and his thirst for freedom inspired working-class struggles throughout the twentieth century. See Jacopo Custodi, “Giuseppe Garibaldi Was a Proud Internationalist,” <cite>Jacobin</cite>, June 2, 2024.</li><li id="fn-12">Álvaro Cunhal, <cite>O Caminho para o Derrubamento do Fascismo: Informe Político do Comité Central</cite> (Lisbon: Edições Avante!, 1997).</li><li id="fn-13">Benedict Anderson, <cite>Imagined Communities: Reflections on the Origin and Spread of Nationalism</cite> (New York: Verso, 2016 [1983]), 4.</li><li id="fn-14">Jacopo Custodi, “Nationalism and Populism on the Left: The Case of Podemos,” <cite>Nations and Nationalism</cite> 27, no. 3 (2021).</li><li id="fn-15">Jacopo Custodi, <cite>Radical Left Parties and National Identity in Spain, Italy and Portugal: Rejecting or Reclaiming the Nation</cite> (London: Palgrave Macmillan, 2024), 127–66.</li><li id="fn-16">David Broder, “Cheese, Baguettes, and Victor Hugo,” <cite>Jacobin </cite>48 (Winter 2023).</li><li id="fn-17">Michael Harrington, <cite>Fragments of the Century</cite> (New York: Simon &amp;amp; Schuster, 1977), 63.</li><li id="fn-18">Francesco Ventura and Jacopo Custodi, “Nationality Beyond the Nation-State? The Search for Autonomy in Abdullah Öcalan and Otto Bauer,” <cite>Geopolitics</cite> 29, no. 4 (2024).</li></ol></footer></article></content><published>2024-08-16T20:27:12Z</published><summary type="text">Embracing national belonging strategically and redefining it with inclusive, progressive values can boost consensus and counter the Right’s dominance. However, this approach is neither straightforward nor without risks, which must be carefully considered.</summary></entry><entry><id>https://catalyst-journal.com/2024/06/race-and-the-new-deal</id><title type="text">Race and the New Deal</title><updated>2026-04-20T17:51:16.276019Z</updated><author><name>Katie Rader</name></author><content type="xhtml"><article xmlns=""><div><p>At the 2019 SXSW conference, Representative Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, one of the most recognizable figures in contemporary progressive politics, sat down for an interview with then <cite>Intercept</cite> senior editor Briahna Joy Gray. In a wide-ranging discussion delivered to a packed auditorium, Ocasio-Cortez focused on strategies and challenges for contemporary progressive politics. Somewhere in the middle of their discussion, Gray asked Ocasio-Cortez how she thought progressive politicians should be trying to build support for broad social welfare programs given the “emergent narrative that these kinds of New Deal–style universalism programs are not for diverse communities.” According to Gray, a major challenge for organizers is communicating the utility of programs for those who have been “insufficiently served by them in the past.” Ocasio-Cortez responded that she and her allies were conscious of needing to avoid the kind of “revisionist history” that had led many to “act as though the New Deal wasn’t racist.” Ocasio-Cortez underscored this point:</p><blockquote><p>The New Deal was an extremely economically racist policy that drew literal red lines around black and brown communities. Basically, it invested in white America. What it did was that it allowed white Americans to have access to home loans that black and brown Americans did not have access to, giving them the largest form of intergenerational wealth, which is real estate. So this really accelerated many parts of an already horrific racial wealth gap that continues to persist today. So how do we turn this around?<sup id="fn-no-1"><a href="#fn-1">1</a></sup></p></blockquote><p>Pressing beyond a critique of insufficient universalism in federal welfare policies, Ocasio-Cortez instead pointed to an explicit and conscious commitment to writing racism into housing policies in the New Deal era. When she shifted the discussion to her signature policy effort, the Green New Deal, Ocasio-Cortez claimed that she and her allies were seeking to avoid what she saw as the pitfalls of the program’s namesake. Her characterization of the “racist New Deal” was picked up by conservative media especially, like the right-wing <cite>Daily Mail</cite> and Sean Hannity of Fox News, which depicted her comments as a dismissal of both Franklin D. Roosevelt and Ronald Reagan as racist.<sup id="fn-no-2"><a href="#fn-2">2</a></sup></p><p>As Gray recognized, this “emergent narrative” has become an increasingly common refrain. In liberal and progressive politics and intellectual circles, even proponents of an expansive and universal welfare state like Gray and Ocasio-Cortez frequently hold that a primary failure of the New Deal state was its inability to reach and benefit African Americans and other minorities. However, there are different versions of this narrative. Some, like Gray, focus more on the outcomes or effects of New Deal policies (that they “insufficiently served” African Americans). In recent remarks, House minority leader Hakeem Jeffries followed the logic and impetus of Gray’s statements, highlighting how systemic racism and structural exclusions have prevented African Americans from joining the “greatest middle class in history”: “African Americans were largely carved out of the New Deal. So you had the Depression and a response to it, but a response to it that only applied to some Americans, not all Americans in certain instances.”<sup id="fn-no-3"><a href="#fn-3">3</a></sup></p><p>Both Jeffries and Gray acknowledge the significance of the New Deal in furthering a transformative set of policies for the American working class while critiquing the disparities in benefits and the exclusion of African Americans. But others articulate a different version of this narrative, more in line with Ocasio-Cortez’s remarks. These narratives emphasize not only the disparate impact of these policies but identify a racist intent motivating the primary architects and administrators of the New Deal. In his widely acclaimed book <cite>The Color of Law: A Forgotten History of How Our Government Segregated America</cite>, Richard Rothstein argues that the federal government was the guiding hand behind redlining and housing segregation in the middle of the twentieth century.<sup id="fn-no-4"><a href="#fn-4">4</a></sup> Rothstein’s formulation has become common in liberal and progressive politics: the federal government’s failure to directly challenge the system of Jim Crow segregation during the New Deal period further entrenched institutional racism and exacerbated the effects of segregation and discrimination.</p><p>While both versions of these narratives have been employed in current progressive political discourse, they can be traced back to debates that emerged over fifty years ago. One of the earliest and most prominent scholarly debates over the history of redlining dates back to the late 1980s, when scholars sought to explain how the processes of suburbanization and urban development resulted in racially segregated neighborhoods through much of the twentieth century.<sup id="fn-no-5"><a href="#fn-5">5</a></sup> A connected vein of scholarship emerged to explain the racial legacy of the GI Bill and its dispersal of federal housing and educational benefits to African Americans.<sup id="fn-no-6"><a href="#fn-6">6</a></sup> Another group of scholars focused on the limits and contours of the welfare state created during the New Deal, contrasting the US version of social provision and labor policy with other Western industrialized nations in the twentieth century and highlighting the limitations for African Americans.<sup id="fn-no-7"><a href="#fn-7">7</a></sup> In all these works, the tension between intent and effect has led scholars to very different conclusions about the benefits and limitations of the New Deal state — and of universalistic policies more broadly — inviting close examination of the empirical, theoretical, and political context in which these debates took place.</p><p>A thorough examination of each of these policy tracts, and related but distinct claims about the limitations of the New Deal state, is beyond the scope of this essay. Instead, this essay explores the work of the prominent political scientists who, starting in the late 1980s, sought to describe the mechanisms by which black Americans were disproportionately excluded from the welfare programs and labor regulations created in the New Deal period. Importantly, these accounts sought to combat Reagan- and Clinton-era depictions of welfare, which individualized and racialized its provision while at the same time obscuring the long-standing structural limitations baked into the US welfare state at its moment of origin. Drawing on similar empirical evidence, one strain of this scholarship emphasizes the idea that explicit racism and less overt racial preferences, particularly of Southern Democratic lawmakers, were the central factors that limited New Deal policy. Jill Quadagno’s 1988 and 1994 accounts of welfare state development introduce this argument, which was expanded by Robert Lieberman in 2002 and widely popularized by Ira Katznelson in 2005 and 2013.<sup id="fn-no-8"><a href="#fn-8">8</a></sup> Quadagno, Lieberman, and Katznelson all point toward the singular influence of Southern New Deal lawmakers in shaping the contours of the New Deal, drawing attention to examples like the exclusion of agricultural and domestic workers from the Social Security Act (SSA) and National Labor Relations Act (NLRA). In short, these scholars provide the empirical and causal account that has come to undergird Ocasio-Cortez’s claims — that the racist <cite>intent</cite> of both the architects and opponents of the New Deal state ultimately produced programs that, by design, excluded African Americans.</p><p>However, this narrative eclipsed a second set of claims by political scientists like Michael Brown in his 1999 book <cite>Race, Money, and the American Welfare State</cite>. Brown emphasizes that the welfare state crafted by New Deal policy produced a “truncated universalism” that extended some, but not all, social rights to African Americans in ways that were not solely the result of policymakers’ racial preferences. In contrast to other accounts, Brown’s evidence indicates that, especially in the early phase of New Deal policymaking, African Americans were the disproportionate beneficiaries of broader, universal-style welfare programs. To that end, Brown cautions that assuming racial exclusion was the “sole problem confronting African-American families risks oversimplifying the problem.”<sup id="fn-no-9"><a href="#fn-9">9</a></sup> Ultimately, Brown concludes that New Dealers’ failure to establish sufficiently broad and comprehensive welfare provision was the primary cause of the racially bifurcated welfare state. These limitations, he argues, cannot be explained as exclusively the result of racial animus. Brown’s account aligns with economist historians Lee Alston and Joseph Ferrie, who argue that Southern lawmakers’ opposition to the New Deal was rooted in their initial resistance to a federally mandated and administered welfare state — and later to federal labor regulations — which threatened the core of the South’s paternalistic economic system.<sup id="fn-no-10"><a href="#fn-10">10</a></sup> In short, these accounts attempt to explain racial bifurcation and inequalities in the welfare state as the effects of New Deal policies, but they find that racial intent was not the core or primary driver of those policy decisions. And, especially in Brown’s account, they underscore that the most universalistic programs were also the most inclusive — a critical political point for today’s debates.</p><p>This essay reexamines the empirical evidence and arguments put forward in these two distinct strains of scholarship. In particular, I emphasize that scholars of these interpretive camps draw upon similar historical and empirical evidence to reach distinct conclusions about the causes of an uneven and bifurcated welfare state. It is important to state at the outset that each of the authors were and continue to be ardent proponents of an expansive, universalistic welfare state. In line with that vision, their overarching goal has been to highlight the limits and failures of the New Deal. Yet the explanations for what led to a more limited and less generous welfare state have in some ways made it more difficult to build support for universalistic policies.</p><p>It is indisputable that Southern Democratic and many other lawmakers in the early twentieth century held strong white supremacist beliefs and had political and economic interests tied to maintaining a racial hierarchy in politics; yet there is insufficient evidence for the claim that Southern Democrats’ racism and racial preferences were the primary factor that led New Deal programs to be carved up in ways that structurally excluded African Americans. Furthermore, accounts that frame these efforts as exclusively designed for racial exclusion, largely distinct from or secondary to class conflict in a capitalist regime, obscure the causal arrow. In fact, the evidence provided in these accounts offers a more compelling explanation: racism was an important tool used to advance a shifting set of goals for Southern lawmakers. While early in the New Deal they opposed broad, national social insurance, in later waves of policymaking Southern Democrats shifted their focus to curtailing national labor regulations. Both sets of programs encroached upon and threatened the South’s paternalistic economic system.</p><p>In short, this essay seeks to distinguish racial preferences and a commitment to maintaining a racial hierarchy, clearly aligned with Southern lawmakers and administrators’ broad support for Jim Crow segregation, from their actions and motivations for maintaining control over an economic system and a workforce that included many black workers. Holding racist intent as a fixed mechanism that determined a range of policies limits our understanding of changes in Southern targets and strategies over time. The amorphous claim that “race matters for policy” — where race is imagined as a primordial political factor — has ultimately muddied the political conflicts of New Deal policymaking, undermining our ability to understand the primary barriers to a comprehensive and universalistic welfare state in the 1930s.</p></div><section id="sec-1"><header><h2>Reagan- and Clinton-Era Reforms: Early Characterizations of Race and the Welfare State</h2></header><div><p>It is no coincidence that accounts of the origins of the welfare state emerged in the late 1980s and 1990s, when welfare programs and social policy became the source of deep and significant divides in American politics. Scholars have now connected this moment to the fracture and breakdown of the New Deal political order, following a period of Democratic Party rule and triumphant political liberalism. By the late 1980s, amid narratives about a significant rise in crime (particularly in cities and urban centers) and after the ascendance of figures like Richard Nixon and Ronald Reagan, many components of the New Deal state had come under fire. It was convenient and plausible for many to blame urban unrest and race riots on the party that had championed civil rights reform in the 1960s, criticizing affirmative action and welfare programs.</p><p>Seeking to deflect this line of attack, scholars in the late 1980s began to construct a more historically accurate account of the US welfare state’s development. In December 1991, in a special issue of the<cite> Nation</cite>, Frances Fox Piven and Richard A. Cloward stated the issue plainly: “The current political wisdom, even among some on the left, is that blacks and liberals are to blame for the Democratic Party.”<sup id="fn-no-11"><a href="#fn-11">11</a></sup> Piven and Cloward, as well as their fellow contributors to this special issue (including Adolph Reed Jr, Julian Bond, Rogers Smith, and James Forman Jr), attempted to recast this characterization by highlighting the structural flaws of the New Deal Democratic coalition, particularly when it came to race. Their goal was to defend affirmative action and critique the Democratic Party’s approach to welfare reform.</p><p>The same tenor and critique clearly motivate two of the earliest scholarly arguments in this vein: Jill Quadagno’s <cite>The Transformation of Old Age Security </cite>and <cite>The Color of Welfare. </cite>In the earlier volume, Quadagno takes a broad view of welfare state development, asking “why the American welfare state developed later and less comprehensively than its European counterparts.”<sup id="fn-no-12"><a href="#fn-12">12</a></sup> She identifies three primary explanations: the strength and power of the private sector, significant divisions between craft and mass-production workers, and the “dualism” of American economic development in the North and the South.<sup id="fn-no-13"><a href="#fn-13">13</a></sup> Quadagno’s focus on regional dualism in American political development in particular provides a comprehensive account of the features of the Southern plantation economy, which connects to her arguments about race, Southern lawmakers, and the welfare state. While the lines of class conflict in the Northern economy were drawn between capital and labor, the South’s “labor-intensive agrarian sector” formed a distinct mode of production, not feudal or capitalist but a “plantation mode of production” that was most “characteristic of the cotton-growing counties.”<sup id="fn-no-14"><a href="#fn-14">14</a></sup> And, importantly, it was a mode of production that relied heavily on African American workers. The Southern agricultural sector sought to preserve control over the plantation mode of production, which it was able to do given the critical committee leadership of Southern Democrats in Congress, particularly in the House of Representatives, and in the Democratic Party.<sup id="fn-no-15"><a href="#fn-15">15</a></sup></p><p>Especially in the early phase of New Deal policymaking, Quadagno traces Southern lawmakers’ attempts to restrict the size and scope of federal social insurance programs, both by insisting that states be granted greater control over program administration and by arguing for a wide variety of exclusions. Yet Southern lawmakers were not alone in weakening insurance programs; Quadagno also argues that business was critical in pushing toward a contributory (not redistributive) social security framework, and that organized labor was too divided internally to provide an alternative.<sup id="fn-no-16"><a href="#fn-16">16</a></sup> Ultimately, Quadagno contends that the resulting welfare state reflected fundamental class-based hierarchies. However, she also points to other elements of social stratification. Referring to relative access and benefits provided in old-age assistance and disability insurance, she emphasizes that “the quality of benefits varied, not only along lines of class but also by race and gender.”<sup id="fn-no-17"><a href="#fn-17">17</a></sup></p><p>But Quadagno’s conclusion is not that racial stratification in program benefits was an effect of class-based inequities; she argues that Southern lawmakers were motivated by concerns that broad, national legislation would “undermine planters’ paternalistic control over tenant labor, particularly black labor,” and that “southern congressmen had no intention of letting federal funds go directly to black workers.” In support of this claim, Quadagno points to what has become one of the most frequent examples of Southern lawmakers’ racial preferences being written into the law: the fact that agricultural and domestic workers were excluded from the SSA and the NLRA. As of 1935, she points out, “three-fifths of all black workers, most of whom resided in the South, were employed in agricultural or domestic service.”<sup id="fn-no-18"><a href="#fn-18">18</a></sup></p><p>However, disparate <cite>impact</cite> does not necessarily prove discriminatory <cite>intent</cite>. While it was true that the 3.5 million black workers who were excluded from the SSA constituted the majority of black workers, many of whom lived in the South, they did not constitute the overall majority of workers cut out of federal insurance programs. As Social Security historian Larry DeWitt has documented, these agricultural and domestic worker exclusions also prevented nearly twelve million white workers from benefiting from the old-age insurance program.<sup id="fn-no-19"><a href="#fn-19">19</a></sup> Although Southern lawmakers employed the same kinds of local control arguments in marshaling opposition to federal attempts to roll back Jim Crow laws and later to resist implementation of desegregation following <cite>Brown v. Board of Education</cite>, their objectives in this case are not best understood through the lens of racial exclusion.</p><p>Instead, my own research has found much stronger support for a version of Quadagno’s dualism thesis. The division between the agricultural and industrial sector, however, transcended regional lines in important ways. In national policy debates over federal agricultural and labor regulation, a variety of representatives of the agricultural sector argued forcefully (and successfully) for agricultural workers to be excluded from industrial policy for fear of “dual administration” under differing policy domains. Policymakers, including some New Dealers, accepted this distinction and allowed agricultural workers to be segmented from the industrial workforce. Importantly, this delineation was not challenged by organized labor, which instead remained largely silent in this policy fight.<sup id="fn-no-20"><a href="#fn-20">20</a></sup></p><p>Broadening the lens beyond the Southern Democrats brings into sharper relief the reasons their policy proposals were ultimately accepted by other national politicians. As David Kennedy suggests, Roosevelt’s willingness to devolve authority to the states was rooted in “the constitutional doubts that overhung any federal initiative,” which “created a tightly confining matrix within which the Committee on Economic Security planners were compelled to work.”<sup id="fn-no-21"><a href="#fn-21">21</a></sup> Roosevelt needed to narrowly tailor policies to avoid the constitutional challenges that had brought down the first wave of New Deal policies. Despite Quadagno’s attention to these dynamics elsewhere in the book, she does not provide the same context to help make sense of the agricultural and domestic workers’ exclusions.</p><p>Racial stratification and the racism of Southern lawmakers were not the primary focus of Quadagno’s 1988 volume. However, in <cite>The Color of Welfare</cite>, published in 1994, she moved away from her focus on class and the development of the welfare state, arguing instead that “means-tested programs of the American welfare state had less to do with maintaining class divisions than with maintaining racial segregation.”<sup id="fn-no-22"><a href="#fn-22">22</a></sup> Quadagno’s shift in analytical framework was likely an effort to align with other Clinton-era welfare critiques. In the introduction, she acknowledges the significance of urban and social unrest in the 1990s, including the Rodney King riots, and criticizes President Clinton’s failure to reject Republican arguments linking the root of the unrest to “liberal social programs of the 1960s” that unfairly benefited racial minorities.<sup id="fn-no-23"><a href="#fn-23">23</a></sup> Instead, she argues, the triumphs of the Great Society and War on Poverty resulted from their use of social programs designed to promote equal opportunity for African Americans through community-action programs, job-training programs that forced skilled unions to integrate, and, most important, affirmative action policy. These social programs were not special favors but rather necessary corrections to a social welfare state established in the New Deal period that had created “impediments to racial equality.”<sup id="fn-no-24"><a href="#fn-24">24</a></sup> The primary culprits, she argues, were not only Southern Democrats, who refused to “support any welfare programs that would place federal funds in the hands of black sharecroppers,” but also President Roosevelt and the New Dealers, who agreed to exclude African Americans from core Social Security programs in order to secure Southern support. While Southern Democrats were the architects, it was New Dealers’ acceptance of those exclusions that cemented them into law.</p><p>These assessments lead Quadagno to a broader critique of the civil rights legacies of the Northern Democrats and Roosevelt, beyond his capitulation in social welfare provision. Quadagno argues that, in an effort to “stabilize his unwieldy coalition of northern workers and white southerners,” Roosevelt refused central demands of civil rights activists at the time — namely, to support anti-lynching and anti-poll-tax legislation in Congress. Roosevelt’s refusal to support civil rights priorities in the 1930s and ’40s is frequently cited as evidence of the segmentation of racial and economic liberalism in this period of partisan history. Eric Schickler has effectively documented how slow, state-level shifts led the Democratic Party to embrace national commitments that reflected principles of both racial and economic liberalism in the 1960s.<sup id="fn-no-25"><a href="#fn-25">25</a></sup> However, Schickler’s own analysis also indicates that, regardless of Roosevelt’s civil rights policies, African Americans were more supportive of New Deal federal jobs and social welfare programs than white Americans, which supports the point that, despite its limitations, the New Deal was a transformative program for African Americans.<sup id="fn-no-26"><a href="#fn-26">26</a></sup> Further, recent scholarship has highlighted other important aspects of Roosevelt’s civil rights legacy. Kevin McMahon documents Roosevelt’s creation of the Civil Rights Section in the Department of Justice and his focus on and support for civil rights efforts in the federal judiciary.<sup id="fn-no-27"><a href="#fn-27">27</a></sup> Sidney Milkis points to the importance of Roosevelt’s 1938 purge campaign — an electoral effort to push Southern Democrats out of office. While ultimately unsuccessful, the campaign shows that Roosevelt and Northern New Dealers were engaged in concerted efforts to rein in the power and influence of Southern Democrats.<sup id="fn-no-28"><a href="#fn-28">28</a></sup> These accounts point to a more complicated and fraught relationship between Roosevelt and the Southern Democrats.</p><p>Despite these efforts to purge Southern Democrats, Quadagno describes Roosevelt as primarily capitulating to them. She argues that Roosevelt actively wove “racial inequality into his new welfare state,” again pointing to the exclusion of agricultural and domestic workers from old-age insurance and the lack of national standards for unemployment insurance. “These omissions were not random,” she notes. “Rather they reflected a compromise reached with southern Democrats over the structure of the welfare state.”<sup id="fn-no-29"><a href="#fn-29">29</a></sup> Quadagno does not provide her own empirical evidence for these claims of exclusionary intent behind Southern Democratic demands and Roosevelt’s response. Instead, she references two other accounts of the development of the US welfare state: James Patterson’s <cite>America’s Struggle Against Poverty </cite>and Edward Berkowitz’s <cite>America’s Welfare State</cite>.<sup id="fn-no-30"><a href="#fn-30">30</a></sup></p><p>Yet neither of these accounts provide evidence that racial exclusion was the primary factor that led to the agricultural and domestic workers’ exclusions. Patterson argues that the failure to offer a comprehensive and national unemployment insurance program resulted from liberals’ inability to build support for the idea that, since “unemployment was a national structural problem, it should be funded by federal subsidies from general tax revenues.” Their second failure was not to secure the inclusion of the classes of workers most in need — “employees of small firms or to domestic and agricultural workers,” all of whom were excluded. Instead, unemployment mirrored private pension funds, which had been developed in the 1920s, and reflected an overall desire for economic efficiency over broad inclusion.<sup id="fn-no-31"><a href="#fn-31">31</a></sup> Reflecting on the consequences, Patterson highlights that “women, blacks, and migrants suffered especially from this policy.”<sup id="fn-no-32"><a href="#fn-32">32</a></sup></p><p>Similarly, Berkowitz’s discussion of the exclusion of agricultural and domestic workers points to New Dealers’ and social insurance architects’ acceptance and adoption of the “popular prejudice” that farms and farmers functioned very differently than large industrial employers. In particular, planners accepted the idea that farmers “kept poor records of their payroll, and in many cases hired live-in help, which meant that part of the laborer’s income took the form of room and board.” Exclusion of these workers, then, was an effort to “start modestly” and prioritize “effective enforcement” of the plan.<sup id="fn-no-33"><a href="#fn-33">33</a></sup></p><p>Both Patterson and Berkowitz provide compelling evidence that the exclusion of agricultural and domestic workers was intentional, not random, and that it resulted in an uneven national social insurance system. The delineation between the industrial and farm economy certainly served the interests of the largely farm-based economy in the South. But these exclusions did not have exclusively Southern roots. For example, Mary Poole documents the influence of Wisconsin economists on members of Roosevelt’s Committee on Economic Security. Wisconsin’s system for unemployment insurance, which was established in 1932, served as a model for the federal architects of the SSA, and importantly the Wisconsin program excluded agricultural and domestic workers.<sup id="fn-no-34"><a href="#fn-34">34</a></sup> Richard Rodems and H. Luke Shaefer document that agricultural workers were similarly excluded from welfare programs in other Western democracies.<sup id="fn-no-35"><a href="#fn-35">35</a></sup></p><p>Despite this being a broader tendency, Quadagno focuses on race as the primary and unchanging barrier to social welfare in the United States. Even after the political influence of the South faded, Quadagno claims, race continued to be “the defining feature of the American welfare state in the 1960s.”<sup id="fn-no-36"><a href="#fn-36">36</a></sup> Yet it was during the 1950s that Congress amended the SSA to include agricultural and domestic workers in the programs. Quadagno’s failure to acknowledge this essential change significantly undercuts her argument, and it also elides the critical point that Southern Democrats’ resistance shifted significantly during the New Deal period. Economic historians Lee Alston and Joseph Ferrie argue that, at a certain point, Southerners no longer marshaled the same resistance to old-age benefits and other welfare programs.<sup id="fn-no-37"><a href="#fn-37">37</a></sup> Instead, as later sections will discuss, Southern resistance was trained on labor policy.</p></div></section><section id="sec-2"><header><h2>Racial Intent Versus Racial Effect: Competing Causal Narratives</h2></header><div><p>To understand the shift in Quadagno’s causal arguments, it is useful to consider two subsequent accounts that sought to further document racial segmentation in the welfare state and, in so doing, opened two potential directions for subsequent scholarship. Robert Lieberman’s <cite>Shifting the Color Line </cite>and Michael K. Brown’s <cite>Race, Money, and the American Welfare State</cite> each explore New Deal welfare state development and its impact on African Americans. Although they draw on similar bodies of evidence, their distinct arguments lead to fundamentally different assessments of the New Deal. While both authors examine policy development and implementation, Lieberman’s emphasis on racial intent as a primary causal force in the design and implementation of New Deal programs runs against Brown’s narrative, which underscores that the racial effects of policies resulted from an array of influences. These distinct historical and empirical trajectories point toward different political conclusions.</p><p>In <cite>Shifting the Color Line,</cite> Lieberman, aligning closely with Quadagno, argues that “race inhibited the development of a strong, unitary, centralized welfare state in the United States.” Here Lieberman adopts a dialectical understanding of race, arguing not only that race stymied welfare state development but also that welfare state development in turn “helped reshape the politics of race and the place of racial minorities in American life,” fixing the position of African Americans in contemporary society. Lieberman’s use of this dialectical frame to make sense of the politics of race provides a clear illustration of what sociologist Karen Fields and historian Barbara Fields have described as a tendency to describe a variety of identities, experiences, and social practices under the umbrella term “race.” In particular, using “race” as a shorthand produces a “weird causality,” conflating ideas about group characteristics and identities (race) with the social practices that act on and cement perceptions of those identities (racism).<sup id="fn-no-38"><a href="#fn-38">38</a></sup> Ultimately, Lieberman’s account suffers from this causal confusion. While he points to specific actions of policymakers and administrators, he also claims that those same policies contain a set of “racially relevant, or race-laden, exclusions,” which does little to describe the cause or intention behind them.<sup id="fn-no-39"><a href="#fn-39">39</a></sup></p><p>Lieberman’s account begins with the construction of social insurance in the SSA of 1935. He argues, like Quadagno, that social insurance “sorted Americans by class, classifying their target populations by occupation and work status.” This class segmentation, he posits, also led to further sorting into racial categories, “in keeping with the prevailing racial norms of the 1930s and the institutional structure of American politics.” The result was a class-based and racially discriminatory welfare state by design.<sup id="fn-no-40"><a href="#fn-40">40</a></sup> He examines the design and administration of three separate policies under the SSA: old-age insurance (OAI), Aid to Dependent Children (ADC), and unemployment insurance. Each of these policies followed a different trajectory of statutory and administrative excision and inclusion.</p><p>Overall, Lieberman identifies two primary strategies opponents used to make Social Security less inclusive: limit federal oversight and regulation and shift implementation to the state and local levels.<sup id="fn-no-41"><a href="#fn-41">41</a></sup> His primary evidence for this claim is, once again, the exclusion of agricultural and domestic workers from both the SSA and the NLRA. Lieberman asserts that exclusion based on job category was an effective strategy for limiting the OAI program and points to its exclusion of agricultural and domestic workers, which disproportionately impacted black workers, particularly in the South.<sup id="fn-no-42"><a href="#fn-42">42</a></sup> However, for programs like ADC, where occupational categories were <cite>not</cite> the determining metric for public assistance, the result was quite different. Lieberman notes that “blacks were not systematically excluded as they were from social insurance benefits”; rather, it was the case that “blacks throughout the country were more likely than whites to be among [ADC’s] beneficiaries.” Importantly, Lieberman’s evidence indicates that African Americans disproportionately benefited from programs that were not means-tested around job categories. However, he goes on to argue that for programs like ADC, the “race-laden” administration still worked to limit the program’s impact on African Americans.<sup id="fn-no-43"><a href="#fn-43">43</a></sup></p><p>Lieberman’s evidence here seems to support the idea that programs that did not discriminate along class lines (either by means testing, directed exclusions, or program limitation) were ultimately more inclusive of African Americans. Where programs were “sorted by class,” they became narrower and more limited in ways that also, consequently, limited the welfare state along racial lines. Yet from this base of evidence, Lieberman’s conclusion that “race and class were mutually constitutive in the making and growth of the American welfare state” does not clearly align with his overall thesis that “race inhibited the development of a strong, unitary, centralized welfare state.”<sup id="fn-no-44"><a href="#fn-44">44</a></sup> Instead, Lieberman’s primary evidence introduces some causal confusion into his account. At many points, Lieberman inverts his original claim that beneficiaries were sorted by occupation and class and posits instead that the primary point of sorting and excluding was to divide the population by race.</p><p>Lieberman’s discussion of the exclusion of agricultural and domestic workers from OAI is a clear example of this inversion. In trying to construct large, federally managed, and inclusive welfare programs like OAI, New Dealers faced opposition from Southern Democrats. The most pronounced debate over inclusivity, Lieberman reports, was over the “question of inclusion or exclusion of agricultural and domestic workers,” who were ultimately excluded from OAI.<sup id="fn-no-45"><a href="#fn-45">45</a></sup> While these were occupational exclusions, he points to occupational data from the 1930s in order to demonstrate that those exclusions had “a racially imbalanced effect, and this effect was national, touching the North as well as the South.”<sup id="fn-no-46"><a href="#fn-46">46</a></sup> Lieberman’s claim is more guarded than that of Quadagno and other scholars. However, by foregrounding the racial implications of an exclusion based on occupation, he begins to invert the race-class ordering and the logic he claims to follow. He points toward the racially stratified consequences of this exclusion as evidence of racial motivations of the legislation’s architects and, perhaps more importantly, its opponents. While Lieberman acknowledges that those opponents, Southern members of Congress, were not “monolithically conservative,” he nevertheless contends that their racial preferences were the primary driver behind a racially circumscribed welfare state.<sup id="fn-no-47"><a href="#fn-47">47</a></sup></p><p>Michael Brown poses a direct challenge to Lieberman’s characterization of Southern lawmakers. While many of the most powerful Southern Democrats, like Senators Howard W. Smith and Harry F. Byrd, showed considerable support for the relief programs that would benefit the struggling Southern economy (the same programs that initially disproportionately benefited African Americans), these programs are noticeably absent from Lieberman’s account. Brown shows that Southern support for the New Deal’s early relief efforts began to wane when national efforts became focused on social insurance, which Southern lawmakers feared would increase taxes and remove local programmatic control by instituting nationalized benefits standards.<sup id="fn-no-48"><a href="#fn-48">48</a></sup> Alston and Ferrie provide further support for Brown’s critique of Lieberman, documenting the shift among Southern members who supported early relief measures and later opposed the expansive, federally managed programs in the SSA they believed would threatened their “paternalistic system of southern labor relations,” which was defined by low labor and supervision costs.<sup id="fn-no-49"><a href="#fn-49">49</a></sup> Brown also argues that Lieberman overstates the stranglehold that the South had over Roosevelt, instead suggesting that Roosevelt held leverage but chose not to use it because of his preference for fiscally circumscribed policies and regressive taxation.<sup id="fn-no-50"><a href="#fn-50">50</a></sup> Ultimately, Brown doesn’t contend that race and racism were irrelevant factors in the development of the American welfare state, but he cautions that the assumption that “racial exclusion” was the “sole problem confronting African-American families risks oversimplifying the problem.”<sup id="fn-no-51"><a href="#fn-51">51</a></sup></p><p>Like Quadagno, Brown also situates himself in the debates over 1990s welfare reform. “Had we created a more capacious and comprehensive welfare state,” Brown argues, “there would have been more racial equality within the welfare state, and racial hostilities would be less likely to serve as a channel for conflict over social policy.”<sup id="fn-no-52"><a href="#fn-52">52</a></sup> In order to understand the racial dynamics undergirding the ’90s welfare debate, Brown claims, it is necessary to understand the initial construction of a less “capacious and comprehensive” US welfare policy during the New Deal era. He characterizes this as a poorly funded set of fragmented welfare programs that relied heavily on means-tested programs, private health insurance, and a “historically weak commitment to full employment.”<sup id="fn-no-53"><a href="#fn-53">53</a></sup> In short, racial stratification was an important effect of New Deal welfare provision but not its only limitation. While there were some exceptions, and some programs provided more universal and comprehensive benefits across the population, Brown argues that the “pattern of social provision” that emerged from the New Deal was a version of “truncated universalism.”<sup id="fn-no-54"><a href="#fn-54">54</a></sup> He identifies two primary fetters on welfare state development: race and money. Despite building a political coalition around the promise of New Deal universalism, where class identity “overwhelmed ethnic and racial status,” the welfare state “concealed a racial bifurcation” in its new policies and programs.<sup id="fn-no-55"><a href="#fn-55">55</a></sup></p><p>Brown’s analysis begins in 1933, in the earliest phase of New Deal policymaking, a period that Quadagno and Lieberman both pass over, which was characterized primarily by massive relief payments aimed at lessening the extreme consequences wrought by the Great Depression. These relief payments targeted those most impacted by the economic downturn, which meant they disproportionately benefited African Americans, who were overrepresented in the lowest rungs of the economy. During the second major wave of New Deal policy development, which included the SSA of 1935 (the origin of many welfare state programs), Brown’s evidence shows that while many African Americans were excluded from old-age and unemployment insurance through “statutory occupational exclusions,” they were, once again, disproportionate beneficiaries of some means-tested programs.<sup id="fn-no-56"><a href="#fn-56">56</a></sup> However, he also demonstrates that despite being major beneficiaries of these early programs, African Americans’ overrepresentation in relief and means-tested programs produced a negative backlash and stigmatization of black Americans as overly reliant on the welfare system. For example, when he compares the transfer processes for individuals receiving different forms of government assistance, he finds that while African Americans were disproportionate beneficiaries of relief, they were transferred from relief programs to other benefits programs, like those within the Works Progress Administration, at much lower rates than their white counterparts.<sup id="fn-no-57"><a href="#fn-57">57</a></sup> Here Brown provides a clear basis to connect 1930s welfare development to the political realities of the 1990s. Yet as Brown’s careful and thorough documentation of the effects of social policy was taken up by Ira Katznelson, as the next section will show, key arguments and evidence were mischaracterized, and important distinctions between the accounts of Brown, Lieberman, and Quadagno were lost.</p></div></section><section id="sec-3"><header><h2>“Labor Became Race”: Popular Conceptions of the New Deal</h2></header><div><p>Ira Katznelson’s <cite>When Affirmative Action Was White</cite>, published in 2005, has become one of the most popular interventions and commonly cited books in these debates. Its primary goals are to examine the ties between social and racial policy and to underscore the influence of Southern Democrats — “guardians of racial segregation” — on Roosevelt and Harry S. Truman.<sup id="fn-no-58"><a href="#fn-58">58</a></sup> Katznelson admits that his use of “untold” is polemical, particularly since he sought to draw together various strands of existing scholarship that, in his opinion, had “not been brought together sufficiently.”<sup id="fn-no-59"><a href="#fn-59">59</a></sup> His conclusion, as suggested by his provocative title, is that the New Deal was profoundly influential in building the American middle class, but that those public policies were “crafted and administered in a deeply discriminatory manner,” leaving African Americans out of the nation’s first affirmative action programs.<sup id="fn-no-60"><a href="#fn-60">60</a></sup> In contrast to the works of Brown and Quadagno, neither the preface nor the introductory chapter of <cite>When Affirmative Action Was White</cite> provide any sort of link to Clinton-era welfare debates. The political stakes Katznelson underscores is the failure to live up to the goals Lyndon B. Johnson elaborated in his June 1965 address, “To Fulfill These Rights,” a challenge that, according to Katznelson, grew out of the New Deal period and persists to this day.<sup id="fn-no-61"><a href="#fn-61">61</a></sup></p><p>This shift in political target is significant, as Katznelson does not directly intervene in the same scholarly debates over welfare state development that Brown and Quadagno engage. And while he follows much of the logic and impetus of Lieberman’s focus on racial intent, Katznelson is also less focused on program administration and the broader structural impact of the welfare state. He is instead more attentive to the legislative origins of social policies and programs, placing particular emphasis on identifying the actors who actually pulled the strings of exclusion. He claims that, while they never admitted it, Roosevelt and Truman’s efforts to create universal programs were cut off at the knees by the Southern Democrats’ stranglehold on Congress and national politics. However, where Quadagno, Lieberman, and Brown were more cautious about assigning blatantly racist motivations as the key or sole factor driving policy design and implementation, Katznelson claims that the SSA, NLRA, and GI Bill were explicitly “crafted in a discriminatory manner,” constituting the core of America’s first affirmative action project: building the white middle class. Following Quadagno and Lieberman’s cues, Katznelson also fixes the blame on Southern Democrats in Congress, who were allowed to “dictate the contours of Social Security” by insisting that these laws be “tailored to meet their preferences, most notably their desire to protect Jim Crow.”<sup id="fn-no-62"><a href="#fn-62">62</a></sup> However, despite these bold and provocative claims, Katznelson lacks clear and concrete evidence of racist intent driving Southern opposition to labor regulations, instead providing interpretations of congressional debates that point toward a different set of goals.</p><p>Katznelson foregrounds three core mechanisms in his account: the inclusion of race-laden provisions in New Deal policies, the failure to include antidiscrimination proposals, and the uneven administration of the resulting policies. He moves through the early, middle, and late New Deal periods, drawing together the work of other scholars and adding some novel analysis. For example, his discussions of the early New Deal reconstruct Brown’s assessment of relief distribution (under the Federal Emergency Relief Act, or FERA) and his consideration of the middle period draw heavily on Lieberman’s commentary on the SSA provision. Katznelson’s own analysis, in this book and in other work published in the same period, focuses on labor policy, primarily the 1935 NLRA and the 1938 Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA).</p><p>Strikingly, in several places, Katznelson uses Brown’s evidence to construct completely contradictory conclusions. For example, Katznelson does not acknowledge that FERA beneficiaries were disproportionately African American, a crucial empirical and analytical point for Brown. Brown argues that FERA was “potentially the foundation for a centralized welfare state” and provoked consistent tension and conflict between Harry Hopkins, the federal administrator, and state administrators, whose relations were “frayed and hostile.” Brown acknowledges that there were limits to efforts to maintain federal standards: Hopkins and his chief deputy “had to tailor their relief policies to accommodate the demands of southern plantation owners for cheap farm labor by curtailing relief payments to agricultural laborers and sharecroppers.” However, Brown claims that this was the <cite>exception</cite> to an overall “radically centralized” program that was best characterized by sharp conflict between federal and Southern administrators in providing relief payments that disproportionately went to black Americans.<sup id="fn-no-63"><a href="#fn-63">63</a></sup></p><p>Katznelson quotes this exact passage from Brown in his own discussion of FERA, arguing that “neither the size of benefits nor the pattern of [FERA] distribution was standardized” and painting Hopkins and his deputy’s tailoring to Southern plantation owners as the rule, not the exception.<sup id="fn-no-64"><a href="#fn-64">64</a></sup> Katznelson omits Brown’s point that the program was “radically centralized,” instead framing FERA as being, on the whole, decentralized and shaped to Southern demands. While he draws on Brown’s evidence, Katznelson does not acknowledge the difference in their conclusions.</p><p>Beyond this, the new evidence Katznelson supplies emphasizes disparate outcomes but without careful consideration of the political economic context. For example, Katznelson argues that local discretion allowed for lower relief rates for black people as opposed to white people in ten Southern states, including some counties in the state of Georgia that excluded black Americans altogether from their relief rolls. In addition, he draws heavily on Gunnar Myrdal’s <cite>An American Dilemma </cite>as well as Richard Sterner’s <cite>The Negro’s Share</cite>. (Sterner was a lesser-known Swedish researcher who was part of Myrdal’s research team.) Katznelson relies on Myrdal and Sterner’s evidence to paint a picture of racial differences and “unequal patterns.” Katznelson’s use of the Swedish researchers points to what Adolph Reed Jr and others argue has become a standard trope in race relations research starting in the mid-twentieth century. Myrdal and his Swedish research team are frequently cited in this body of research, which also emerged during the Clinton era, that emphasizes disparate impacts and outcomes while eclipsing consideration of broader structural and economic forces. Reed has emphasized that these studies are characterized by a “naïve, often evasive pursuit of a notion of scientific objectivity that eschews political discussion of the sources of inequality.”<sup id="fn-no-65"><a href="#fn-65">65</a></sup></p><p>Katznelson is more faithful to Lieberman’s evidence and argument in his characterization of the second wave of New Deal policymaking, particularly on the creation and implementation of the SSA. He posits that the social welfare policies included in the SSA were overall less generous to African Americans, since social insurance programs distributed benefits based on income level and African Americans were in the bottom rungs of employment. Second, he also nods to the exclusion of agricultural and domestic workers in place until 1954, when Republicans gained control of Congress and eliminated the exclusion. Katznelson’s argument here is somewhat perplexing: he asserts that it was increasingly conservative Republican control of Congress that finally loosened the Southern Democrats’ stranglehold control over the lawmaking process.<sup id="fn-no-66"><a href="#fn-66">66</a></sup> Are we to understand, then, that it was Republican lawmakers who came to the aid of the disproportionately black agricultural and domestic workforce? This conclusion seems out of step with the political inclinations of Katznelson’s work and particularly discordant with the well-documented partisan realignment that took place in these decades, which ultimately led conservative Southern Democrats to merge with Republicans.</p><p>Along those lines, Katznelson’s most significant empirical contributions in the book can be found in his discussion of New Deal labor policy, which has been less thoroughly examined than the welfare state provisions but is deeply connected to them. Here Katznelson again argues that Southern Democrats “traded votes” of support for New Deal labor legislation in exchange for the exclusion of agricultural and domestic workers.<sup id="fn-no-67"><a href="#fn-67">67</a></sup> These groups of workers were included in Senator Robert Wagner’s original draft legislation, but in another version of the bill put forward by six senators, three of whom were Southern Democrats, agricultural and domestic workers were explicitly omitted from the bill’s definition of “employee.” That these exclusions were intentional and deliberate is clear. However, Katznelson fails to present compelling evidence that the primary intention was racial exclusion. On the contrary, he acknowledges that “there was no debate on the Senate floor that explains the motives or purposes behind the exemptions.”<sup id="fn-no-68"><a href="#fn-68">68</a></sup></p><p>While it is true that the racial motives of policymakers are not made plain in these debates, my research identifies two other motivating factors. The agricultural industry, which had significant interest and impact on the debates over the 1933 National Industrial Recovery Act (NIRA) and the 1933 Agricultural Adjustment Act (AAA), argued that these two frameworks would result in double oversight for the agricultural industry, making it needlessly subject to two sets of regulations. To avoid this issue of “dual administration,” they argued that they should be subject only to regulation under the AAA. Southern and Northern lawmakers’ acceptance of this argument meant that the agricultural industry was able to evade federal labor regulations, which were part of the NIRA framework but not the AAA one (a fact that members of the agricultural industry explicitly acknowledged in their congressional testimony).<sup id="fn-no-69"><a href="#fn-69">69</a></sup> In sum, there is evidence as to the motivations and interests of those who sought to exclude their sector from being subject to labor regulations; however, that motivation was not primarily racial exclusion in these early debates.</p><p>Katznelson makes a more concerted effort to document the racial motivations in debates over the second wave of New Deal labor policy but fails to present clear evidence for his claims. He argues that votes on labor legislation had become a vehicle to protect Southern racism and that opposition to labor bills was rooted in a narrowly construed fear that stronger unions would increase civil rights protest. Rather than acknowledging the fact that stronger unions might transform the economic system and power structures more broadly, he concludes that, for Southern Democrats, “labor had become race.”<sup id="fn-no-70"><a href="#fn-70">70</a></sup> He expands these arguments in a 2005 article published with Sean Farhang in <cite>Studies in American Political Development</cite> that examines the shifting positions of Southern Democrats on labor proposals over three distinct periods of New Deal policymaking. In the piece, Farhang and Katznelson provide a clearer description of the process through which “labor had become race,” yet their evidence fails to provide a compelling foundation for that claim. First, they argue that the only reason Southern Democrats signed on to prewar labor legislation like the NLRA was because it included carve-outs for agricultural and domestic workers.<sup id="fn-no-71"><a href="#fn-71">71</a></sup> But beyond the fact that those occupational groups were excluded, the authors include very little evidence that this was in fact the bargain.</p><p>Furthermore, their account of the exclusion of those occupational groups indicates that Southern lawmakers, serving as champions for the agricultural industry, primarily sought to keep any and all labor regulations out of agricultural production.<sup id="fn-no-72"><a href="#fn-72">72</a></sup> They do not link this objective in a direct or indirect way to racism or racial motivations, beyond the fact that the agricultural sector included many black workers. Considering the earlier resistance to federal labor regulations in the NIRA and AAA, the more plausible conclusion from these debates is that the agricultural industry had a vested interest in curtailing labor organizing in the South (as well as in other parts of the country) and that Southern lawmakers readily acted upon this concern.</p><p>Farhang and Katznelson point to more explicit discussion of the racial motivations of members of Congress when they move into a discussion of the FLSA, which they argue was a pivotal moment when the Democratic coalition in Congress fractured. They claim that similar exclusions in the FLSA were intended to avoid setting a “floor on wages,” which would have required employers to increase wages in the lowest-paid industries and address the “wide wage disparities between African American and white wage workers.”<sup id="fn-no-73"><a href="#fn-73">73</a></sup> This suggests, and their evidence supports, that there was rhetoric around the wage differentials between white and black workers deployed in conservative and Southern Democrats’ assault on the FLSA. However, Farhang and Katznelson do not draw a clear connection between those debates and the overall “fear of civil rights organizing” they claim drove opposition to the FLSA. On the contrary, the passages they reference reveal an enduring interest in reducing, avoiding, and eliminating federal labor standards. This evidence indicates a more compelling and coherent explanation: Southern opposition grew as federal standards and regulation expanded, a conclusion that is clearly supported by Brown, Alston, and Ferrie. Employers’ desire for greater regional and local control over their labor markets was no doubt in part fueled by an interest in maintaining racial wage differentials in addition to a whole host of factors allowing employers and industry to depress wages and control workers. The fact that this hostility toward labor standards continued to grow over the next decade, which the authors clearly document, even as lawmakers removed Social Security exclusions for agricultural and domestic workers in the 1950s, seems to suggest that Southern lawmakers’ preferences and resistance to federal intervention had once again shifted target.</p></div></section><section id="sec-4"><header><h2>Conclusion</h2></header><div><p>In sum, departing from a genre of welfare state development literature aimed at uncovering the limits of the New Deal’s brand of universalism, Katznelson’s <cite>When Affirmative Action Was White</cite> popularized a version of New Deal political development that skirted critical consideration of the political economic context. It offered a more reductive account of the motivations of federal and regional policymakers and administrators in order to illustrate that racial segregation and discrimination not only remained intact after various waves of New Deal policymaking but also were the primary motivator for the architects of those laws. In 2013, Katznelson published the follow-up <cite>Fear Itself: The New Deal and the Origins of Our Time</cite>. Drawing on the same arguments and evidence from his previous work, he introduces the provocative and pithy idea that Southern Democrats formed a “Southern cage” that allowed them to restrict policymaking in the interest of maintaining the South’s racial system. Despite the popularity of <cite>When Affirmative Action Was White</cite>, Katznelson also claims that this fear of and deference to the Southern racial structure continues to be “the most overlooked theme in almost all previous histories of the New Deal.”<sup id="fn-no-74"><a href="#fn-74">74</a></sup> However, as Dylan Riley notes in his review of <cite>Fear Itself</cite>, Katznelson again fails to provide compelling evidence that it was racial preference that drove increasing opposition to the New Deal in the South. Riley counters that labor control, which served to maintain control over black workers, is a more historically grounded explanation for Southern lawmakers’ behavior.<sup id="fn-no-75"><a href="#fn-75">75</a></sup></p><p>Despite these empirical and analytical issues, Katznelson’s account, which builds upon and reinterprets more careful conclusions put forward by Lieberman, Brown, and Quadagno, has become the most popular rendering of the racial legacy of New Deal programs. Returning to the example of Representative Ocasio-Cortez and Briahna Joy Gray, the links between their arguments and Katznelson’s analysis are abundantly clear, particularly in the focus on the ascendance of the middle class and the emphasis on racial intent and racism undergirding New Deal programs. The growth of these ideas has ultimately served to obscure the New Deal’s legacy and limit our understanding of the development of one of the most important episodes in American political development. By pinning the curtailment of social welfare provision and labor law development on the racial motivations of Southern Democrats, Katznelson’s analysis offers rhetorical support to the characterization that the New Deal was racist. This line of argument rests on relatively weak empirical grounds, making its theoretical claims suspect.</p><p>This essay is not an invitation for progressives to uncritically celebrate the New Deal state and overlook its significant limitations. Rather, it is an invitation to be concrete and specific in the conclusions we draw regarding its limitations and clear about how they inform progressive politics. One way to do this is to recognize that, while many of the programs comprising the New Deal welfare state adhered to and re-created racist social demarcations, where the New Deal succeeded in constructing broader, more universal programs, those programs disproportionately benefited African Americans. The exchange between Gray and Ocasio-Cortez makes clear that the emphasis on racial motivation has seeped into contemporary discourse in ways that ultimately pose a challenge to efforts to build broad support for a more robust welfare state, conflating uneven effects with a racist or otherwise discriminatory intention. Such claims lead to confusing attempts to appeal to the broad popularity of the New Deal while at the same time condemning the program’s inherent racism. And, more critically, these claims do nothing to further the goals of those attempting to make a more generous social welfare state, instead suggesting a certain futility in efforts to build a more robust set of social democratic institutions geared toward advancing the common good — an argument the Right has eagerly (and easily) capitalized on.</p></div></section><footer><ol><li id="fn-1"><cite>Intercept</cite> editors, “Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez and the New Left,” <cite>Intercept,</cite> March 9, 2019.</li><li id="fn-2">Emily Goodin, “Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez uses her SXSW talk to label FDR’s New Deal ‘racist’ compared to her ‘Green New Deal’ and protests minorities being treated like ‘garbage’ — as she draws a bigger audience than any Democrat 2020 hopeful,” <cite>Daily Mail, </cite>March 9, 2019; Sean Hannity, “Sean Hannity: Don’t believe Pelosi — she’s House Speaker in name only. Ocasio-Cortez is Dems’ real leader,” Fox News, March 12, 2019.</li><li id="fn-3">Paloma Losada, “Addressing structural racism in public policy with Rep. Hakeem Jeffries,” Brookings Institution, February 24, 2020.</li><li id="fn-4">Richard Rothstein, <cite>The Color of Law: A Forgotten History of How Our Government Segregated America</cite> (New York: Liveright, 2017).</li><li id="fn-5">Some scholars have attended to the particular architects of these programs. As mentioned above, Richard Rothstein focuses on the role of federal administrators and the federal government in creating and maintaining racist redline policies. In a more recent response, Gene Slater shifts the focus to actions outside the federal government, focusing on the role of realtors and the real estate market. See Gene Slater, <cite>Freedom to Discriminate: How Realtors Conspired to Segregate Housing and Divide America </cite>(Berkeley: Heyday Books, 2021); Kenneth T. Jackson, <cite>Crabgrass Frontier: The Suburbanization of the United States</cite> (New York: Oxford University Press, 1985); Thomas W. Hanchett, <cite>Sorting Out the New South City: Race, Class, and Urban Development in Charlotte, 1875–1975</cite> (Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1998); Andrew Wiese, <cite>Places of Their Own: African American Suburbanization in the Twentieth Century</cite> (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2005).</li><li id="fn-6">For a thorough debate and discussion, see Ira Katznelson and Suzanne Mettler, “On Race and Policy History: A Dialogue about the G.I. Bill,” <cite>Perspectives on Politics </cite>6, no. 3 (2008).</li><li id="fn-7">Michael K. Brown, <cite>Race, Money, and the American Welfare State</cite> (Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1999); Jill Quadagno, <cite>The Color of Welfare: How Racism Undermined the War on Poverty</cite> (New York: Oxford University Press, 1994); Jill Quadagno, <cite>The Transformation of Old Age Security: Class and Politics in the American Welfare State</cite> (Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press, 1988); Ira Katznelson, <cite>When Affirmative Action Was White: An Untold History of Racial Inequality in Twentieth-Century America</cite> (New York: Liveright, 2005); Sean Farhang and Ira Katznelson, “The Southern Imposition: Congress and Labor in the New Deal and Fair Deal,” <cite>Studies in American Political Development</cite> 19, no. 1 (2005); Ira Katznelson, <cite>Fear Itself: The New Deal and the Origins of Our Time</cite> (New York: Liveright, 2013).</li><li id="fn-8">Robert C. Lieberman, <cite>Shifting the Color Line: Race and the American Welfare State</cite> (Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 2001); Quadagno, <cite>Transformation of Old Age Security</cite>; Quadagno, <cite>Color of Welfare</cite>; Katznelson, <cite>When Affirmative Action Was White</cite>; Katznelson, <cite>Fear Itself</cite>.</li><li id="fn-9">Brown, <cite>Race, Money, and the American Welfare State</cite>, 9.</li><li id="fn-10">Lee J. Alston and Joseph P. Ferrie, “Labor Costs, Paternalism, and Loyalty in Southern Agriculture: A Constraint on the Growth of the Welfare State,” <cite>Journal of Economic History</cite> 45, no. 1 (1985): 98–100.</li><li id="fn-11">Richard A. Cloward and Frances Fox Piven, “Race and the Democrats,” <cite>Nation</cite>, December 9, 1991, 737.</li><li id="fn-12">Quadagno, <cite>Transformation of Old Age Security, </cite>x.</li><li id="fn-13">Quadagno, <cite>Transformation of Old Age Security</cite>, x and 15.</li><li id="fn-14">Quadagno, <cite>Transformation of Old Age Security</cite>, 15.</li><li id="fn-15">Quadagno, <cite>Transformation of Old Age Security</cite>, 17.</li><li id="fn-16">Quadagno, <cite>Transformation of Old Age Security</cite>, 113–14.</li><li id="fn-17">Quadagno, <cite>Transformation of Old Age Security</cite>, 2.</li><li id="fn-18">Quadagno, <cite>Transformation of Old Age Security</cite>, 115–16.</li><li id="fn-19">Larry DeWitt, “The Decision to Exclude Agricultural and Domestic Workers from the 1935 Social Security Act,” <cite>Social Security Bulletin</cite> 70, no. 4 (2010).</li><li id="fn-20">Katherine Rader, “Delineating Agriculture and Industry: Reexamining the Exclusion of Agricultural Workers from the New Deal,” <cite>Studies in American Political Development</cite> 37, no. 2 (2023).</li><li id="fn-21">David M. Kennedy, <cite>Freedom from Fear: The American People in Depression and War, 1929–1945</cite> (New York: Oxford University Press, 1999), 264.</li><li id="fn-22">Quadagno, <cite>Color of Welfare</cite>, 9.</li><li id="fn-23">In 1992, an all-white jury in Los Angeles acquitted four white police officers who had beat a black man, Rodney King, in an incident that had been captured on film. The announcement set off mass protests and riots that lasted for six days. See Quadagno, <cite>Color of Welfare, </cite>3.</li><li id="fn-24">Quadagno, <cite>Color of Welfare, </cite>v.</li><li id="fn-25">Eric Schickler, <cite>Racial Realignment: The Transformation of American Liberalism, 1932–1965</cite> (Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 2016).</li><li id="fn-26">See figure 6.2 in Schickler, <cite>Racial Realignment</cite>, 140; Harvard Sitkoff, <cite>A New Deal for Blacks: The Emergence of Civil Rights as a National Issue</cite>, 2nd ed. (New York: Oxford University Press, 2009).</li><li id="fn-27">Kevin J. McMahon, <cite>Reconsidering Roosevelt on Race: How the Presidency Paved the Road to Brown</cite> (Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press, 2003), 12, 144–150.</li><li id="fn-28">Sidney M. Milkis, “Franklin Roosevelt, the ‘Third New Deal,’ and the transformation of partisanship,” <cite>Social Science Quarterly</cite> (December 25, 2023): 6.</li><li id="fn-29">Quadagno, <cite>The Color of Welfare</cite>, 20.</li><li id="fn-30">James T. Patterson, <cite>America’s Struggle Against Poverty, 1900–1980</cite>, 1st ed. (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1981); Edward D. Berkowitz, <cite>America’s Welfare State: From Roosevelt to Reagan</cite>, 1st ed. (Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1991).</li><li id="fn-31">Patterson, <cite>America’s Struggle Against Poverty</cite>, 72–75.</li><li id="fn-32">Patterson, <cite>America’s Struggle Against Poverty</cite>, 72.</li><li id="fn-33">Berkowitz, <cite>America’s Welfare State</cite>, 25.</li><li id="fn-34">Mary Poole, <cite>The Segregated Origins of Social Security: African Americans and the Welfare State</cite> (Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2006).</li><li id="fn-35">Richard Rodems and H. Luke Shaefer, “Left Out: Policy Diffusion and the Exclusion of Black Workers from Unemployment Insurance,” <cite>Social Science History</cite> 40, no. 3 (2016).</li><li id="fn-36">Quadagno, <cite>Color of Welfare</cite>, 4.</li><li id="fn-37">Lee J. Alston and Joseph P. Ferrie, <cite>Southern Paternalism and the American Welfare State: Economics, Politics, and Institutions in the South</cite>,<cite> 1865–1965</cite> (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2007), 74; William Nelson, “Employment Covered Under the Social Security Program, 1935–84,” <cite>Social Security Bulletin</cite> 48, no. 4 (1985): 34–35.</li><li id="fn-38">Karen Fields and Barbara J. Fields, <cite>Racecraft: The Soul of Inequality in American Life</cite> (New York: Verso Books, 2012), 16–18.</li><li id="fn-39">Robert C. Lieberman, <cite>Shifting the Color Line: Race and the American Welfare State</cite>, 6–7.</li><li id="fn-40">Lieberman, <cite>Shifting the Color Line</cite>, 6.</li><li id="fn-41">Lieberman, <cite>Shifting the Color Line</cite>, 37–38.</li><li id="fn-42">Lieberman, <cite>Shifting the Color Line</cite>, 39–40.</li><li id="fn-43">Lieberman, <cite>Shifting the Color Line</cite>, 48.</li><li id="fn-44">Lieberman, <cite>Shifting the Color Line</cite>, 26, 6–7.</li><li id="fn-45">Lieberman, <cite>Shifting the Color Line</cite>, 39.</li><li id="fn-46">Lieberman, <cite>Shifting the Color Line</cite>, 43.</li><li id="fn-47">Lieberman, <cite>Shifting the Color Line</cite>, 37.</li><li id="fn-48">Brown, <cite>Race, Money, and the American Welfare State, </cite>46 fn 38.</li><li id="fn-49">Alston and Ferrie, “Labor Costs, Paternalism, and Loyalty”; Alston and Ferrie, <cite>Southern Paternalism and the American Welfare State</cite>.</li><li id="fn-50">Brown, <cite>Race, Money, and the American Welfare State</cite>, 33.</li><li id="fn-51">Brown, <cite>Race, Money, and the American Welfare State</cite>, 9.</li><li id="fn-52">Brown, <cite>Race, Money, and the American Welfare State</cite>, xiv.</li><li id="fn-53">Brown, <cite>Race, Money, and the American Welfare State</cite>, 2.</li><li id="fn-54">Brown, <cite>Race, Money, and the American Welfare State</cite>, 5.</li><li id="fn-55">Brown, <cite>Race, Money, and the American Welfare State</cite>, 63.</li><li id="fn-56">Brown, <cite>Race, Money, and the American Welfare State</cite>, 5.</li><li id="fn-57">Brown, <cite>Race, Money, and the American Welfare State</cite>, 84–88.</li><li id="fn-58">Katznelson, <cite>When Affirmative Action Was White</cite>, x.</li><li id="fn-59">Katznelson, <cite>When Affirmative Action Was White</cite>, xiv. He lists the primary scholarly accounts he seeks to weave together: Robert Lieberman, Jill Quadagno, Michael Brown, Suzanne Mettler, Neil Foley, Lizabeth Cohen, Daniel Kryder, Desmond King, Nancy Weiss, and William Julius Wilson.</li><li id="fn-60">Katznelson, <cite>When Affirmative Action Was White</cite>, 17.</li><li id="fn-61">Katznelson, <cite>When Affirmative Action Was White</cite>, preface.</li><li id="fn-62">Katznelson, <cite>When Affirmative Action Was White</cite>, 17, 19.</li><li id="fn-63">Brown, <cite>Race, Money, and the American Welfare State</cite>, 36–37, 42.</li><li id="fn-64">Katznelson, <cite>When Affirmative Action Was White</cite>, 37.</li><li id="fn-65">Adolph Reed Jr, “America Becoming — What Exactly? Social Policy Research as the Fruit of Bill Clinton’s Race Initiative,” <cite>New Politics</cite> 8, no. 4 (Winter 2002), 2.</li><li id="fn-66">Katznelson, <cite>When Affirmative Action Was White</cite>, 42–50.</li><li id="fn-67">Katznelson, <cite>When Affirmative Action Was White</cite>, 55–56.</li><li id="fn-68">Katznelson, <cite>When Affirmative Action Was White</cite>, 57.</li><li id="fn-69">Rader, “Delineating Agriculture and Industry.”</li><li id="fn-70">Katznelson, 68, 79.</li><li id="fn-71">Farhang and Katznelson, “The Southern Imposition,” 6, 15.</li><li id="fn-72">Farhang and Katznelson, “The Southern Imposition,” 12.</li><li id="fn-73">Farhang and Katznelson, “The Southern Imposition,” 13–14.</li><li id="fn-74">Katznelson, <cite>Fear Itself</cite>, 9, 24–25, 15, 34.</li><li id="fn-75">Dylan Riley, “Southern Questions,” <cite>New Left Review</cite> 85 (2014): 156.</li></ol></footer></article></content><published>2024-06-10T21:33:09Z</published><summary type="text">This essay reexamines the common scholarly and political refrain that the New Deal was fundamentally racist. In a close examination of the most influential arguments from this view, I show that they fail to make the case that racial animus was the main driver behind the legislation’s shortcomings and present little guidance for moving forward.</summary></entry><entry><id>https://catalyst-journal.com/2024/06/israels-bonaparte</id><title type="text">Israel’s Bonaparte</title><updated>2026-04-20T17:51:14.956497Z</updated><author><name>Guy Laron</name></author><content type="xhtml"><article xmlns=""><div><p>In his famous essay <cite>The Eighteenth Brumaire of Louis Napoleon</cite>, Karl Marx tried to decipher how a man he considered the very essence of “grotesque mediocrity” was able to rise to power and become France’s dictator. He soon reached the conclusion that the individual in question was not all that important and the social structure in which he acted was far more crucial. This revelation was encapsulated by one of his better-known quotes: “Men make their own history, but they do not make it as they please; they do not make it under self-selected circumstances, but under circumstances existing already, given and transmitted from the past.”</p><p>Benjamin Netanyahu is by no means a grotesque mediocrity. He is in fact a talented demagogue, an adroit politician, and a dedicated neoliberal ideologue. Nevertheless, in other ways the resemblance between “Bibi,” as his admirers are fond of calling him, and Marx’s Louis Napoleon is instructive, and it goes further than the observation that both were making choices but not of their own choosing. In Marx’s understanding, what enabled the rise of the dictatorship in France was a class struggle that led to a political dead end. Building on this state of affairs, Louis Napoleon usurped the powers of the state to conduct a bellicose policy abroad while pursuing a hard-nosed pro-business agenda at home. This led to a paradoxical situation in which the second Bonaparte was pursuing policies that aligned with those of the French bourgeoisie while stifling their political and cultural freedom of expression. That is in essence also the paradox of Israel under Netanyahu’s leadership.<sup id="fn-no-1"><a href="#fn-1">1</a></sup></p><p>The way to solve that paradox is to follow the history of the class struggle in Israel. It began in earnest in 1977, with the “upheaval” elections that ended the long reign of the Israeli Labor Party, which had ruled the country since 1948. In that year, the Likud party, largely representing the have-nots, came to power. This event opened up a new chapter in Israeli history, inaugurating a decades-long cold war — sometimes escalating into outright violence — between two social coalitions. One, led by the Likud, included the working class, settlers in the occupied territory, and ultra-Orthodox Jews. The other was led by the Israeli Labor Party. Mirroring a shift that occurred in other left-wing parties in the developed world, Israeli Labor jettisoned the Israeli working class. Gradually and increasingly, it catered to the needs of the middle class and the bourgeoisie and became, in the words of Thomas Piketty, a kind of “Brahmin left.”</p><p>Two years before Margaret Thatcher came to power in the UK and three years before Ronald Reagan entered the White House, the Likud accentuated these fault lines by unleashing the neoliberal revolution in Israel, thus enshrining the country as an early participant in the global wave. That said, for the Israeli Likud, the adoption of neoliberal dogma was first and foremost about gaining institutional power. Likud leaders, for instance, knew economist Milton Friedman and invited him to Israel in 1977 to help sell neoliberalism to the Israeli public. However, they ignored the advice he gave them during his short stay. In a process of trial and error, the Likud leadership adopted neoliberal principles of governance because they offered a ready-made template to take over or break the institutions that Israeli Labor created and controlled until 1977. It was a revolution guided by bureaucratic and political praxis rather than by an ideological road map.<sup id="fn-no-2"><a href="#fn-2">2</a></sup></p><p>When that revolution began, Israel enjoyed one of the highest degrees of social equality in the world. Today it is one of the most unequal countries, with income disparities almost equal to those of its great benefactor, the United States.<sup id="fn-no-3"><a href="#fn-3">3</a></sup> The Likud presided over that process, all the while claiming it was representing the downtrodden and consistently getting its votes. The Labor-supporting bourgeoisie vehemently protested against Likud rule, even while it benefited from the neoliberal reforms it implemented. In fact, during the brief periods in which Labor was in power, it applied neoliberal principles even more forcefully than Likud. While Likud at least offered its base disbursements that somewhat compensated for the privation it suffered, the Israeli left demanded to abolish these compensation mechanisms. This was the structure into which Netanyahu stepped during the early 1990s, and these were the rules of the game that he learned to play to perfection.</p><p>Israel’s domestic struggles did not happen in a void. Israel was often at the receiving end of international pressure, some of which had to do with its crucial geopolitical location for oil and gas transit from the Persian Gulf to the European energy market. Thus, Israel has always played a key role in securing the region, and it was generously rewarded by its US ally. In turn, Israel became highly dependent on this largesse and, as a result, vulnerable to external pressure. American schemes in the Middle East set the parameters not just for Israeli foreign policy but for its domestic policy as well. Moreover, at every step along the way, American officials sought to export methods of neoliberal governance first invented in the United States.</p><p>The Israeli occupation of the West Bank serves as a leitmotif in this story because there was a symbiotic relationship between neoliberalism and colonialism. Israeli neoliberalism was so harsh and brutal because it could use illegally confiscated land in the West Bank as a social safety valve. In turn, Israeli neoliberalism shaped the contours of Israeli colonialism in the West Bank. Conflicts with the Palestinians often caused economic shocks. These were exploited by Israeli neoliberals, who adopted a “shock doctrine” to make even deeper cuts in the budget and privatize larger parts of the economy. While in its infancy, the settlements project seemed to be separate from the (relatively) democratic reality of Israel. Increasingly, governance methods that sustained the occupation in the West Bank were imported by Israeli neoliberalism. That dynamic has become especially pronounced since the COVID-19 pandemic.</p><p>All the above helps answer one of the central puzzles of Israeli political history: How has Netanyahu so successfully clung to power for so many years and gained the trust of a slim majority of Israelis? Why does a sizable portion of the Israeli populace continue to support Netanyahu despite the failure of his policies, especially since 2022? The key to this puzzle lies in the Likud’s successful mix of neoliberal economics and clientelist politics. While dismantling the welfare state, the Likud created sectors in Israeli society that are dependent on its rule. These sectors enjoy access to compensation mechanisms such as cheap housing in the West Bank and lavish child benefits. The Left in Israel, on the other hand, always demanded the repeal of these policies and worked toward that end during the short periods in which it was in power. Thus, the social coalition behind the Likud’s hegemony in Israeli politics has nowhere else to go. The secret of Netanyahu’s success was his careful cultivation of this coalition and his willingness to go very far to preserve it.</p></div><section id="sec-1"><header><h2>From Upheaval to Inflation: The Likud’s Neoliberal Revolution, 1977–1984</h2></header><div><p>In July 1977, Milton Friedman went to Israel. He was invited by Hebrew University professor Don Patinkin to receive an honorary degree and give a seminar. The government welcomed Friedman and asked him to stay longer so he could participate in some informal consultations. As the deputy finance minister explained to the American ambassador, Friedman was chosen “to invest the Likud’s idea for liberalizing Israel’s economy with the prestige of Friedman’s name.” Friedman, who knew how to work with the media, used his visit to give several interviews to Israeli newspapers. He capitalized on his renown as a leading economist to sell to the Israeli public the economic agenda of the new Likud government, which included privatization and free-market reforms.</p><p>As it turned out, while Likud ministers were willing to meet with Friedman during his brief visit, they did not consult him about their plans, and Friedman had no influence on the decisions they made. Friedman well understood that the Israeli government had no intention of listening to his advice. Nevertheless, he believed “that I can be most useful simply by providing some respectability and prestige to [the Israeli government’s] economic program.” However, only a few years after that fateful visit, Friedman made efforts to distance himself from the Likud economic program. And it’s easy to understand why. Its economic policy was a hot mess during its first years in power.</p><p>The Likud inherited an economy in a state of crisis. In 1973, Israel’s economy was hit by a double whammy. It suffered from both the high costs of the Yom Kippur War and the concomitant rise of oil prices (Israel’s fuel costs rose by 277 percent during 1974). Inflation was 36 percent per year. The Yitzhak Rabin government (in power between 1974 and 1977) responded by raising taxes to deal with rising budget and balance-of-payment deficits. The Israeli pound was devalued numerous times to decrease imports and increase the competitiveness of Israeli exports. The results were troubling. GDP growth fell from 11.9 percent in 1972 to -0.3 percent in 1976 — i.e., the economy was contracting. With the economy in such dire straits, it’s no wonder that Labor lost badly to the Likud in the 1977 elections.</p><p>The Likud’s first major economic decision was to turn toward austerity. Simha Erlich, the first of four Likud finance ministers over the next seven years, announced a $143 million budget cut (approximately 1 percent of the 1976 GDP) in July 1977, a 25 percent cut in food and fuel subsidies, and a 2 percent devaluation of the Israeli pound. This announcement was made on the eve of a meeting between Prime Minister Menachem Begin and President Jimmy Carter. At the time, Israel was highly dependent on US economic aid. American capital transfers helped cover Israel’s large balance-of-payment deficit. Specifically, Begin was about to ask Carter for a whopping $2.3 billion in aid, a 30.5 percent increase from the previous year’s request. Ahead of the meeting, the Carter administration signaled to the Begin government that Israel must put its house in order or face the prospect that US aid would be cut. Erlich’s press conference, which announced austerity measures, was a response to that pressure.</p><p>Next came the economic revolution of October 1977. Planned in utmost secrecy by only five officials at the Treasury and reported to US Treasury secretary Michael Blumenthal only two days in advance, the main item in the package that the cabinet discussed on October 28 was making the Israeli pound fully convertible for the first time since 1939 (the British Mandate for Palestine had adopted currency control during World War II). The International Monetary Fund (IMF) was aware of this plan and was applying pressure on the Israeli Treasury to adopt it. The IMF had leverage because Israel was dependent on its loans as well. In addition, the ministers were requested to approve the abolition of various measures that protected Israeli industry from import competition. Prime Minister Begin urged them to approve the package to “increase economic freedom.” The cabinet was swayed by Begin’s presentation and voted for the plan. As always, Milton Friedman was not in the loop. But when he heard about the measures adopted by Begin’s cabinet, he was elated and said, “This is one of the greatest things that has happened to Israel since it was founded.”<sup id="fn-no-4"><a href="#fn-4">4</a></sup></p><p>The experiment in shock therapy ended in shock with no therapy. Inflation rose to 167 percent by 1979. Foreign debt ballooned, and the trade deficit increased. The government’s privatization targets were not met. By that year, the second oil shock — a result of the revolution in Iran — had kicked in, and Israel was ill-prepared to deal with it. Erlich resigned in ignominy in November 1979.<sup id="fn-no-5"><a href="#fn-5">5</a></sup> In his stead came Yigal Horowitz, who tried to deal with the predicament by reverting to austerity. As the outgoing minister of trade and industry, Horowitz was fairly knowledgeable in economic affairs. However, he hailed from a small splinter party that was allied with Likud and lacked a power base. When his demand for budget cuts was not backed by the cabinet, Horowitz resigned in January 1981.</p><p>Erlich’s replacement was the wily Yoram Aridor, an ambitious party apparatchik who rose within the ranks of the Likud. His policies were more about politics than economics. Ahead of the 1981 elections, Aridor sharply reduced tariffs on electronics, home appliances, and cars. Drunk on Sony TV sets and cheap Subaru cars, the Israeli electorate thanked the Likud by giving it a narrow victory at the ballot box. After the elections, Aridor wanted to revert to austerity and peg the Israeli shekel to the dollar. When details of Aridor’s dollarization plan were leaked to the press, they were met with general condemnation. As a result, Aridor resigned in October 1983. The next finance minister, Yigal Cohen-Orgad, presided over out-of-control inflation that reached 445 percent in 1984. He didn’t have time to devise a comprehensive plan to deal with the crisis, as he served in office only eleven months.</p><p>Despite this messy history, Begin and his ministers had numerous successes that would help advance the neoliberal turn. Their first achievement was to weaken organized labor. This was a formidable challenge. The Histadrut — Israel’s largest labor federation — was an organization like no other. It was established pre-independence, when the British ruled Palestine, and was built to serve as the bureaucratic infrastructure for a state. It not only unionized laborers; it also owned and managed social services such as labor exchanges, health clinics, hospitals, schools, and pension funds. It retained most of these functions post-independence. When the Likud came to power, the Histadrut had unionized 1.5 million workers, or 80 percent of the workforce. The Histadrut was also Israel’s second-largest employer. It owned several factories and controlled 25 percent of the country’s economy. Furthermore, the Histadrut’s elected leadership was dominated by Labor, which was now the main opposition party.</p><p>If that was not enough, the Likud was not of one mind regarding the fate of organized labor. The Likud was an amalgam of two main parties: Herut (“freedom” in Hebrew) and the Liberal Party. The Liberals represented medium- and large-business owners in the private sector and, as such, had a great interest in breaking the power of the Histadrut. Herut, however, was a nationalist party that had always used populist rhetoric and waxed lyrical about the need to ensure the welfare of the people. Moreover, the Likud had significant representation in the Histadrut, and some of its leaders were elected Histadrut officials. Thus, the Likud was torn between its two wings — the bourgeoisie and the plebeian.</p><p>Nevertheless, Yigal Horowitz, who served for only a year as finance minister, was able to achieve a significant breakthrough. Horowitz was a wealthy businessman who owned a large private dairy. As such, he competed with the much larger Histadrut-owned dairy, Tnuva. This experience taught him the secret of Histadrut companies. They were large and powerful because they had access to cheap loans, which they took from the Histadrut-owned pension funds. In October 1980, Horowitz passed legislation that put an end to that practice. Histadrut companies had to turn to private banks and take loans with steep interest. That was the beginning of the end for the worker companies. Finance ministers who served in the Likud government used other methods to weaken the Histadrut. They avoided consulting its leadership before making major decisions (a common practice before 1977), tried to avoid compensating workers for inflation-induced wage erosion, and encouraged employment through individual rather than collective labor contracts.<sup id="fn-no-6"><a href="#fn-6">6</a></sup></p></div></section><section id="sec-2"><header><h2>Benefits for the Loyalists: How Likud Captivated Its Electorate</h2></header><div><p>While dismantling universal social programs, the Likud created compensation mechanisms that ameliorated the harsh effects of its market reforms. These, however, were accessible only to groups that were willing to support the Likud’s nationalist and religious vision. A prime example was the Likud policy regarding public housing. Construction of public housing within Israel decreased dramatically under the Likud, from 27,730 apartments in 1975 to 7,320 apartments in 1983. However, the Housing Ministry, led by David Levy, a former construction worker, focused all its resources on developing highly concentrated urban clusters in the West Bank (to this day, 85 percent of Israeli settlers live on less than 6 percent of the West Bank’s territory). All of them were an hour’s drive or less from Tel Aviv and Jerusalem. The Housing Ministry planned those townlets, built their infrastructure, paved roads that would connect them to Israel’s metropolitan regions, and gave lavish grants and loans to those who chose to live there. While outside the West Bank construction decreased and housing prices rose, inside the West Bank subsidized housing was booming. The success of those policies was phenomenal. In 1977, about ten thousand Israelis were living in the West Bank. By 1986, that number rose to fifty thousand. The link between the Likud, the West Bank, and cheap housing was thus established.<sup id="fn-no-7"><a href="#fn-7">7</a></sup> This was a pivotal accomplishment that put the working class and the lower-middle class on the Likud’s dole and created a strong incentive for a broad constituency to vote for the party.</p><p>Meanwhile, Likud policies turned the ultra-Orthodox Jewish population into another dependent sector. Until 1977, the ultra-Orthodox relied on the welfare state. They could buy cheap housing. The women worked in the ultra-Orthodox education system. The men found employment by providing religious services that the non-Orthodox needed, working as rabbis, mohels, and kashruth supervisors. Likud policies changed all that as public housing dried up. Begin inaugurated measures that reshaped the ultra-Orthodox community and made it dependent on handouts. He removed the limits on the number of yeshiva students exempt from military service. He also committed, in his agreement with the party representing the ultra-Orthodox, to give ultra-Orthodox service members an allowance, although many in the community didn’t serve in the army. Child allowances to the ultra-Orthodox were also increased, while child allowances to the non-Orthodox were cut. As a result, between 1977 and 1999, the number of yeshiva students increased from 8,240 to 31,174, and by 2015 that number reached 64,605. In 1977, only 5 percent of the families in the ultra-Orthodox city of Bnei Brak had six kids or more. A decade later, the share of families with six kids reached 15 percent. During those years, the trend in the general population was the opposite.<sup id="fn-no-8"><a href="#fn-8">8</a></sup></p><p>Begin’s foreign policy was the continuation of his domestic policy by other means. Following the oil shock of 1973, the Carter administration was eager to bring about a peace agreement that would settle the question of the Suez Canal — a key conduit for the energy trade between the Persian Gulf and Europe. The canal was opened to international shipping in 1975 thanks to a Washington-mediated cease-fire agreement with Israel. However, another Egyptian-Israeli confrontation could bring about a closure of the Suez Canal and, as a result, another rise in the price of gasoline, something that could anger American voters. Begin responded to that pressure by starting secret talks with Egyptian president Anwar Sadat. Begin, usually an avid supporter of the “Greater Land of Israel,” was willing to give back the Sinai Peninsula in its entirety under the proviso that Sadat would relinquish his demand for a Palestinian state in the West Bank and the Gaza Strip. Begin thus made a significant territorial concession to protect the strategically desirable territory of the West Bank. The 1979 peace agreement between Israel and Egypt was fashioned accordingly.</p><p>When Ronald Reagan entered the White House in January 1981, Begin could breathe a sigh of relief. The elderly president held staunchly pro-Israel views and deemed the Jewish state an essential ally in the global battle against the “evil empire.” After his reelection in the 1981, Begin was emboldened and took a tougher line in his foreign policy. The Palestinian Liberation Organization (PLO) was in his sights. The PLO had military forces in Lebanon and could thus oppose Israel’s settlement drive in the West Bank by lobbing Katyusha rockets at settlements in the Galilee. In June 1982, Israel commenced Operation Peace for Galilee. Lasting several months and bringing much destruction to the Lebanese civilian population, the operation was successful in pushing the PLO out of Lebanon. For Begin, crushing the PLO was key to continuing the settlement drive in the West Bank that his government unleashed. The PLO’s exile to Tunis, far away from the zones of conflict in Gaza and the West Bank, prevented it from engaging in an effective armed struggle against the expansion of Israeli settlements.</p></div></section><section id="sec-3"><header><h2>Unity and Stability: Labor and Likud Make a Deal, 1984–1991</h2></header><div><p>After pushing the PLO out of Lebanon, Israel planned to put in place a friendly government and withdraw. But things did not go according to plan. Instead, the Israeli Defense Forces (IDF) sunk into a quagmire of low-intensity warfare. The high costs of financing the war exacerbated Israel’s economic crisis. Begin grew increasingly despondent and resigned in October 1983. A caretaker government was able to survive for a few additional months. Finally, elections were called and took place in the summer of 1984.</p><p>These elections resulted in a hung parliament. The solution that Shimon Peres, who led Labor, and Yitzchak Shamir, the leader of the Likud, found was to form a grand coalition — known as the “unity government” — in which both parties participated. It enjoyed an overwhelming majority in parliament. And it was another milestone on Israel’s road to neoliberalism. Israeli Labor’s historic achievement was the creation of the welfare state and its attending institutions. Now back in the halls of government for the first time since 1977, Labor could work to resuscitate the welfare state after the Likud had attempted to destroy it. Instead, Labor did the opposite. It adopted neoliberalism and pushed it further still.</p><p>Shimon Peres, who served as prime minister between 1984 and 1986, began his tenure by appealing to US secretary of state George Shultz. Peres asked for an urgent aid package totaling $4 billion to help Israel deal with its economic crisis. Shultz, a renowned economist and a former secretary of the Treasury, replied that the United States could respond to that request only after Israel adopted much-needed economic reforms. As a result, Shultz and Peres agreed on the creation of a US-Israeli team of economists that would work on a plan to stabilize Israel’s troubled economy.</p><p>As his representatives in the joint team, Shultz appointed two strong supporters of Milton Friedman’s economic theories: Herbert Stein and Stanley Fischer. Shultz instructed Fischer and Stein to make clear to the Israelis that the fate of the additional aid package was conditioned upon accepting their recommendations. Whenever the negotiation got into trouble, recalled Fischer, he would simply tell his Israeli interlocutor, “The secretary believes that . . . ” It would work much better, mused Fischer, than explanations about economic models.<sup id="fn-no-9"><a href="#fn-9">9</a></sup></p><p>For his part, Peres appointed Israeli economics professors, such as Michael Bruno, who were formerly Keynesians but turned into ardent monetarists during the late 1970s and early 1980s. Increasingly, they were becoming convinced that Israel’s economic crisis was caused by a welfare state that was too generous and trade unions that were too powerful. These were luxuries, they wrote, that Israel could no longer afford.<sup id="fn-no-10"><a href="#fn-10">10</a></sup></p><p>The economic plan that the joint team of Israeli and American economists helped shape was discussed by the unity government on June 30, 1985. That meeting was one of the most dramatic in Israel’s history. It continued into the night and ended only in the morning hours of the next day. Peres, presiding over the meeting as prime minister, presented the plan as a bitter medicine Israel had to swallow to cure its economic illness. A loud minority opposed him, but Peres finally wore them down. The cabinet’s resolution to adopt the plan on July 1 made headlines in the Israeli press. At first, everyone was taken aback by the harshness of the measures the unity government endorsed.</p><p>The resolution included a 19 percent devaluation of the shekel, a $1.5 billion budget cut, the dismissal of 3 percent of government workers (about 10,000), and a three-month price and wage freeze. Tough as they were, these were not the most important components of the plan. In fact, the layoffs and the budget cuts were quite reversible. What turned the 1985 stabilization plan, as it became known, into a milestone were the accompanying laws. These shifted decision-making in economic affairs from politicians to technocrats, who were for the most part economists. This, one should add, was a world trend. It’s hard to believe nowadays, but until the late 1970s, the influence of economists on the government’s policy was quite limited. They could advise, but the decisions were made by the politicians. This was about to change dramatically. The Israeli and American economists who were part of the Shultz-Peres team joined hands to present the new laws as an absolute necessity, although many years later they would admit they were dissembling.</p><p>Under the pressure of Stein and Fischer, who believed, like Milton Friedman, that the money supply was the only thing that mattered in an economy, a law enshrining the independence of the Bank of Israel was inserted into the plan. Until that point, the governor of the bank was wholly subservient to the whims of the politicians. The bank would loan the government as much as 3 percent of the GDP, a procedure known in Israeli parlance as “printing money.” Hence the Bank of Israel law received the nickname the “nonprinting law.” From that point onward, the governor would make the highly political decision over interest rates alone. The government of the day could ask but not order. The law thus put a strict limit on the government’s ability to increase its debt and spend money.</p><p>Two other laws were passed as emergency legislation but given permanent status in the following years. Just like the Bank of Israel law, the “Foundation of the Budget” law and the Arrangement Law entrenched the agency of technocrats. These laws have turned the economists at the Finance Ministry into economic dictators. The Foundation of the Budget Law allowed them to control the budgets of the ministries as well as each budgeted agency, such as municipal councils. Not a nickel could be spent without approval from the Treasury boys. In addition, the Arrangement Law enabled the Finance Ministry economists to accompany each budget with a lengthy omnibus bill that included economic reforms they deemed necessary. They usually wrote it in such dense gobbledygook that neither ministers nor members of parliament could follow. Often it would be submitted at the last minute, leaving politicians very little time to read or digest what they were voting for.<sup id="fn-no-11"><a href="#fn-11">11</a></sup> One journalist called the law “anti-democratic.”</p><p>These laws explain the consistency of Israel’s neoliberal project. Governments came and went with surprising speed since 1985, but the technocrats, who served longer than ministers and enjoyed immense power, were able to promote their economic agenda regardless. In 1985, government spending in Israel was 65 percent of GDP. Three decades later, government spending was one of the lowest in the OECD, at less than 40 percent. This was a testament to the ability of economic technocrats to make a series of incremental changes to budgets and laws that seemed arcane to the wider public but had real-world consequences.<sup id="fn-no-12"><a href="#fn-12">12</a></sup></p><p>Another potential obstacle to the stabilization plan was organized labor. The government’s unilateral decisions about layoffs and wage freezes should have angered the Histadrut. But at that stage, it was hobbled by the high debt of its economic enterprises, especially the worker companies and the sick fund, and the steep interest rates it had to pay. The Histadrut was willing to play along with the stabilization plan in return for a promise that Labor ministers would arrange bailouts for its ailing companies.<sup id="fn-no-13"><a href="#fn-13">13</a></sup></p></div></section><section id="sec-4"><header><h2>Why the Israeli Labor Party Embraced Neoliberalism</h2></header><div><p>The stabilization plan marks the moment when neoliberal ideology became hegemonic. This was no longer a right-wing project. With the enthusiastic participation of Labor, neoliberalism became a bipartisan policy. The question is why. What were the interests of Labor in promoting this scheme? American pressure certainly played a role, but what stands out is how little Peres resisted US demands — surely he could have pushed back, leaning on the resistance within his own cabinet.</p><p>Perhaps Peres understood that there was simply no other way to deal with inflation. Yet the Keynesian and pro-industrial economist Esther Alexander, who advised both the Energy and the Economic Affairs ministries, believed that claim was bogus. In her reading, inflation was reduced significantly thanks to two corporatist package deals signed between the Finance Ministry, the Histadrut, and the private sector in November 1984 and January 1985. Inflation came back roaring in February 1985 only when the officials at the Finance Ministry broke their promises by unilaterally cutting food subsidies and ending price controls.<sup id="fn-no-14"><a href="#fn-14">14</a></sup></p><p>The most plausible explanation is that Labor’s eager adoption of the program was a response to its institutional aspects. By 1985, the educated middle class understood that the upheaval of 1977 was no aberration but rather a sign of a demographic and sociological shift in Israeli society. The growing numbers of settlers and ultra-Orthodox, as well as the working class’s alignment with the Likud, gave the Likud party a permanent majority. The 1984 elections were seen as solid proof of this. The Likud entered the election in the worst circumstances possible. The fiery orator Begin was gone. Leading the party was the dull Yitzhak Shamir. The economy was in the doldrums. The war in Lebanon was dragging on. Peres, who had lost to the Likud in the two previous election cycles, was certain that this time he would emerge the victor. Surprisingly, though, the social alliances that Begin forged in the previous years withstood the electoral test. The Likud lost seven seats in parliament but was not defeated. Peres found that Labor, and the parties willing to serve in a coalition led by it, could not win a majority in parliament.</p><p>Rather than changing his party’s platform in a way that would help Labor win new voters, Peres preferred to give power to unelected bureaucrats who hailed from the ranks of the educated bourgeoisie. Peres had a natural affinity for this idea, as he himself rose to the top as a technocrat who served in the Ministry of Defense in various roles between 1953 and 1965. Moreover, according to contemporary opinion polls, that stratum supported the Labor Party. In the words of one scholar of this period, “the knowledge elite” was Peres’s “only ally at the time.” And indeed, experts, scientists, and analysts from the halls of government and academia were frequently called upon by Peres to give advice, vet policies, and write memos. This led to a detachment of Peres from the party apparatus, so much so that one party activist complained that the team surrounding him was “too professional” and that the prime minister was listening too often to “what the professors say.” Thus, Peres forged a “knowledge-power alliance.”<sup id="fn-no-15"><a href="#fn-15">15</a></sup></p><p>Peres and Labor leadership seem to have realized that the neoliberal project played to the advantage of the classes that supported the party. As a result of the reforms that Peres supported, the authority to make political decisions shifted. It was now given to impersonal market forces and faceless bureaucrats. The Likud could continue to win at the ballot box, but real decision-making would now be in the hands of the technocrats at the Bank of Israel, the Finance Ministry, and private companies.<sup id="fn-no-16"><a href="#fn-16">16</a></sup></p><p>Meanwhile, the settlement drive in the West Bank found a new reservoir of manpower. By the late 1980s, the ultra-Orthodox were experiencing a severe housing crisis. The privatization of housing meant that home prices were going up, far beyond the ultra-Orthodox’s means. Many of the men did not work and relied on the allowances created by the first Likud government. What they wanted most of all was to live in proximity to Jerusalem and its holy sites. David Levy, who was still serving as housing minister, wanted to expand his project of building settlements that were essentially suburbs. This is how the ultra-Orthodox settlements of Beitar Illit (established in 1988) and Modiin Illit (1991) came about. The housing ministry also took care to build vast roads that bypassed Palestinian towns and ensured denizens of ultra-Orthodox settlements easy access to Jerusalem.</p><p>Up to that point, the ultra-Orthodox supported Likud due to sheer economic necessity, not for love of the Greater Land of Israel. The new settlements changed all that. The interests of the settlers and the ultra-Orthodox began to align as the new settlements solved the latter’s housing crisis. Increasingly, the ultra-Orthodox leadership adopted the territorial ambition of the Likud, as a rising share of its voters built their homes in the West Bank. By 2013, 13 percent of the ultra-Orthodox were living there. The fact that the ultra-Orthodox joined Likud’s ranks was also important for the settlers. When the first ultra-Orthodox settlements were established, the settlement drive in the West Bank was losing demographic momentum. The ultra-Orthodox settlements reversed this. An average ultra-Orthodox family has seven children or more, and, as a result, the population of each of these settlements established in the late 1980s grew by 10 to 12 percent per year. As of 2022, 146,000 people lived in the three largest ultra-Orthodox settlements, which constituted a third of the settlers’ population in the West Bank.<sup id="fn-no-17"><a href="#fn-17">17</a></sup></p></div></section><section id="sec-5"><header><h2>Neoliberal Peace: Rabin and the Roaring ’90s</h2></header><div><p>By the late 1980s, Israel had made the changes in its economy that would allow it to become a part of the American-led project of post–Cold War globalization. Israel balanced its budget and stabilized its currency. Privatization of Histadrut industries and some public-sector companies created profitable opportunities for private investors. However, the onset of the first wave of the Palestinian uprising, the Intifada, which started in 1987, proved to be a drag on the economy and a hindrance to foreign direct investment. One of the chief benefits of the occupation to the Israeli economy — the supply of cheap Palestinian labor — was gone, as Palestinian workers were not allowed to enter Israel during the Intifada years.</p><p>The Israeli bourgeoisie realized it was time to act and flocked to support Yitzhak Rabin, who now led the Labor Party. The election cycle of 1992, which the Labor Party won, was the first in many years where the future of the occupied territories was explicitly discussed. Dov Lautman, a textile magnate and a former head of the Manufacturers’ Association, proclaimed one week ahead of the elections that only progress in the peace talks with Palestinians could make Israel attractive to foreign investors. And it was true. The Oslo peace process that the Labor government promoted served as Israel’s North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA). By 1993, the peace process helped to end the Intifada and enabled Israel’s integration into the world economy. The Oslo Accords bettered Israel’s relations with Jordan and Egypt and, same as NAFTA for US businesses, allowed Israeli businessmen to take advantage of the cheap labor in neighboring countries by moving labor-intensive production lines there. Furthermore, foreign direct investment in the Israeli economy, virtually negligible until 1993, reached $1.5 to $2 billion a year by the middle of the decade. McDonald’s opened its first franchise in Israel the year the Oslo process began. The Labor government also liberalized financial inflows and outflows in 1992 and 1996, respectively.</p><p>The Oslo era was a huge boon for the Israeli bourgeoisie and private capital. Privatization continued apace in such variegated sectors as housing, transportation, natural resources, telecommunication, education, and shipbuilding. Tariffs were removed, and Israel’s exposure to global markets increased. The Rabin government also set its eyes on developing Israel’s high-tech industries. The budget of the Chief Scientist’s Office, which invested in nonmilitary research and development, was doubled. The government also created a state-owned venture capital fund called Yozma (meaning “initiative”) that invested in technological start-ups. The results were impressive: while high-tech products were only 14 percent of Israel’s export of manufactured goods in the 1970s and 28 percent in the late 1980s, during the 1990s their share reached 54 percent.</p><p>The Rabin government legislated additional laws that increased the institutional autonomy of the Finance Ministry and the Bank of Israel — such as the Deficit Law, which further limited the government’s ability to spend money — each decreasing the ability of parliament and government to oversee the decisions of technocrats. Not satisfied with empowering only economists, the government strengthened the authority of judicial technocrats as well. Thus the “constitutional revolution” of 1992, which for the first time gave the Supreme Court the authority to disqualify laws that it deemed unconstitutional.</p><p>But for the Israeli working class, the Oslo years were a raw deal. Likud voters were skeptical about the promised “peace dividends.” As far as they were concerned, the decision of the Rabin government to freeze construction work in the West Bank blocked their access to cheap housing. The peace process also threatened their livelihoods in other ways. It allowed Israel to strengthen its relations with neighboring Arab countries. Israeli companies leaped on the opportunity to close labor-intensive factories, which were often located on the peripheries of the country where Likud voters lived, and reopen them in Egypt or Jordan, where labor was cheaper. The same Dov Lautman that supported Rabin in 1992 had moved, by 1998, half of his textile production lines overseas. The Rabin government also changed how it allocated export subsidies. If these were previously given to factories in the country’s periphery, they were now allotted to high-tech companies in metropolitan areas that were more profitable.</p><p>That was not all. The Rabin government worked to weaken the Histadrut as assiduously as Likud governments did. The reason was that, by the early 1990s, the Histadrut was seen as a liability rather than an asset. In both 1986 and 1988, the sorry state of its economic enterprises forced Labor to stay within the unity government to arrange loans and bailouts for the worker companies and the sick fund. Thus, the needs of the Histadrut prevented Labor from differentiating itself from the Likud. In addition, a new generation of young leaders that came out of student associations sought to destroy the dominance of the Histadrut within the internal bodies of the party that selected candidates at the local and national levels. With the blessing of the party leadership, these young politicians were able to reform internal selection procedures by replacing committees with primary elections.</p><p>These changes created political space for the Rabin government to uncouple membership in the Histadrut from access to health services. That was a severe blow to organized labor. What made the Histadrut the largest workers’ union in the country was its sick fund, which insured a majority of workers. After a tense internal struggle within the party, the Labor government legislated the National Health Law in 1994, which essentially nationalized the Histadrut’s sick fund. As a result, the number of card-carrying Histadrut members was halved between 1992 and 1996.<sup id="fn-no-18"><a href="#fn-18">18</a></sup></p><p>While undermining organized labor, the Labor government promoted precarious forms of employment by passing legislation in 1996 that regulated the hiring of workers through “manpower companies.” Workers employed through them earned the lowest wages and could be fired arbitrarily. The courts, although empowered by the so-called constitutional revolution, often declined to protect vulnerable workers and gave the right to private property supreme status. All this suggests the unequal effects of the economic policies of the Rabin government. The integration of Israel into the global economy gave peace dividends for the educated middle classes while leaving behind the working class. Between 1990 and 2002, the income share of the top decile of earners rose from 25 to 30 percent while staying stagnant or declining for all other deciles of income. The Gini coefficient of inequality rose from 0.498 in 1993 to 0.528 in 2002.<sup id="fn-no-19"><a href="#fn-19">19</a></sup> These were the experiences that shaped the working class’s view of the Oslo peace process, and when it had a chance, it voted the Labor government out of office.</p></div></section><section id="sec-6"><header><h2>First Time Unlucky: The Political Economy of Bibi’s Failure, 1996–1999</h2></header><div><p>The Israeli arena was now cleared for a new kind of politician — a claimant to the prime minister’s office who was neither a former labor organizer nor an ex-general, as many of Israel’s leaders had been. Instead, any future contender’s main talent would be the ability to attract deep-pocketed donors. In short, it was Benjamin Netanyahu’s time to shine. One of his biggest assets would be his strong connections to rich Jewish conservative donors and a longtime acquaintance with the Republican Party.</p><p>Netanyahu, who knew Richard Perle personally, came to power imbued with the neoconservative ideas that George W. Bush would later champion. However, the time was not right for him to implement such policies. His two main coalition partners were sectoral parties. One of them, Shas, represented the religious working class. The other, Yisrael Beiteinu, represented Russian-speaking immigrants from the former USSR. Both were interested in increasing budget allocations to their sectors. Neither was supportive of a tax cut for the rich. Nor was there much room for a hawkish foreign policy. Under pressure from Bill Clinton’s administration, Netanyahu continued the Oslo process and even signed the Hebron Protocol in 1997, which placed additional West Bank territories under the control of the Palestinian Authority (PA). The extreme-right parties responded to Netanyahu’s concessions with disappointment and withdrew their support for his coalition. This was the background to the 1999 elections that Netanyahu lost. Had those three years as prime minister been his only contribution to Israeli politics, he would have been remembered as a historical footnote. The 1990s were not a propitious time for him to leave his mark.<sup id="fn-no-20"><a href="#fn-20">20</a></sup></p></div></section><section id="sec-7"><header><h2>The Neoconservative Experiment: Sharon, Netanyahu, and the 2003 Reforms</h2></header><div><p>After spending three years in the political wilderness, Netanyahu staged a comeback. In 2002, he was appointed to serve as foreign minister in the cabinet of Prime Minister Ariel Sharon. A year later, in 2003, Netanyahu was appointed as finance minister in a cabinet reshuffle. Thus started one of the most consequential and least understood chapters in his career. Both Sharon and Netanyahu sought to detach themselves from the sectoral coalition of the settlers, the working class, and the ultra-Orthodox that Begin built. Instead, they wanted to strike an alliance with the bourgeoisie and the middle class.</p><p>Netanyahu’s thinking seemed to acknowledge the new reality. After two decades of neoliberal reforms, the private sector grew in power and importance. Aligning with private capital could be the best way to establish hegemony. The foreign-policy expression of that agenda was Sharon’s 2005 disengagement plan that brought about an Israeli withdrawal from the Gaza Strip and parts of the West Bank. The economic aspect of that agenda was left to Silvan Shalom, Netanyahu’s predecessor in the Finance Ministry, and to Netanyahu himself. Both Shalom and Netanyahu made savage cuts to social benefits while cutting the taxes of the very wealthy. In short, this was the mirror image of the economic policy of President Bush. According to one estimate, the Treasury lost 23 billion shekels in revenue due to Netanyahu’s tax cut for the rich. The argument was that it was necessary to ensure talented high-tech workers would not migrate overseas. But Shalom and Netanyahu found a way to recoup lost revenue. Between 2001 and 2003, the state budget was cut by 20 percent. In those same years, old-age allowances were cut by 10 percent, guaranteed-income allowances by 20 percent, benefits to single-parent families by 28 percent, and unemployment benefits by 23 percent.</p><p>The stars aligned to make the Sharon coalition amenable to such policies. Shinui, a bourgeois party, was part of the coalition and supported Netanyahu’s economic agenda enthusiastically. The ultra-Orthodox parties were not part of the Sharon coalition between 2003 and 2006, and Netanyahu used this opportunity to cut the child allowances on which this constituency was so dependent. This was a dramatic shift. Before Netanyahu entered the Finance Ministry, Israel had one of the most generous child allowances in the OECD. After the cuts, they were among the lowest. Some ultra-Orthodox families — those with six kids or more — lost as much as two-thirds of their child-allowance income.<sup id="fn-no-21"><a href="#fn-21">21</a></sup></p><p>Netanyahu also used the opportunity to strike a final blow against the power of the Histadrut. He and the technocrats in the Finance Ministry engaged in a campaign to scare the public about the solvency of Histadrut-owned pension funds. Netanyahu painted a picture according to which these funds were mismanaged and incurred large debts. Based on these claims, the Finance Ministry nationalized the funds, thus delinking Histadrut membership and pension benefits. This reform, which completed the act of nationalizing the sick fund, was another blow to the Histadrut’s ability to organize workers. After taking these pension funds under its control, the Finance Ministry appointed managers that invested most of them in the stock market, thus making them very similar to American 401(k) plans. Officials in the Finance Ministry were quite open about the fact they took that step to smash the power of organized labor.<sup id="fn-no-22"><a href="#fn-22">22</a></sup></p><p>These reforms increased the precarity of low-wage workers and greatly empowered employers, who now enjoyed a more docile workforce. It seems astounding that such a policy would get a pass from the public, but despite a few loud protests, Israelis remained largely indifferent. The reason was that, just as in the United States under Bush, the shock of war was used as a pretext to pass painful economic reforms. In the United States it was the Iraq War, and in Israel it was the Second Intifada. At the time, the IDF unleashed Operation Defensive Shield against Palestinian armed groups in the West Bank. The reforms that Shalom and Netanyahu passed were described in the media as “the economic Defensive Shield.” Abiding by these reforms was thus tantamount to patriotic duty.<sup id="fn-no-23"><a href="#fn-23">23</a></sup></p><p>Unlike his time as prime minister, as finance minister Netanyahu received support from the bourgeois <cite>Haaretz</cite> newspaper, a reliable mouthpiece of the middle class and the business community, which applauded Netanyahu’s policies. The Manufacturers’ Association, which supported Labor during the 1990s, described Netanyahu’s economic agenda as “courageous and in the right direction.”<sup id="fn-no-24"><a href="#fn-24">24</a></sup></p><p>As always, the Americans were part of the story.<sup id="fn-no-25"><a href="#fn-25">25</a></sup> In 2002, the Sharon government appealed to the United States for an aid package. Israel’s economy had suffered from negative GDP growth during the previous three years as a result of the burst of the dot-com bubble and the beginning of the Second Intifada. It was also hit by the recession brought about by 9/11. In April 2003, Congress voted for $9 billion in loan guarantees to Israel to be delivered in three tranches over three years. Two months later, John Taylor, US undersecretary of the Treasury for International Affairs, spoke in Jerusalem at a public event and made it clear that Israel’s access to these tranches was conditioned upon its government’s agreement to implement an economic plan that would trim the budget and limit social transfers. In short, the Bush administration was backing Netanyahu’s economic agenda.</p><p>The result of Netanyahu’s policies was clear. Civilian expenditure as a share of GDP in Israel held steady at 35 percent until Netanyahu’s reforms in 2003. At that point, civilian expenditures began to be cut severely until they reached 30 percent in 2007. At the time they were enacted, these policies were considered a success. When Netanyahu resigned in 2005, Israel was enjoying the lowest rate of inflation in the OECD and the highest rate of growth. The credit rating agencies raised Israel’s sovereign credit score from A- to A+. However, the poverty rate grew by 10 percent. Yet that seemed like small potatoes to the pundits in the privately held media.<sup id="fn-no-26"><a href="#fn-26">26</a></sup></p><p>On paper, the neoconservative experiment was an economic success. But as a political project, it was a failure. When Netanyahu led the Likud in the 2006 elections, the party lost as much as fifteen seats in parliament. In his concession speech, he acknowledged that it was his economic policies that hurt the Likud politically. Netanyahu would spend the next three years on the opposition benches. He had learned his lesson. He would never jettison Begin’s sectoral alliance with the settlers and the ultra-Orthodox again.</p><figure><img alt="" height="1167" loading="lazy" src="https://media.catalyst-journal.com/images/2024/6/249692859783-large.jpg" width="1200"/></figure></div></section><section id="sec-8"><header><h2>From Technocratic Neoliberalism to Right-Wing Populism: Netanyahu and the Sectoral Coalition, 2009–2024</h2></header><div><p>In the same way that Israel under Begin wrote the first chapters of the history of a new system of governance that became known as neoliberalism, Israel under Netanyahu wrote the first chapters of a new kind of politics that would come to define twenty-first-century populism. Moreover, this strand of populism emerged in Israel much earlier than Brexit or the rise of Donald Trump. In Israel, it began as a response to the erosion of the compensation mechanism that Likud developed. For instance, home prices in the West Bank converged with prices in the Israeli real estate market. Cheap housing in the West Bank became increasingly scarce.</p><p>Netanyahu’s response was to create a new regime that social historian Daniel Gutwein calls the “loyalty rule.”<sup id="fn-no-27"><a href="#fn-27">27</a></sup> The logic of that concept was imported from the West Bank, where different groups living in the same geographical space have different civil rights. In the same way, Netanyahu’s Likud tried to condition civil rights upon loyalty to the party. Likewise, it sought to allocate the budget according to its assessment of how loyal different sectors were. For instance, Likud ministers consistently sought to increase the budget of towns where the share of the vote that went to the Likud was particularly high. The 2018 Basic Law (“Israel as the Nation-State of the Jewish People”) was an attempt to create a legal infrastructure that would allow the Likud government to discriminate between Arabs, who consistently vote for left-wing parties, and Jews.</p><p>Another example was exhibited during the 2020 COVID9 pandemic. Netanyahu insisted on imposing national rather than regional lockdowns. However, national lockdowns were enforced unequally. In the ultra-Orthodox towns, where rabbis demanded that prayers and communal religious events continue as usual, curfews were not enforced. Likewise, when fashioning the aid program that would help those who were hurt economically by the pandemic, Netanyahu chose an option that was considerably less generous than similar programs in other OECD countries. However, he made sure that his supporters, who come from the lower deciles of income, would be hurt less by that policy. In that way, Netanyahu was rewarding them for their loyalty. Additionally, unlike in OECD countries, the pandemic benefits were not regulated and thus exposed to Netanyahu’s whims. He made it a habit to give briefings to the press in which he would announce that he personally decided to increase benefits according to the number of kids in each household “to support families ahead of the holidays.”<sup id="fn-no-28"><a href="#fn-28">28</a></sup></p><p>This discussion helps clarify how populism works as a political strategy. Populism does not deviate from the macroeconomic tenets of neoliberalism and does not seek to deal with the social tensions it creates by increasing state spending or raising taxes on the wealthy.<sup id="fn-no-29"><a href="#fn-29">29</a></sup> In that sense, populism isn’t an ideology that collides with the principles of neoliberalism. Rather, it marks a stage in its development from technocratic neoliberalism to clientelist neoliberalism.</p><p>If under the first stage of neoliberalism the technocrats were necessary to give the destruction of the welfare state a patina of legitimacy, under the clientelist stage of neoliberalism they became an object of envy and resentment for the working class as well as a target for incitement by populist politicians. If technocratic practices and rhetoric were formerly used to justify savage cuts to benefits and social spending in the name of efficiency, now the technocrats were scapegoated for the ills of the system. This political technique can work because the accusations do have a kernel of truth: technocrats were involved in the production of inequality. Yet rather than trying to bring about a redistribution of income, populist leaders seek to muddy the waters by deflecting the blame for yawning inequality to “elitist” technocrats.</p><p>The more populism adopts discriminatory practices whose aim is to privilege the “real people,” the more it collides with the economic and judicial technocrats in government whose <i>raison d’être</i> is enforcing universal criteria. When these professionals block attempts to condition civil rights on loyalty to the government or prevent the arbitrary allocation of state funds, clashes emerge. In the previous year, this conflict manifested in Israel through the “judicial coup” — i.e., Netanyahu’s attempt to take control over the Supreme Court and undo the 1992 constitutional revolution.</p><p>While such practices exacerbated the tensions between Netanyahu’s sectoral coalition and the educated middle class, opposition parties struggled to gain a majority in the elections that took place between 2009 and 2021. The results at the ballot box showed a rigid voting pattern: the upper-income deciles went to the opposition parties, yet the lower-middle class and the working class consistently voted for the parties participating in Netanyahu’s sectoral coalition. And it’s not hard to understand why: past experience has taught the working class that, while the Likud was offering them imperfect compensation mechanisms to help keep them afloat, the Israeli left was trying to abolish those mechanisms altogether.</p><p>The experience with the short-lived “change government” that was in power between 2021 and 2022 was instructive. As soon as it was voted into office by parliament, the Naftali Bennett–Yair Lapid cabinet ended the aid programs enacted during the pandemic, although COVID and the concomitant recession were far from over. It tabled a budget accompanied by the longest Arrangement Law ever submitted to the Knesset. The government rammed through reforms that the technocrats at the Treasury could previously only dream about. During its only year in office, the coalition raised the retirement age for women, abolished trade protections for farmers, and increased the exposure of pension funds to the stock market. Small wonder that the voters at the end of 2022 gave Netanyahu a narrow majority.</p></div></section><section id="sec-9"><header><h2>The Foreign Policy of the Occupation</h2></header><div><p>Netanyahu’s foreign policy during that era was focused on the core interest of his sectoral coalition: maintaining Israeli control over the West Bank. He tried to normalize the occupation by creating an international coalition that would diversify Israel’s export markets. To prepare for European and American pressure to dismantle the settlements, Netanyahu sought to strengthen relations with India and China by offering them access to Israeli agricultural and military technologies. He also tried to leapfrog over the Palestinian issue by strengthening Israel’s relations with conservative monarchies in the Persian Gulf. To assuage their pro-Palestinian sentiment, Netanyahu offered their kings and princes an anti-Iranian alliance. Appealing to European leaders, he touted Israel’s large gas field in the Mediterranean, Leviathan, and presented it as a way to ensure Europe’s energy security. He also reminded them about Israel’s Red-to-Med pipeline that could be used to deliver oil from the Persian Gulf to European energy markets. Additionally, Netanyahu encouraged the IDF to use as much high-tech gear as possible to lower the costs of the occupation.</p><p>To make sure that Israel would never have to negotiate with a Palestinian unity government, which would unite the West Bank and the Gaza Strip, Netanyahu created the conditions that would allow Hamas to entrench its rule in Gaza. He continued the economic blockade over the strip inherited from Ehud Olmert’s government. This policy weakened pro-peace sectors of the Gazan economy that were dependent on trade with Israel. The blockade also strengthened Hamas, which controlled the tunnels through which goods were smuggled from Egypt.<sup id="fn-no-30"><a href="#fn-30">30</a></sup></p><p>At moments when the economic situation in Gaza deteriorated, Hamas would predictably attack the Israeli settlements closest to the border. Netanyahu would respond with a series of operations putatively meant to hurt Hamas and deter it. This became known in Israel as the “policy of the rounds,” which referred to the recurring cycles of violence. However, Netanyahu refused suggestions from the IDF to invade Gaza in 2014 and eradicate Hamas, which was then far weaker militarily than it is today. Likewise, he declined proposals by Israel’s intelligence agencies to assassinate Hamas leadership in Gaza. Thus, Netanyahu kept Hamas in power while simultaneously weakening the PA by avoiding meeting its president, Mahmoud Abbas, or entering negotiations with him.</p><p>The plan seemed to be working. The Palestinians remained weak and divided. The costs of the occupation seemed low, and a majority of Israelis stopped taking interest in the plight of the Palestinians. In 2018, though, these achievements were on the verge of collapse. Egypt had closed the tunnels connecting Gaza to the Egyptian economy. The PA had also stopped transferring money to Hamas, seeking to cow the recalcitrant organization. Egypt and the PA were hoping that, under extreme pressure, Hamas would agree to a unity government with the PA. The result, thought the Egyptians, would be a more pragmatic Hamas. Netanyahu, who was supposed to be a part of this initiative, dragged his feet. With its back to the wall, Hamas now tried a new strategy to break the economic blockade. It encouraged Gazans to march to the fence to protest Israel’s blockade. Israeli soldiers used live ammunition against the demonstrators. Hundreds of Gazans were killed as a result.<sup id="fn-no-31"><a href="#fn-31">31</a></sup></p><p>Hamas retaliated by tying Molotov cocktails to helium balloons. The balloons, which became known in Israel as “arson kites,” crossed the fence and set fields on fire. Three-quarters of Israeli tomatoes are harvested in the Jewish settlements around Gaza, as are one-third of apples and avocados.<sup id="fn-no-32"><a href="#fn-32">32</a></sup> The damage was severe. In the summer of 2018, hundreds of acres were burned. Netanyahu then took an unprecedented step. He appealed to Qatar, a country that was on a collision course with Saudi Arabia and Egypt for alleged ties with Islamic terrorist organizations. These countries, together with the Arab League, put Qatar under an economic blockade in 2017. Qatar was seeking to escape the tightening noose by buying influence and friends in the Arab world. A big supporter of Hamas rule in Gaza, Qatar had by 2018 already given $1.1 billion to the organization (but next to nothing to the PA). In the following years, it would transfer about $30 million a month to Hamas. The Israeli prime minister was pleased. In March 2019, he told fellow parliament members: “Those who want to thwart the establishment of a Palestinian state should support the strengthening of Hamas and the transfer of money to Hamas. This is part of our strategy — to differentiate between the Palestinians in Gaza and the Palestinians in Judea and Samaria.”<sup id="fn-no-33"><a href="#fn-33">33</a></sup></p><p>The Abraham Accords of 2020, which led to the establishment of a formal diplomatic relationship between Israel, Bahrain, and the United Arab Emirates, were used by Netanyahu as proof that his policies were effective. It was possible to make peace with the Arab world without making any territorial concessions to the Palestinians. Moreover, the relationship with the conservative monarchies in the Gulf came about because of a shared hostility toward Iran — a signature Netanyahu policy. Already during the negotiations over the Iran Deal between 2014 and 2015, Netanyahu was reaching out to Saudi Arabia and the UAE. The three countries worked behind the scenes to derail Barack Obama’s attempts to reconcile with Iran (something the US intelligence agencies were well aware of). Following the Abraham Accords, Israel became part of the Negev Forum, which sought to increase security cooperation between Israel and Gulf states to counter Iran’s influence in the region.<sup id="fn-no-34"><a href="#fn-34">34</a></sup></p></div></section><section id="sec-10"><header><h2>The Future of Netanyahu’s Sectoral Coalition</h2></header><div><p>The conflagration of October 7 came as a dramatic shock for the Netanyahu regime. It exposed every tenet of the Netanyahu doctrine as vacuous: Hamas was not, in fact, a willing accomplice to Israeli colonialism in the West Bank; peace with rich Persian Gulf countries was not possible without solving the conflict with the Palestinians; strong ties with China and India could not replace the alliance with the United States; and technology could not replace manpower when it came to securing the border. How could Netanyahu survive the debacle?</p><p>The most immediate answer was the disastrous land operation in Gaza. Organized more to seek revenge and exact retribution than to achieve some kind of political or military goal, the operation was offered to a domestic audience in a state of shock and panic as a panacea. This bought time for an incompetent and corrupt political and military leadership. Instead of seeking the resignation of the government, Israeli TV viewers could busy themselves with gleefully watching the massive destruction, the killings of thousands of innocent civilians, and even the widespread starvation. The mainstream media dutifully used rhetoric that dehumanized the denizens of Gaza (“Hamas are Nazis, and the whole people of Gaza support Hamas”) and made Israelis feel as if the aimless land maneuver was the right thing to do. As these lines are being written, the Israeli public is only starting to debate what has been done in its name and its consequences. Yet most people are far more concerned about a looming confrontation with Iran and the long-term future of Israel. Netanyahu can thus survive once more by using the shock doctrine. Additionally, the sectors that support the Netanyahu government have no alternative. The benefits they have consistently received from Likud governments would disappear under a new bourgeois administration.</p><p>That said, since his return to power at the end of 2022, Netanyahu is no longer the bourgeoisie’s Louis Napoleon. Parts of the middle class that were willing to support him in the past are no longer willing to do so now. If anything, the last year and a half has served as a cauldron in which the educated middle class increased its cohesiveness and solidarity. For the first time in many years, it went out into the streets in droves to support the technocrats within the corridors of government and the halls of justice. Looking at the technocrats, the educated middle class saw its own. As before, this class does not exhibit any interest in striking an alliance with the working class. Rather than embracing a call for a strong welfare state to broaden the protest movement’s appeal, it continues to extol technocratic neoliberalism. Its main arguments revolve around the need to preserve the independence of the courts and the authority of Finance Ministry officials to maintain budget discipline.</p><p>Nevertheless, this is a real problem for Netanyahu. The service sector of the economy is far bigger than in other countries where populist leaders have emerged. In short, Israel’s class structure is very different than that of India, Poland, Russia, or Turkey. As a result, polls consistently show that Netanyahu’s sectoral coalition would lose badly if free and fair elections were to take place. That’s what makes the war in Gaza, in Lebanon, and most recently with Iran so crucial. Under the tension and fear that the war creates, Netanyahu’s sectoral alliance can take over more and more state institutions. Its greatest success was tightening its control over the police. Under the leadership of Itamar Ben-Gvir, a minister who is a convicted criminal and a strong believer in Jewish supremacy, the police grew intolerant of the protest movement. Arbitrary arrests of protesters and movement leaders are increasing. Additionally, in an incremental manner, more and more budgets are siphoned to enlarge the ultra-Orthodox education system and subsidize settlers. This seems to be the reason Netanyahu has derailed any attempt to end the war in Gaza through a cease-fire agreement and a hostage deal. The unending war seems to be Netanyahu’s best method of succeeding in becoming Israel’s Louis Napoleon.</p></div></section><footer><ol><li id="fn-1">Yoav Peled, “Profits or Glory?,” <cite>New Left Review</cite> 29(2004).</li><li id="fn-2">Daniel Gutwein, “Shifts in Right-Wing Economic Policy: From National Privatization to Oligarchic Privatization, 1977–2003,” <cite>Labour, Society and Law</cite> 10 (2004) [translated from Hebrew].</li><li id="fn-3">World Bank, “Gini index - OECD members,” accessed April 16, 2024, worldbank.org.</li><li id="fn-4">Daniel Schiffman, Warren Young, and Yaron Zelekha, <cite>The Role of Economic Advisers in Israel’s Economic Policy </cite>(Cham, Switzerland: Springer, 2017), 81–123.</li><li id="fn-5">Schiffman et al., <cite>Role of Economic Advisers</cite>.</li><li id="fn-6">Shmuel Tzabag, “Co-operation in the shadow of a power struggle: the Likud governments and the Histadrut, 1977–84,” <cite>Middle Eastern Studies</cite> 31, no. 4 (1995).</li><li id="fn-7">Erez Maggor, “State, Market and the Israeli Settlements: the Ministry of Housing and the Shift from Messianic Outposts to Urban Settlements in the Early 1980s,” <cite>Israeli Sociology</cite> 16, no. 2 (2015) [translated from Hebrew].</li><li id="fn-8">Daniel Gutwein, “The Ultra-Orthodox and the Political Economy of the Sectors,” <cite>Telem,</cite> August 4, 2021 [translated from Hebrew].</li><li id="fn-9">Daniel Maman and Zeev Rosenhek, “The Politics of Institutional Reform: The ‘Declaration of Independence’ of the Israeli Central Bank,” <cite>Review of International Political Economy</cite> 14, no. 2 (2007).</li><li id="fn-10">Ricki Shiv, “The 1985 stabilization plan — ‘correct economics’ or ideology,” <cite>Iyunim</cite> 23 (2013) [translated from Hebrew].</li><li id="fn-11">Ronen Mandelkern, “What made economists so politically influential? Governance-related Ideas and institutional entrepreneurship in the economic liberalization of Israel and beyond,” <cite>New Political Economy</cite> 20, no. 6 (2015).</li><li id="fn-12">Shaul Amsterdamski, “The 24 hours that changed our lives,” <cite>Calcalist</cite>, June 30, 2015 [translated from Hebrew].</li><li id="fn-13">Lev Grinberg, “Paving the Way to Neoliberalism: The Self-Destruction of the Zionist Labor Movement,” in <cite>Neoliberalism as a State Project: Changing the Political Economy of Israel</cite>, eds. Asa Maron and Michael Shalev (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2017).</li><li id="fn-14">Esther Alexander, <cite>The Power of Equality in the Economy: The Israeli Economy in the 1980s, the Real Picture </cite>(Tel Aviv: Am Oved, 1990) [translated from Hebrew].</li><li id="fn-15">Michael Keren, <cite>Professionals Against Populism: The Peres Government and Democracy </cite>(Albany, NY: SUNY Press, 1995).</li><li id="fn-16">Gutwein, “Shifts in Right-Wing Economic Policy.”</li><li id="fn-17">Lee Cahaner and Yossef Shilhav, “Ultra-Orthodox Settlements in Judea and Samaria,” <cite>Social Issues in Israel</cite> 16 (2013) [translated from Hebrew].</li><li id="fn-18">Benny Nurieli, “Yitzhak Rabin: The captain of neoliberalism in Israel,” <cite>Zman Yisrael, </cite>November 13, 2020 [translated from Hebrew].</li><li id="fn-19">Peled, “Profits or Glory?”; Grinberg, “Paving the Way to Neoliberalism”; Ran Hirschl, “Israel’s ‘Constitutional Revolution’: The Legal Interpretation of Entrenched Civil Liberties in an Emerging Neo-Liberal Economic Order,” <cite>American Journal of Comparative Law</cite> 46, no. 3 (1998); Arie Krampf, Uri Ansenberg, and Barak Zur, “Bringing Politics Back In: Embedded Neoliberalism in Israel during Rabin’s Second Government,” <cite>Israel Studies Review </cite>37, no. 2 (2022).</li><li id="fn-20">Guy Ben-Porat, “Netanyahu’s Second Coming: A Neoconservative Policy Paradigm?,” <cite>Israel Studies</cite> 10, no. 3 (2005).</li><li id="fn-21">Shachar Ilan, “Lieberman’s cut? The allowances blow that Netanyahu inflicted hurt the ultra-Orthodox more,” <cite>Calcalist</cite>, July 17, 2021 [translated from Hebrew].</li><li id="fn-22">Michal Ratson, “Policy Entrepreneurs, Political Constructions, and Windows of Opportunity: The Politics of the Second Pension Reform in Israel,” <cite>Israeli Sociology </cite>11 (2010) [translated from Hebrew].</li><li id="fn-23">Gutwein, “Shifts in Right-Wing Economic Policy”; Shlomo Svirski, “The Israeli Shock Doctrine,” <cite>Telem</cite>,March 15, 2021 [translated from Hebrew].</li><li id="fn-24">Ben-Porat, “Netanyahu’s Second Coming.”</li><li id="fn-25">For the broader background of US-Israeli relations at the time, see Jason Brownlee, <cite>Democracy Prevention: The Politics of the U.S.-Egyptian Alliance</cite> (Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 2012), 84–85.</li><li id="fn-26">Schiffman et al., <cite>Economic Advisers in Israel’s Economic Policy</cite>,145–61.</li><li id="fn-27">Daniel Gutwein, “The Loyalty Rule: The Settlements and the Institutionalization of the Antidemocratic Logic of the Israeli Privatization Regime,” <cite>Theory and Criticism</cite> 47 (2016) [translated from Hebrew].</li><li id="fn-28">Daniel Gutwein, Meir Yaish, and Tali Kristal, “‘Repression-Compensation’: The politics of the Netanyahu government’s handling of the corona crisis,” <cite>Pigumim</cite>, July 5, 2020 [translated from Hebrew].</li><li id="fn-29">Asaf Yakir, Doron Navot, and Dani Filc, “The political economy of populists in power, between policy and polity: Evidence from the Israeli case,” <cite>Capital and Class </cite>(February 17, 2024).</li><li id="fn-30">Nicholas Kristof, “Burrowing Through a Blockade,” <cite>New York Times</cite>, July 3, 2010; Nicholas Kristof, “Winds of War in Gaza,” <cite>New York Times</cite>, March 7, 2015.</li><li id="fn-31">Bar Hefetz, “The shells on my children were for years the solution to the Hamas problem,” <cite>The Hottest Place in Hell</cite><a href="https://www.ha-makom.co.il/post-bar-nirim-2023">, November 23, 2023,</a> ha-makom.co.il/post-bar-nirim-2023 [translated from Hebrew].</li><li id="fn-32">Diana Bhur Nir, “Shall the chrysanthemums grow again?,” <cite>Calcalist</cite>, October 19, 2023 [translated from Hebrew].</li><li id="fn-33">Yaniv Kubovich, “With Israel’s Consent, Qatar Gave Gaza $1 Billion Since 2012,” <cite>Haaretz</cite>, February 10, 2019; Jonathan Lis, “Likud claimed that Netanyahu did not strengthen Hamas, but the facts show otherwise,” <cite>Haaretz</cite>, October 11, 2023[translated from Hebrew].</li><li id="fn-34">Adam Entous, “Donald Trump’s New World Order,” <cite>New Yorker</cite>, June 11, 2018; Itamar Eichner, “The Negev Forum Convened in Bahrain,” <cite>Ynet</cite>,<a href="http://www.ynet.co.il/news/article/rkthfdvqc"> June 27, 2022</a>, ynet.co.il/news/article/rkthfdvqc [translated from Hebrew].</li></ol></footer></article></content><published>2024-06-10T18:59:11Z</published><summary type="text">To decipher the secret of Benjamin Netanyahu’s success in clinging to power for so many years, this essay follows the history of the class struggle in Israel since the Likud party came to power in 1977. Netanyahu merely tended to a social coalition that was created before he entered politics. However, he proved especially adroit in preserving it.</summary></entry><entry><id>https://catalyst-journal.com/2024/03/vol-7-no-4-editorial</id><title type="text">Editorial — Winter 2024</title><updated>2026-04-20T17:51:13.549007Z</updated><author><name>Vivek Chibber</name></author><content type="xhtml"><article xmlns=""><div><p>As this issue of <cite>Catalyst</cite> goes to press, Israel’s genocidal campaign in Gaza continues unabated. In truth, the campaign cannot be understood as Israel’s in any meaningful sense of the term. It is and has been, from the start, a joint operation with the United States. While the corporate media dutifully describes the Biden administration as doing its best to reign in Benjamin Netanyahu, the US president continues to ply the Israelis with bombs, financial aid, and diplomatic cover. More informally, an ominous pall has been cast over civil society, where criticisms of the genocide are routinely denounced as antisemitic, while open expressions of support for and even celebrations of the ethnic cleansing of Palestinians scarcely raise an eyebrow — not just in Israel but also in American media.</p><p>The shadow of the inhuman US-Israeli campaign looms over this issue of <cite>Catalyst</cite>. We open with a telescopic essay by Seth Ackerman, in which he excavates the strategic vision that has underlain and guided Israel’s colonial ambitions through the decades, from the years prior to its birth to the present. Ackerman’s sweeping analysis is complemented by a <cite>Catalyst</cite> interview with Amira Hass, perhaps the leading journalist of the conflict, who reports on the events from her station in the West Bank. As Hass points out, while the cameras have been understandably trained on the Gaza Strip, a wave of violence has also been unfolding in the other of the two occupied territories — as one would expect from the longer perspective emerging from Ackerman’s essay.</p><p>It is hard to imagine any real progress toward an enduring and just settlement without some push from within Israel. Today the prospects for any such development seem slim, with the virtual absence of a Left in Israel’s political culture. But in an important survey, William Avilés and Earlen Gutierrez trace the history of resistance and organizing inside the US military. While much of the Left today is deeply and understandably skeptical of any political opportunities within the armed forces, Avilés and Gutierrez point out that the pessimism might be overdrawn — suggesting that the Left should not cede this political space to the Right, not just in the United States but also in Israel.</p><p>Part of the campaign in defense of Palestinian rights has been unfolding on American college campuses, led by thousands of brave students. The response from the media and, more importantly, from the college administration has been swift and vicious, including the absurdly celebrated presidents of Harvard and the University of Pennsylvania, whose “defense” of the student activists was in fact a validation of the fictional charges against them. These episodes hearken back to the scene on campuses two generations ago, when a similar but much larger campaign was undertaken against the US destruction of Vietnam. Benjamin Serby reviews <cite>The Lost Promise: American Universities in the 1960s</cite>, the recent and important book by historian Ellen Schrecker on that experience, its connection to the emerging New Left, and its contradictions.</p><p>One of the most encouraging signs in this respect has been the cautious but unmistakable shift in some of the largest unions toward opposing Israel’s brutal campaign. This could be one more source of pressure within the Democratic Party in support of a just settlement for Palestine. But this presumes, of course, that the Democrats maintain their historic connection to the working class — which several scholars have argued is rapidly weakening. In an ambitious and wide-ranging essay, Jared Abbott surveys the various positions and then proceeds to empirically adjudicate among them. Abbott confirms that the party’s links to workers have indeed frayed, and he offers a strategic orientation that might shore up its attractiveness to workers.</p><p> </p></div></article></content><published>2024-03-29T18:19:56Z</published><summary type="text"></summary></entry><entry><id>https://catalyst-journal.com/2023/12/vol-7-issue-3-editorial</id><title type="text">Editorial — Fall 2023</title><updated>2026-04-20T17:51:15.340701Z</updated><author><name>Vivek Chibber</name></author><content type="xhtml"><article xmlns=""><div><p>As this issue of <cite>Catalyst</cite> goes to press, Israel has resumed its attack on the people of Gaza. In upcoming issues, we intend to offer an analysis and diagnosis of this latest stage in the decades-long ethnic cleansing of the Palestinians. For now, a few things are already clear. Perhaps the most significant is that, despite President Joe Biden’s grotesquely fulsome support, despite European elites’ backing, and despite the predictable labeling of any criticism of Israel’s brutality as antisemitic, Israel is, in the eyes of the world, a pariah state. No doubt the general support for the Palestinian cause has always been deep in the Global South and among wide swaths of the Western public. But in this conflagration, the baseline sympathy has congealed into a wave of political mobilizations at a scale we have not seen since the lead-up to the US invasion of Iraq in 2003. What is truly remarkable is that the protests and marches for Palestine have extended beyond major metropolitan areas to smaller cities and suburbs across the United States, Europe, and the South.</p><p>The outpouring of support for Palestinians and the revulsion at the sheer scale of Israel’s destructive campaign have caught everyone by surprise — even those who have been active in the cause for decades. Now that it is out, there is simply no chance of putting this genie back in the bottle. There is every reason to believe that this might be a turning point in the struggle for Palestinian statehood, in that, as Noam Chomsky predicted in the summer 2021 issue of <cite>Catalyst</cite>, the “era of impunity” might very well be at an end. While Israel is still too important to the United States for it to be abandoned, it seems very likely that it will no longer have the unquestioned backing and the blank check from the United States that has hitherto been the norm. How this unfolds, and what the outcome is for the Palestinians, will depend on a host of downstream political factors. Just what kind of opening is available is not yet clear. But the shift in the political landscape seems to be inescapable.</p><p>Of course, such near-term developments are cold comfort to the hundreds of thousands of Palestinians who have been uprooted in a second Nakba, who are desperate for the bare necessities of life and once again have to rely on ramshackle convoys for their survival. The immediate goal must be to secure their essentials — food, shelter, medical treatment — to the best of our ability. But when the smoke clears, it will be the Left’s responsibility to press forward, building on the organizing efforts of the past weeks and creating the conditions for Palestinian autonomy. For projects like <cite>Catalyst</cite>, our contribution will be to analyze and propagandize to the best of our ability.</p><p>Part of this remit is to continue developing a materialist and class analysis of capitalism, particularly the place of empire within it. In this issue’s opening essay, René Rojas revisits a key episode in socialist politics, showing how it sheds light on the current conjuncture. September 2023 marked the fiftieth anniversary of Salvador Allende’s heroic and tragic ascent to power in Chile. Nobody doubts that Allende’s overthrow was in part engineered by the United States, with the recently expired Henry Kissinger playing a central role. But Rojas warns that this role has perhaps been exaggerated, leading to an unduly pessimistic view of the space Allende had for political maneuver. Rojas suggests that it might in fact have been possible for Allende’s administration to survive if it had been able to deepen its anchor among the Chilean popular classes — a lesson the current left forces in the country would do well to heed, since the Gabriel Boric administration rode to power on a similar groundswell of working-class mobilization.</p><p>The relationship between domestic class politics and empire is also central to Bashir Abu-Manneh’s essay, in which he engages Edward Said’s influential critique of British literature. Abu-Manneh takes up and rejects Said’s claim that prominent novelists like Jane Austen and George Eliot suppressed, and thereby excused, the role of empire in British culture. While acknowledging that empire was an important component of British political economy, Abu-Manneh argues that Said exaggerates its economic contribution and in turn fails to appreciate the place of domestic class relations, both in the economy and in his reading of Austen and others. This feeds into the conservative nationalism so common in today’s intellectual culture.</p><p>An early critic of such race-centered and cultural nationalism in the United States was W. E. B. Du Bois. In the spring 2023 issue of <cite>Catalyst</cite>, Jeff Goodwin reviewed a recent book by José Itzigsohn and Karida L. Brown, <cite>The Sociology of W. E. B. Du Bois: Racialized Modernity and the Global Color Line</cite>, which made the case that Du Bois presents an alternative to Marxist and socialist understandings of racial domination. In this issue, we publish a debate between Itzigsohn and Goodwin: the former responds to Goodwin’s analysis of Du Bois and of his book, and Goodwin provides a lively response to it in turn.</p><p>Finally, Amber A’Lee Frost examines Mary Harrington’s new book <cite>Feminism Against Progress</cite>. While Harrington’s profile is that of a conservative, Frost finds value in her critique of contemporary feminist politics, which Frost agrees has lost touch with the interests and experiences of working-class women. Yet even while Harrington accurately diagnoses the roots of this divergence, her ideological commitments prevent her from devising a workable politics around women’s interests.</p><p> </p></div></article></content><published>2023-12-26T18:04:43Z</published><summary type="text"></summary></entry><entry><id>https://catalyst-journal.com/2023/12/john-womack-labor-power-and-strategy-review</id><title type="text">How Can Workers Organize Against Capital Today?</title><updated>2026-04-20T17:51:13.60764Z</updated><author><name>Benjamin Y. Fong</name></author><content type="xhtml"><article xmlns=""><div><p><cite>Labor Power and Strategy</cite>, the new book edited by Peter Olney and Glenn Perušek, officially aims to provide “rational, radical, experience-based perspectives that help target and run smart, strategic, effective campaigns in the working class.” But by the end of it, it is difficult to avoid the sneaking suspicion that Olney and Perušek have a different goal: to make clear just how far organized labor is from having a strategic conversation about its present impasse.</p><p>The book is organized around an interview with economist and historian John Womack about the twin needs for an analysis of the weak points (or “choke points”) in contemporary industrial technologies and for the labor movement to exploit that analysis to cause disruption and gain leverage. Womack supports the struggles of <em>all</em> workers to organize for better conditions, but he also believes the labor movement should focus not on raising the floor for the “most oppressed” groups of workers but rather on workers and industries where it is possible to gain the kind of leverage to bring the capitalist class to heel. In his words, labor “needs to know where the crucial industrial and technical connections are, the junctions, the intersections in space and time, to see how much workers in supply or transformation can interrupt, disrupt, where and when in their struggles they can stop the most capitalist expropriation of surplus value.” To do this effectively, he urges continual network analysis, or “grubbing,” to reveal the vulnerable seams in the fabric of modern supply chains — the places where ports and rail and warehouses meet, and thus where production and distribution can be effectively blocked.</p><p>Union power before the 1930s was drawn mainly from skill, or certain groups of workers’ specific position within the economy and the leverage it offered. The American Federation of Labor was thus a self-limiting organization at the time, and it took the challenge of the Committee of Industrial Organizations (CIO) to overcome its commitment to that limitation. In the common understanding, instead of leverage through skill, the CIO sought and gained leverage at the “point of production.” For Womack, this idea was “a mistake then, but now ignorantly, thoughtlessly used.”</p><blockquote><p>At large in a nationally defined economy, in any industry, in any plant where there are technical divisions of labor there’s not one point of production, but several, multiple points, connected, coordinated in place and time to make production, not a point, but as Dunlop [John Dunlop, whose <cite>Industrial Relations Systems</cite> heavily influenced Womack’s views] called it a “web,” or as we had better call it now for the sake of analysis, a network.</p></blockquote><p>For Womack, key CIO organizers like Wyndham Mortimer understood well that there was no single “point” at which power could be gained. The CIO knew it had to figure out where things connect, “where they’re materially weakest, maybe politically, legally, commercially, culturally strong, protected, defended, but technically weakest,” and the challenge today is to do the same for a deindustrialized, logistical economy.</p><p>Womack is engaging and nimble in conversation, which makes the interview a fun read, but his basic points are often ones that the labor left of previous generations would have found straightforward and uncontroversial. Here’s Womack discussing leverage:</p><blockquote><p>No matter what workers are mad about, unhappy about, indignant about, feel abused about, it doesn’t matter until they can actually get real leverage over production, the leverage to make their struggle effective. You don’t get this leverage just by feelings. You get it by holding the power to cut off the capitalists’ revenue. And without that material power your struggle won’t get you very far for long.</p></blockquote><p>To which I imagine leaders of the CIO responding, “Yeah, obviously.”</p><p>The interview is then followed by ten responses from leading lights of the labor movement that make Womack’s claims seem anything but obvious. Rather than think alongside Womack or extend his claims in various directions, most of the responses take issue with the priority he accords to “technically strategic power” and the kinds of workers who are in a position to wield it.</p><p>Katy Fox-Hodess, Jack Metzgar, Joel Ochoa, and Melissa Shetler all take exception in different ways to Womack’s prioritization of strategic power over the “forms of power that accrue to workers as a result of their collective organization in trade unions, works councils, and the like” — in sociologist Erik Olin Wright’s terms, his emphasis on “structural power” over “associational power.” Fox-Hodess asserts that “strategic power (or structural power) is deeply rooted in associational power”; Metzgar that Womack misses “the impracticality of focusing strictly on strategic positions that can upend capitalist power relations.” All four agree that the labor movement cannot in any way deprioritize the cultivation of associational power.</p><p>Bill Fletcher Jr and Jane McAlevey lodge a related but slightly different complaint: that Womack’s focus on strategic industries does a disservice to workers in supposedly nonstrategic industries. Fletcher, in a contribution tellingly titled “Should Spartacus Have Organized the Roman Citizenry Rather Than the Slaves?,” believes those sectors of society that are already in struggle must be supported, rather than the ones that are ostensibly more strategic. McAlevey meanwhile asserts that only “the gendered bias that power is exercised by mostly men in the dated conception of the male-dominant private sector” keeps us focused on logistics, when it is in fact “women, often if not mostly women of color” in health care and education who have shown themselves most capable of “exercising strategic power that deftly harnesses economic and social power that can’t easily be pulled apart.”</p><p>Regarding the first criticism, that Womack unjustly prioritizes structural over associational power, it should be said first that he in no way <em>practically</em> deprioritizes associational power. Without collective organization and the exercise of associational power at the necessary moments, he asserts, workers simply are not going to be able to take advantage of any disruptive position they hold. Metzgar points to the example of the failed 1919 steel strike, where workers “had insufficient associational power to take advantage of their structural power,” to show that you cannot have one without the other, but here he’s knocking on an open door. Womack is clear that workers cannot effectively use strategic power without associational power.</p><p>The latter should nonetheless be considered secondary, in Womack’s view, because true solidarity flows from an understanding of strategic power. Most workers, most of the time, are not going to put their own material interest on the line just to be good comrades. A culture of solidarity can and should be built within any union, but that culture is only going to attract so many; if they don’t think they can <em>win</em> by seizing the necessary leverage over the company, most workers are not going to engage in the requisite struggle, and if they don’t see their technical and industrial dependence on other workers, they are not going to be convinced of the urgent need for solidarity. As Womack says,</p><blockquote><p>You can’t count on ding-dong lectures or jingles or pamphlets, “I’m my brother’s, I’m my sister’s keeper.” Sweet idea, but within hours at work you’ve got dirty jokes about it. But once you see the technical connections of one job with another, who can foul or ruin or stop whose work, who can in fact endanger whom, high and low, back and forth, like a team sport, a firefighter company, the armed forces, I think you get real attention to how much mutual dependence means, technical interdependence, the practice value and real advantage of comradeship at work.</p></blockquote><p>The bigger objection raised by Womack’s critics, however, is that his technical emphasis privileges some groups of workers over others. Indeed, underlying the objection to his prioritization of structural over associational power is a worry that workers without the former are just being written off. Thus Metzgar’s claim that workers “cannot be counseled to simply give up because they are not strategic” and Ochoa’s hope that “organized labor can create momentum by organizing in nonstrategic sectors.”</p><p>Once again, the critics are tackling a straw man: at no point does Womack say that “nonstrategic” workers simply shouldn’t organize. When he asserts that the focus should not be on the “most oppressed” workers but rather on workers’ ability to disrupt production and distribution, his point is twofold.</p><p>First, in any economic situation, there are always going to be industries that, if left unorganized, will hurt organized labor as a whole. John L. Lewis did not start the CIO because he privileged rubber workers over carpenters; he did it because he understood that organized labor would never exert any influence in society until General Motors, Goodyear, U.S. Steel, and the other major corporations of the period came to the table. The situation is similar today with Amazon, Walmart, Target, etc.: until these companies are organized, labor <em>as a whole</em> is going to suffer.</p><p>Second, it is less that Womack urges the narrow organization of strategic workers than that he wants workers’ power as a whole to be more strategically exercised. Sometimes this means seeing some workers as more proximate to the nodes of disruption than others, but mainly it means viewing <em>all</em> workers’ power through the lens of their capacity for that disruption. This is where his central challenge to the labor movement lies, and what I want to focus on for the remainder of this review. Curiously, the challenge is relatively unexplored by his interlocutors.</p></div><section id="sec-1"><header><hr/></header><div><p>Dan DiMaggio, Carey Dall, Rand Wilson, and Gene Bruskin provide more sympathetic reads of Womack than the other six respondents, but it is not clear that even these readers really want to go where he is pointing. DiMaggio sees “the bigger context for thinking about Womack’s points [to be] that any revival of the US labor movement will require the revival of the strike,” though withholding labor per se is hardly Womack’s focus. Wilson thinks “workers are almost always the most knowledgeable source of information about who is in the best position to disrupt the production processes or services and where management’s weaknesses lie,” though Womack is at pains to show that the highly complex distributional flows of the present require something like a labor institute of industrial technology to understand them.</p><p>In many ways, the essential reticence to accept Womack’s basic orientation is a function of the fact that labor and the Left are still both focused on the need, in Wilson’s words, “to realize labor’s potential power in the workplace.” This is a fine position to hold if power really flows through the workplace, as it did when there were tremendous amounts of fixed capital invested in gigantic factories. But today, points of leverage are very often outside workplaces, at those distributional nodes far from the shop floor, <em>between</em> companies, workers, and union jurisdictions.</p><p>One might say then that, for the labor left, Womack offends the basic imperative to descend into the hidden abode of production. For him, it is not the workplace as such that is important but the kinds of connections that the workplace makes possible. Some of those connections will be in the workplace, but many will not.</p><blockquote><p>Wherever you put things together, there’s a seam or a zipper or a hub or a joint or a node or a link, the more technologies together, the more links, the places where it’s not integral. It is parts put together, and where the parts go together, like at a dock, at a warehouse, between the trucks and the inside, between transformers and servers and coolers, there can be a bottleneck, a choke point.</p></blockquote><p>Womack challenges jurisdictional boundaries (he even suggests at one point the creation of a “US Transport and General Workers’ Union” combining the ILWU, ILA, IBT, and IAM), but more generally he questions the very basics of unions’ organizing orientation (insofar as they still organize). To be very simple about it, we might see Womack as wanting to replace the model of the <em>strike</em> with that of the <em>blockade</em>. Unions, of course, are not unpracticed in the latter, but it is not the organizing fulcrum that the former is typically made out to be.</p><p>Once we get here, a whole set of fascinating questions emerge: first and foremost, if many (though not all) of the strategic disruption points have moved outside of the workplace, is it possible to mobilize workers not simply to band together and withhold their labor but to seize these choke points in coordinated action? This would mean, for instance, turning one’s attention away from organizing particular stores to getting smaller cadres of employees to occupy key distributional nodes and getting masses of other workers to support them. Right off the bat, we can see that the distinction between supposedly strategic and nonstrategic workers begins to fade: longshoremen and rail engineers are not necessarily the only ones with access to the seams in industrial technologies.</p><p>Still, they’d need to be supported by research departments that have up-to-date and sophisticated analyses of particular supply chains. Is the labor movement up for such a task? What would it need to approximate something like Womack’s proposed labor institute of industrial technology? Somehow the “Freedom Convoy” found the one bridge where <a href="https://www.forbes.com/sites/dereksaul/2022/02/13/freedom-convoy-arrests-canada-clears-protesters-from-crucial-bridge-between-us-and-canada/">25 percent of all trade</a> between the United States and Canada is conducted. Why wasn’t it the labor movement that took advantage of this situation?</p><p>Then there’s the question of how to support workers at such critical junctures, when historically company and state violence have been exerted. If smartphones are recording every second of a blockade, will that prevent bloodshed? What does community support look like at warehousing sites far from any affected community? Consumer boycotts? Can they be timed effectively? Would such occupations only work if multiple nodes in a supply chain were seized?</p><p>There are also further questions around internal organizing that Dall raises in his helpful response. For Dall, activating already unionized workers at ports and in rail can help set the conditions for organizing other workers: “To organize Amazon workers, we must first internally organize union transportation workers whose labor on the seams enables Amazon to get cargo of Asian origin to their hellish warehouses and finally to the consumer’s door.” In the case of rail and airline workers, there is a particular law, the Railway Labor Act, that protects these transportation workers in some ways but heavily incentivizes them not to disrupt things in others. What are those ways? How can these unions be won over to the idea that they might need to break the law, or how can particular workers be convinced not to follow their unions’ dictates?</p><p>Finally, the basics of breaking the law — how, when, where, and why to do it — must be foregrounded in any execution of a Womackian vision. From roughly the 1932 Norris-LaGuardia Act until the 1947 Taft-Hartley Act, labor had access to tools that are now off limits: recognition strikes, sit-downs, secondary boycotts. The postwar compromise was predicated on tolerating collective bargaining, provided those tools were put down for good. Experimenting with disruptive tactics again is likely to bring about forms of repression the likes of which we have not seen for a few generations. The possible benefits are enormous, but any action for which people might be put under the jail must obviously be undertaken with extreme caution.</p><p>At present, the Left is rent between those who emphasize the importance of disruption, rioting, sabotage, etc., and those who encourage us <a href="https://jacobin.com/2023/07/climate-change-mass-politics-democracy-organizing-andreas-malm-bpra">to stay the democratic course</a>. The more anarchistic emphasis on dramatic disruption can often be fantastical, but given the constraints of modern labor law, where many ways of gaining leverage are straightforwardly illegal, it does seem necessary to start some conversation about the forms of <em>strategic illegality</em> that labor activists might want to take up. Womack allows us to begin to broach this question in ways that move beyond the dichotomy of blowing it all up versus working within the present institutions.</p><p>These questions, difficult and speculative as they can be, all follow from Womack’s analysis, and it’s notable they receive such little discussion in the responses. I have tried to get at the substantive reason for avoidance — that Womack moves us away from thinking about workplace organizing in the typical ways — but perhaps there are more personal and institutional reasons there as well. Some of what Womack articulates bears a resemblance to the vision behind SEIU’s “comprehensive campaigns,” which produced some impressive wins but fell far short of their stated goals. Some on the labor left still bristle at the “smart” strategizing of SEIU luminaries, and maybe Womack’s speculative hipshots are too reminiscent of former president Andy Stern’s thought.</p><p>But the stakes for labor today are too high for past grudges to lead to a dismissal of the need for broad strategic reconsiderations. At root, Womack’s labor philosophy is quite basic: “You have to wound capital to make it yield anything. And you wound it painfully, grabbing its attention, when you take direct material action to stop its production, cut its profit.” But how to make good on this idea, with a stolid labor movement in a deindustrialized, logistical economy, is a tremendously complicated matter. Operationalizing Womack would take not just a set of short responses but a research team with real resources. I cannot speak at present to the feasibility of many of Womack’s proposals or the possibilities latent in his thinking, but those proposals and possibilities should at least be recognized for what they are: a massive challenge to the usual ways we think about labor organizing.</p><p>What exactly would it take to wound capital today? Womack doesn’t provide all the answers, but he should at the very least get us thinking outside the typical boxes.</p></div></section></article></content><published>2023-12-20T15:54:38Z</published><summary type="text">John Womack’s labor strategy is about workers finding the capacity to "wound capital to make it yield anything.” But the massive challenge in today’s deindustrialized economy is locating where that leverage actually lies.</summary></entry><entry><id>https://catalyst-journal.com/2023/12/colm-murphy-futures-of-socialism-review</id><title type="text">New Labour Totally Subordinated Labour to Capital</title><updated>2026-04-20T17:51:13.37881Z</updated><author><name>Michael Calderbank</name></author><content type="xhtml"><article xmlns=""><div><p>To speak of the “modernizers” in the context of British Labour Party in the years culminating in the landslide election victory of 1997 has become synonymous with Tony Blair, Gordon Brown, and their immediate circle. They believed that Labour needed to ruthlessly centralize power inside the party to minimize the power of members, ditch Clause IV (its historic constitutional commitment to socialism and public ownership), and, if not positively embrace, then at least accept the inevitability of capitalist globalization under the aegis of neoliberalism.</p><p>Under the rebranded New Labour, the party would need to cast aside its historical claim to be the vehicle of the organized working class in order to become a broad, cross-class progressive force. While the “link,” which saw a number of unions financially affiliate to the party, would just about remain intact (though not without critics on either side), a New Labour government would claim to treat the unions with fairness but offer them no special favors. The election of Bill Clinton as US president in 1992 gave further impetus to this effort to realign Labour as something akin to the Democrats.</p><p>In a calculated move, New Labour’s “modernizers” would picture their opponents — not only on the Left but also among more traditionally minded social democrats — as one homogenous lump, dubbed Old Labour, or political dinosaurs. Only the Blairites, from this viewpoint, were interested in making Labour look fresh and relevant and speaking to the challenges of a rapidly changing world, rather than clinging to sepia-tinged images of the 1945 Labour government and wishing the clock could be turned back to those glory days. As Colm Murphy’s study demonstrates, this view was an unfair caricature of the Left as a whole. Nevertheless, the uncritical argument from some sections of the Left that Labour should just “stick to its guns” and would return to power with “one more heave” remained sufficiently common for the attacks to stick, and this position seemed manifestly untenable in the wake of Neil Kinnock’s defeat in 1992.</p><p>But as this study usefully reminds us, the Blairite project was only one possible iteration of what it might mean to modernize the Left. In returning to the pre-97 debates on left political strategy, Murphy unearths evidence of a whole series of figures, by no means simply identified with the Blairites (at least initially), who were also making appeals to modernization or attempting to contest what a modernized Labour Party might look like, including Ken Livingstone (the leader of the left-led Greater London Council), Clare Short, Michael Meacher, David Blunkett, and Bryan Gould, who challenged unsuccessfully for the Labour leadership against John Smith. A diverse series of modernizations were under discussion, of which the Blairite model was but one.</p><p>One key shift that would eventually command broad — though not universal — support was the transition from skepticism of European political institutions as undemocratic bosses’ clubs to the desire to see “<a href="https://johnmajorarchive.org.uk/1993/04/22/mr-majors-speech-to-conservative-group-for-europe-22-april-1993/">Britain at the heart of Europe</a>.” Significant in the trajectory of Labour’s thinking on these questions was the experience of François Mitterrand’s government in France in the early ’80s, which was elected on a relatively bold left reformist program that it began to implement but which soon ran aground amid market pressures. Jacques Delors, Mitterand’s finance minister, oversaw a major retreat, and he subsequently became president of the European Community and pioneered the development of Europe’s single market.</p><p>Domestically, what accelerated the shift to align Labour with a pro-European politics was the catastrophic defeat of the miners’ strike in 1984–85. Margaret Thatcher had waged war on the miners, the standard-bearers of the militant working class, and won. This huge defeat for militant trade unionism meant that the promises now being made by Delors — that European institutions could override Thatcherism at home and make gains through social regulation and some kind of social partnership agenda between unions and business — was warmly received as one possible source of progress, given the general despair about the prospects of both industrial conflict and radical left success at the ballot box.</p><p>Moderate union bureaucrats and Fabian-minded policy experts were particularly enthused by the Blairites’ new agenda, which relegated the importance of rank-and-file class militancy and democratic challenge alike and elevated their own sense of self-importance. Nevertheless, mistaking the institutional character and class basis of the European institutions, some leftists — like <cite>Guardian</cite> journalist John Palmer, Tony Benn’s former adviser Frances Morrell, and the activist Peter Tatchell — saw European integration as a stage for mobilizing greater international solidarity between the peoples of Europe.</p><p>In the end, the coalescence of the soft left and moderate reformists meant that, by 1989 and for a long while thereafter, Labour’s Europhile position “went more or less unchallenged by the majority of the Parliamentary Labour Party.” (Although Murphy reminds us that Bryan Gould for some time struck a bravely discordant note in challenging the European Exchange Rate Mechanism. He had foreseen the huge weight that European economic policy was affording the Bundesbank and the risk that diverging national economies would see the least powerful forced to endure inappropriate interest rates and fiscal restraints in order to protect the richer nations.)</p><p>Another notable Euroskeptic was the young Jeremy Corbyn, later to be swept into the leadership as a radical left challenger to the whole New Labour project. Sadly, the rift over the question of Europe would ultimately consume Corbyn’s leadership, since the association of internationalism, European integration, and the importance of the social protections it apparently, but misleadingly, seemed to offer continued to carry the day among his liberal supporters. Fatally, this included young people not old enough remember the arguments of those like the Left’s standard-bearer, Tony Benn, about the fatal lack of democratic accountability at the heart of these top-down institutions, painfully demonstrated by the savage austerity later imposed on Greece by the troika.</p><p>By substituting their former pursuit of socialism with the idea that Britain could become a mainstream European-style social democracy, a general rightward journey was undertaken by many of the soft left in the name of pragmatism and realpolitik in the wake of the miners’ defeat. Initially, there was a superficial degree of unity on the Left — for example, around the need to advance industrial democracy. This demand had traditionally been resisted by the Labour Party hierarchy and elements of the trade union leadership on the quasi-syndicalist grounds that it was a distraction from free collective bargaining and could see workers incorporated into accepting management roles. Previously, however, the work of the Institute for Workers’ Control mobilized around a more radical conception of workers taking over their own industries and planning production around their common interests, influencing Benn’s support for workers on the Upper Clyde shipyards, for example.</p><p>Perhaps to head off the growing momentum behind demands for worker control, the Labour government commissioned the independent Bullock Report, which produced a relatively tepid series of recommendations, including giving workers representations on company boards. Essentially, this was the version of industrial democracy that was to be taken up under the leadership of Neil Kinnock, and which presumed a social partnership model of relations between big businesses and trade unions, which would be reflected in a German-style corporatist institutional apparatus. Industrial democracy became acceptable to the Labour leadership in the 1980s, but only in a highly attenuated form that would not empower collective groups of workers at the rank-and-file level. In any case, the militant shop stewards movement of the 1970s had largely gone into decline by this stage; arguably, the time for a radical extension of workers’ control had been missed.</p><p>But even from within the broadly corporatist vision of a social democratic model of capitalism, there was scope to at least begin to address the critical question of ownership. A late flowering of such thinking was <cite><a href="https://www.penguin.co.uk/books/356065/the-state-were-in-by-will-hutton/9781784707194"><cite>The State We’re In</cite></a></cite>, a widely read work by the social democratic journalist Will Hutton that anatomized both the sclerotic state of the British constitution and framework for governance and also the historic influence of the City of London prioritizing short-term financial gains over long-term investment in the real economy. Murphy tracks how Hutton’s vision of a stakeholder economy was fleetingly taken up in a speech by Tony Blair, only to be allowed to wither on the vine, as the realization dawned that this would require tackling questions of corporate ownership and governance that would threaten to disrupt the cozy relationship between New Labour and the business elite. Murphy implies that a more radical path to social democratic renewal was open to New Labour, but a failure of nerve meant this promising avenue was never explored.</p><p>The constitutional reform agenda would also require confronting long-standing vested interests, and few could deny the antiquated character of Britain’s highly centralized and unaccountable institutions. Blair would inherit commitments on devolution to Scotland and Wales from his predecessor John Smith. He carried through on this agenda in government, although arguably without real conviction, and his proposal to deliver meaningful decentralization to the northern regions would fall flat. Benn’s republican focus on confronting the monarchy and its significant residual constitutional powers (including to declare war) was not on the radar of the “modernizers,” although the reform of the House of Lords — sought by anti-Tory forces in Britain for a century or more — continued to be promised, only to be ditched in government.</p><p>One key constitutional reform sought by modernizers of all sorts was the overhaul of Britain’s first-past-the-post electoral system in favor of a system of proportional representation. This was sought not only on the grounds of fairness or in the belief that it would prevent Tories from monopolizing the functions of government on the basis of only around a third of the vote share, but also often in the belief that it would generate a pluralistic political culture more open to creative alliances and, implicitly, challenge the ideological grip of Labourism.</p><p>This was seen as necessary in response to the demographic trends highlighted by Eric Hobsbawm’s famous article “<a href="https://radicaled.files.wordpress.com/2019/12/forward-march-of-labour-halted.pdf">The Forward March of Labour Halted</a>?” which suggested that fewer people were identifying with the institutions of the Labour movement or with the (predominantly male) industrial working-class identity on which it was traditionally centered. Labour’s electoral base was shrinking, Hobsbawm argued, and only by reaching out to build broader alliances would it be possible to challenge the growing popularity of Thatcherism. Alongside and arguably driving these trends was the changing composition of British capitalism away from industrial manufacturing and toward a post-Fordist future in which services were critical and women would be a huge part of the workforce. Feminist challenges to the Labour movement’s traditional priorities and methods would also be increasingly cast in terms of “modernization” and alignment with economic trends.</p><p>The argument for pluralism was by no means inherently reactionary. The left-led Greater London Council, for example, was able to build a pioneering alliance of forces, including women’s groups; black and Asian community groups; anti-racist, gay, and lesbian rights activists; and many more, around broad campaigns such as the cost of transport in the capital city. But critically at stake was whether such moves were augmenting and updating working-class politics to reflect its changing composition or whether the new politics of identity was somehow displacing and relegating the significance of class itself as an organizing principle.</p><p>For example, the revisionist wing of the British Communist Party around the journal <cite>Marxism Today</cite> developed an analysis culminating in the document “New Times,” which constructed an exaggerated form of class essentialism, which it then rejected in favor of celebrating diverse identities and celebrating micro-choices in an age of individual consumerism. Murphy’s account would have benefitted from more attention to the excoriating critiques of the <cite>New Times</cite> crowd by thinkers who were by no means apologists for Old Labour — such as John Savile of <cite>Socialist Register </cite>or A. Sivanandan of the Race Today collective or, on the retreat from class more broadly, Ellen Meiksins Wood.</p><p>Murphy’s retrospective reconstruction of multiple modernizations vying for supremacy has the advantage of identifying roads not taken and potentially productive avenues of thought that the Blairite iteration would fail to develop. However, in disrupting the linear narrative of modernization as a single inevitable course of development, he arguably neglects to consider whether the tenor of debates around modernization played a tragic enabling role in inducing onetime Bennites and “hard-left” radicals to swallow New Labour revisionism. Why did so many of the left figures who embraced the need to modernize ultimately find themselves serving — with varying degrees of (dis)comfort — as Blairite ministers? Should we really be surprised that key <cite>Marxism Today</cite> contributors, including Charlie Leadbeater and Geoff Mulgan, would shift with such ease from this brand of left revisionism to openly embracing New Labour’s enthusiasm for capitalist globalization as policy advisers?</p><p>Murphy is open about his allegiance to the journal <cite>Renewal</cite>, a publication which, while retaining a critical distance from the eventual trajectory of Blair, was influential on the leaderships of Brown and Ed Miliband, sharing many of New Labour’s original ambitions, and that he saw in this moment unrealized possibilities for the renewal of the social democratic project. This perspective informs Murphy’s core contention that some of the alternative paths that modernization could have taken were neglected along the way, meaning that opportunities were squandered or at least not fully developed. It also leads Murphy to contest the judgement that New Labour was “neoliberal,” which gained greater traction with the rise of Corbyn. Clearly, he is correct to observe that the levels of government spending and elements of stealthy redistribution undertaken by Blair and Brown in office fall outside an ideologically purist model of neoliberalism along the lines envisaged by, say, Ludwig von Mises and Friedrich Hayek. But this excludes the possibility that other — hybrid or mutant — variants of their project could selectively incorporate elements of the same agenda.</p><p>New Labour, it should be remembered, did almost nothing to challenge eighteen years of restrictive Tory anti-trade-union legislation; argued that key public utilities such a rail, energy. and water should remain in private ownership; continued to leverage private capital in the financing and running of other public services, including the cherished National Health Service; developed a highly punitive welfare system; failed to replace the council housing stock sold under Thatcher; and further deregulated the financial sector ahead of the 2008 financial crisis.</p><p>Peter Mandelson notoriously admitted the government was “intensely relaxed” about “people getting filthy rich.” The acceptance of some mildly ameliorative post hoc measures to soften the edges of growing inequality does not compensate for a view that celebrates the “dynamics of the market” and “rigours of competition” as inviolable, as did Blair’s replacement version of Clause IV. Indeed, Labour’s less abrasive approach to growing social disparities acted as a cloak behind which capital was granted access to entirely new revenue streams (such as the interest repayments on Private Finance Initiative loans) that a narrow focus on “small government” would preclude. Whether we call this market liberalism on steroids or an alternative iteration of neoliberalism is a somewhat scholastic question.</p><p>The reader could be forgiven for asking why the Blairite iteration of modernization won out over its early rivals. Strangely enough, this is not a question that Murphy really addresses, perhaps because it has been addressed at length elsewhere in the existing literature. In a nutshell, it won out through its ruthlessly authoritarian centralization of power inside the party, sedulously courting powerful sections of the media and benefiting from an institutional infrastructure of well-funded think tanks and private sector consultants. Crucially, however, there was little in the way of organized resistance, because the defeats of the 1980s had largely demoralized and emptied out the trade unions, while local Constituency Labour parties frequently became empty shells as members were treated as nothing but cheerleaders and foot soldiers.</p><p>There is little doubt that the subordinate position of labor in relation to capital was maintained and furthered by Blair and Brown using the idiom and hollowed-out institutions of social democracy. So, overall, while this is an admirably well-written and researched account of the period, to my mind the present post-Corbynite moment requires a more comprehensive institutional critique of Labourism. This is the implicit compact between the trade unions and the leadership of the Labour Party, which sees trade unionism as primarily confined to a narrowly industrial organizing agenda, while “political” progress is judged essentially in terms of Labour’s success in elections and the number of representatives then expected to advocate on behalf of workers.</p><p>This implies accepting in full the existing constitutional framework of parliamentarism to which Labour has always conformed itself, with the assumption that Labour governs in a nebulously defined “national interest” rather than to fight for working-class interests. The political passivity encouraged by electoralism then leaves little scope to mobilize working-class communities.</p><p>The bitter experience of previous Labour governments has been that, once elected, the parliamentary party is largely unaccountable to its members or trade union backers, while existing policy commitments and priorities are ditched in practice. Murphy’s account would have benefited from greater consideration of the New Left critique offered by Miliband (and those who have updated his analysis, such as Leo Panitch, David Coates, and Colin Leys) and, in a different way, Raymond Williams, whose distinctive contributions are not touched on here.</p><p>Delivering on meaningful constitutional reform and industrial democracy and confronting the power of the financial markets are tasks that require a far more throughgoing critique than most politicians or commentators around Labour, then or now (with the all-too-brief exception during Corbyn’s tenure), are prepared to envisage.</p></div></article></content><published>2023-12-08T19:47:04Z</published><summary type="text">Why was New Labour “intensely relaxed” about “people getting filthy rich”? The answer lies in a comprehensive analysis and critique of Labourism itself, which the new book Futures of Socialism fails to deliver.</summary></entry><entry><id>https://catalyst-journal.com/2023/11/capital-order-clara-mattei-book-review</id><title type="text">Austerity Is an Antidemocratic Strategy to Boost Capital</title><updated>2026-04-20T17:51:14.101581Z</updated><author><name>Gary Mongiovi</name></author><content type="xhtml"><article xmlns=""><div><p>One of Karl Marx’s most penetrating insights was that a network of mechanisms embedded in the logic of capitalism not only fuel the system’s transformative dynamism but also undermine its cohesion. These internal contradictions operate across every dimension of the socioeconomic landscape, including its ideological characteristics and political institutions. In their relentless pursuit of profits, capitalist enterprises constantly strive to reduce their labor costs through wage suppression and mechanization. But reductions in the buying power of workers erode the primary source of demand for the products those enterprises must sell in order to realize profits.</p><p>Capitalism gave rise to a value system that teaches us to find meaning in our work; yet millions are employed in low-paying, soul-crushing jobs. And while modern capitalism promises — and is indeed fully capable of providing — broad-based prosperity, the system, via the state, routinely promotes and enforces austerity policies aimed at compelling people to work harder for lower pay and less job security. Output per worker increases year by year because of improvements in technology, but the austerity evangelists insist that if we want capitalism to continue to bestow its blessings on humanity, workers must accept lower living standards and the social safety net needs to be dismantled.</p><p>In <cite><a href="https://press.uchicago.edu/ucp/books/book/chicago/C/bo181707138.html">The Capital Order</a></cite>, Clara Mattei brings to light the fascinating story of how austerity became a crucial weapon of class warfare. In this major contribution to the political and intellectual history of modern capitalism, Mattei traces the roots of neoliberalism to the political reaction against the militant working-class movements that emerged in Europe after World War I.</p><p>Modern warfare requires the mobilization of labor and capital on an enormous scale. During the Great War, national governments took control of their economies to ensure that the material requirements of the war would be met. Wages, work hours, and prices were regulated; production targets were imposed on manufacturers; strikes were criminalized, and shirking was penalized by conscription and deployment to the front; private property was requisitioned; key industries were nationalized. The aim of these policies was to ensure maximum production for the war effort without triggering a disruptive backlash from either the working class or the owners of capital.</p><p>But these massive wartime interventions exposed an inconvenient fact. Economic forces never operate independently of society’s political dynamics. If the state could mold the economy to serve the needs of war, in peacetime it could mold it to promote the well-being of those whose sweat, muscles, and brains are the basis of national prosperity. The war had demonstrated “the profoundly political nature of the capitalist economy.” When the war ended, workers, who had toiled and bled for their country, wanted a fairer share of the income their labor was generating; they wanted the right to unionize; and they wanted better working conditions, decent housing, and an effective social safety net.</p><p>In Britain and Italy, workers were organized, had suffrage rights, and, by 1919, were making demands on employers and the state for a revision of the social contract. This threat to the prerogatives of capital, Mattei argues, provoked a reaction in the form of a comprehensive set of state-imposed austerity policies aimed at pounding the working class into a state of docility. In addition to repelling the existential menace of working-class militancy, these policies would establish lasting mechanisms for channeling income and wealth upward from workers to capitalists.</p><p>Mattei describes these developments splendidly in the early chapters of her book. She has done an impressive amount of archival research and has skillfully mined the published literature of the interwar period. The fruit of these labors is a rich and insightful account of a pivotal moment in capitalism’s history.</p><p>She calls our attention to a pair of international conferences that were convened shortly after the end of the Great War to discuss the financial and economic challenges that confronted the combatant European nations. The League of Nations sponsored a conference in Brussels in 1920; another conference took place in Genoa in 1922 under the auspices of the Supreme Council of the Allies. Historians have generally regarded these conferences as failures because the participating delegates were unable to arrive at a concrete agreement for managing the problems posed by war debt and globally disordered balance of payments accounts. Mattei argues instead that the two conferences established the framework of the austerity agenda adopted throughout the capitalist world in subsequent decades: “The two conferences reunited the European establishment under the flag of technocracy to construct and implement austerity. Technocrats were rising as the new protectors of capitalism — and their sermon was heard loud and clear across the continent.”</p><p>The austerity gospel held that economic growth was driven not by the productive activity and spending of workers but by the virtuous abstinence of capitalists, whose savings were transformed into capital accumulation by the invisible hand of the market. National prosperity therefore required the redistribution of income away from workers and toward capitalists. Workers’ demands for higher wages and fewer hours had to be resisted. Public spending on health care, education, and social services had to be sharply curtailed because it drew financial resources away from capital accumulation. Government budgets needed to be balanced, and monetary policy needed to be tightened. The rhetoric adopted to support this agenda was at times alarmist; one of the documents issued by the Brussels conference contains this dire warning: “Any country which does not contrive as soon as possible to attain the execution of these principles is doomed beyond hope of recovery.”</p><p>Mattei identifies three kinds of austerity policies: fiscal austerity, monetary austerity, and industrial austerity — the “austerity trinity.” Fiscal austerity involves reducing government spending, particularly on programs aimed at providing social services and income support to working-class people; regressive taxation, aimed at buttressing the after-tax incomes of the propertied classes, is also part of the fiscal austerity mix. Monetary austerity entails restricting access to liquidity and credit when labor markets get tight and wages start to rise. Instead of letting the market adjust the price of labor in response to worker-friendly market conditions, the austerity credo requires that workers get knocked back into line by a state-generated recession.</p><p>Fiscal discipline and monetary restraint are what normally come to mind when we think of austerity. But Mattei reminds us that industrial austerity is an important part of the arsenal of the capitalist state. Industrial austerity is the weakening or abolition of laws and institutions that protect the interests of workers: right-to-work laws, lax enforcement of fair hiring rules, legislative impediments to the formation of labor unions, tolerance of noncompete clauses in labor contracts, and so forth. Cuts to unemployment benefits weaken the bargaining position of unemployed people relative to employers by reducing the amount of time an unemployed person can take to find a good job; such cuts would fall under the headings of both fiscal and industrial austerity. In the jargon of modern economics, industrial austerity is often characterized as enhancing “labor market flexibility.” A major aim of all austerity regimes is to break the back of organized labor, to neuter it and render it incapable of protecting workers.</p><p>A substantial portion of the book is devoted to detailed examinations of how austerity was implemented in Britain and Italy. Mattei shows that in both countries the enforcement of austerity was achieved by removing economic policymaking from democratic control. But the precise method by which democracy was sabotaged differed. In Britain, responsibility for economic decision-making was transferred to the Treasury and the Bank of England, institutions that were insulated from electoral accountability. The two institutions coordinated their activity closely to advance the austerity agenda.</p><p>In Italy, the Fascist government that came to power in 1922 imposed austerity largely by decree, and eliminated resistance through electoral fraud, disenfranchisement of the electorate, the imprisonment of political opponents, the suppression of press freedoms, and physical brutality — including political assassinations. Mattei’s point is that, notwithstanding their radical differences in approach, both countries relied upon antidemocratic strategies to execute their austerity agendas in the interwar period. She paints a vivid picture of the policies that were implemented and of the human wreckage they caused.</p><p>Mattei has unearthed a great deal of disturbing evidence regarding the state of mind of the advocates of austerity during the interwar period. One of the key players, the Italian economist Maffeo Pantaleoni, denounced workers as “violent, dishonest, and blackmailers of government” (in Mattei’s words) for threatening to strike; he contended that “wages were much higher than [workers’] marginal productivity”; and he endorsed the violent suppression of dissent, including the execution of communist leaders. The casualness with which British monetary economist Ralph G. Hawtrey and Treasury officials Basil Blackett and Otto Niemeyer — the three main architects of Britain’s austerity regime — discussed the suffering that austerity would inflict on working people is shocking in its callousness.</p><p>The Italian liberal economist and statesman Luigi Einaudi was never a Fascist and never held any position in a Fascist government; he was opposed to the political authoritarianism of Mussolini’s regime. But he was supportive of the austerity policies that the regime imposed, and he was willing to make his peace with authoritarianism for the sake of what he believed to be sound economic policy. British commentators expressed perfunctory disapproval of Mussolini’s brutality, but for the most part they were prepared to tolerate it as long as he put Italy’s economic affairs in order.</p><p>Austerity removes economic policymaking from democratic control and places it in the hands of technocrats or experts. A recurring theme in <cite>The Capital Order</cite> is the pernicious role of technocrats in the austerity project. “Austerity,” Mattei writes, “found its primary ally in technocracy — a belief in the power of economists as guardians of an indisputable science.” (She is, for example, highly critical of central bank independence, a principle that originated in Britain’s austerity initiative of the 1920s.) Her wariness appears to owe something to the liberatory philosophy of Antonio Gramsci, whose <cite>Ordine Nuovo</cite> movement</p><blockquote><p>stood fast on the idea that any approach to knowledge was inherently, deeply political, since the lens through which one looks at the world may foreclose or open spaces for imagination and thus establish if and what alternatives . . . are viable. While the predominant lens to interpret the world foreclosed imagination and nurtured acceptance of the capitalist order, the emancipatory lens opened up possibilities to envisage a different society.</p></blockquote><p>Mattei’s discussion of Gramsci and his circle is one of the highlights of the book. From a Gramscian perspective, technocrats and experts enforce a top-down conception of knowledge that, Mattei contends, inevitably serves the interests of the prevailing power structure.</p><p>There is no doubt a good deal of truth in this. Expertise is, in a certain sense, a bourgeois concept, a by-product of the ideological imperative to organize our lives and activities in a rational way. But it is difficult to see how any complex industrial society, including a socialist society, could do without technocrats. Think of the multitude of issues that the modern state must address: housing policy, trash removal, public health and sanitation, education, policing, the administration of justice, national defense, public transportation, airline safety, disaster relief. The list is endless. None of these issues can be managed effectively without experts who have reasonable latitude to exercise their judgment in the service of the common good. Admittedly, the common good is a slippery concept, but well-functioning polities manage to settle on some version of it that most of their inhabitants find acceptable. A well-functioning polity can also design institutions that ensure the democratic accountability of its technocrats.</p><p>In one respect, Mattei’s account could have done with a bit more nuance. Mainstream economics is not intrinsically reactionary. Some of the economists and officials discussed in her book merit scorn. Pantaleoni in particular comes across as an ideologue — and a nasty piece of work to boot. The Treasury officials Blackett and Niemeyer were middling economic thinkers at best, and they embraced their roles as “hired prizefighters of the bourgeoisie,” as Marx would put it. Others like Hawtrey, Einaudi, A. C. Pigou, and Gustav Cassel, whatever their ideological commitments (Pigou was a Fabian socialist), were trying to cope with an unprecedentedly difficult set of policy problems.</p><p>The Great War left the economies of Europe damaged and heavily indebted. The global financial system was one national default away from Armageddon. Austerity wasn’t the answer, but the economists can be forgiven for thinking the cataclysmic dissolution of capitalism would be disastrous for everyone. Cassel recognized the need for debt forgiveness in some cases, a view hardly consistent with a rigid commitment to austerity. Hawtrey urged the Federal Reserve to intervene aggressively to counteract the deflation that accompanied the Great Depression; a technocrat he may have been, but he was not an austerity ideologue.</p><p>John Maynard Keynes takes some lumps from Mattei because he paid little analytical attention to the exploitative nature of the wage relation — and perhaps also because his vision of the good society assigned a central role to technocrats. But he was no champion of austerity. Aside from mentioning it briefly in a footnote, Mattei doesn’t say anything about the famous Macmillan Committee, whose 1931 report, largely written by Keynes, was in effect an argument against full-on austerity.</p><p>There is more work to be done on the origins of modern austerity policy. But that work will certainly have to take as its starting point Clara Mattei’s illuminating and provocative book.</p></div></article></content><published>2023-11-09T22:34:04Z</published><summary type="text">Austerity policies have their roots in efforts by economic elites to crush working-class power after WWI and redistribute income upward. To reverse austerity, democratic control over economic policymaking is essential. </summary></entry><entry><id>https://catalyst-journal.com/2023/10/literature-and-revolution-owen-holland-book-review</id><title type="text">How Did the Paris Commune Shape British Culture?</title><updated>2026-04-20T17:51:13.814047Z</updated><author><name>Simon Rennie</name></author><content type="xhtml"><article xmlns=""><div><p>Those historical moments when civil order is suspended, when the political edifice trembles and flinches, are almost always instructive in hindsight. The causes, events, and ramifications are pored over by journalists, and lawmakers shore up the edifice with specific legislation, often as repressive as they can get away with in the contemporary political culture. Just occasionally lessons are learned, and social, cultural, and political attitudes shift to address, at least in part, the original grievances. However, when the threat to the social fabric offers a coherent alternative political model, when civil disobedience is organized and militarized, these historical moments resonate at a much greater order of magnitude. And when the capital city of a nation is occupied by a revolutionary government, the effects transcend borders and resonate internationally.</p><p>Owen Holland’s admirable volume <cite>Literature and Revolution</cite> unpacks one example of this resonance: the British literary response to the Paris Commune of 1871. Britain’s shock at the events in a neighboring nation, just twenty-one miles across the water, may have been tempered by comparable precedents, but the French Revolution had occurred almost a century previous, and 1848’s Europe-wide revolutionary conflagration was politically various in nature. It is a historical commonplace that the former influenced British literary Romanticism, and that the latter triggered the suppression of British Chartism and the dissolution of its attendant working-class radical writing culture. But the British literary response to the Commune has not been comprehensively studied until now.</p><p>Early in Holland’s book, he quotes from Chris R. Vanden Bossche’s 1991 volume, <cite>Carlyle and the Search for Authority</cite>, in relation to the nineteenth-century commentator’s <cite>The French Revolution: A History</cite> (1837). He neglects, however, to refer to Vanden Bossche’s 2014 book, <cite>Reform Acts: Chartism, Social Agency, and the Victorian Novel 1832–1867</cite>, which can be seen as a more historically expansive domestic treatment of the effects of political change on mainstream fiction, and which nevertheless covers some of the same methodological ground as Holland’s work. This is not to suggest a Bloomian anxiety of influence but rather to note that the reading of “canonical” or “middling” Victorian literature through specific political events is a welcome trend from which rich seams can be mined, and Holland’s work is very much part of this turn.</p><p>Like Bossche, Holland is interested in the literary space between political events, in the chronological and imaginary senses, and he notes the added cultural complexity represented by Paris’s identity as a simultaneous center of political democracy, cultural richness, and architectural opulence. Where the perceptions of these aspects of Paris contend in the British imaginary after the Commune, there are interesting frictions. But it is also the case that, whatever the political sympathies of the writer, each literary response offers its own set of moral and political parameters attendant on the variables presented by character developments and narrative arcs. Holland offers something like a thesis statement that suggests the general social effect of this:</p><blockquote><p>It is an important contention of this book that the choices made by such figures reveal something significant not only about the particularities of the cultural response to the Commune in Britain but also about the way in which these figures conceived of literature’s relationship to the prospect of social revolution (both past and future) and the way in which self-consciously literary endeavours might unconsciously work to mobilize or contain such possibilities.</p></blockquote><p>Holland is impressively consistent in his own particular methodology, enabling fresh local readings of individual texts and a convincing overview that offers an integrated, politically revealing interpretation of a relatively discrete literary phenomenon. The sympathies and anxieties of individual writers are uncovered and unpacked, but this is also an opportunity for a broader examination the literary imaginary of late nineteenth-century Britain. The Paris Commune, or its fictionalized remembrance, brings into focus a range of tropes that reveal confused xenophobia, class prejudice, and a deep-seated fear of political instability spreading virally across the English Channel.</p><p>Revolution is figured as politically naive and reductive, suppressing individualism, and distorting natural gender roles. Some of these fictions may amount to little more than romantic or adventurous wish fulfillments at a literary level, but they nevertheless contribute to the public understanding of contemporary and recent historical events. Even broadly sympathetic reimaginings of the Commune reflected cultural attitudes to an event that, as Holland writes, “disturbed a whole set of psychic, cultural, and intellectual investments in the status quo.”</p><p>The broadly chronological approach of this text provides an illuminating historical account of the way British literature evolved in its responses to the Commune. Sometimes this evolution was characterized by initial sympathy (often more romantic than sincerely political), which developed into patronizing disapproval or even vitriolic condemnation and revulsion. And sometimes, as in the case with Mary Elizabeth Braddon and others, this shift occurred within the imagination of an individual writer. After her initial sympathy with the broad political aims of the Commune (in line with her professed admiration for Émile Zola), Holland identifies in Braddon’s 1883 short novel <cite>Under the Red Flag</cite> strong elements of Nietzschean ressentiment in relation to the Communards, a chief aspect of which is a tendency to reduction to the point of dehumanization.</p><p>However, perhaps the most ideologically telling narrative trope in Braddon’s novel is represented by the treatment of its protagonist, Gaston Mortemar, who is extended “a limited kind of imaginative sympathy [as] an individual of vacillating revolutionary sensibility . . . who ultimately quails before the prospect of thoroughgoing social revolution.” Holland also recognizes this type of moral justification for eventual acceptance of the dominant ideology in Margaret Oliphant’s <cite>A Beleaguered City</cite> (1880) and Anne Thackeray Ritchie’s <cite>Mrs. Dymond</cite> (1885). This fictionalized rehabilitation of radicalism echoes earlier treatments of ultimately sympathetic Chartist protagonists in works by Elizabeth Gaskell, George Eliot, and Charles Kingsley.</p><p>The ideologeme of ressentiment is also identified as a “persistent keynote” in Henry James’s <cite>The Princess Casamassima</cite> (1886), H. G. Wells’s <cite>When the Sleeper Wakes</cite> (1899), and George Gissing’s first published novel <cite>Workers in the Dawn</cite> (1880), as Holland uncovers often peculiarly subjective treatments of recent history that reveal more about the writers’ political sensibilities than the real events or actors represented, often indirectly, in the fiction. Written responses to the Commune allowed for sometimes irresponsible engagements with myth and fantasy in the service of self-righteous moralizing. As early as 1871, the contemporary French critic Théophile Gautier, in his <em>Tableaux de siège: Paris 1870–1871</em>, fantasized about what would have happened had the Communards seized the <cite>Venus de Milo</cite> from the Louvre. The event did not occur, but Gautier nevertheless assures the reader that they would have “sold her or broken her up as being a proof of human genius offensive to levelling stupidity.”</p><p>Gautier’s aestheticism was an important influence on Algernon Charles Swinburne, who in a letter to William Michael Rossetti, also written just days after events of the Bloody Week, suggested that in the case of the (Communard) “incendiaries of the Louvre . . . a law [should be] passed throughout the world authorizing any citizen of any nation to take their lives with impunity and assurance of national thanks — to shoot them down wherever met like dogs.” Strikingly, it is the threat to cultural heritage that provokes enough outrage to justify dehumanization of the perpetrators, even as the atrocities of the Versaillais soldiers against their fellow citizens were being widely reported. In fact, fires set in the Louvre and Notre Dame were put out before any significant damage could occur.</p><p>Inevitably, the use of fire as a fictional device to symbolize revolution’s destructive and haphazard nature figures extensively in the texts studied here. It is notable that those texts often ignore available evidence that many fires across Paris during the suppression of the Bloody Week were caused incidentally by artillery or set by the Versaillais as well as the Communards. Neither do they recognize that the figure of the female arsonists, the <em>pétroleuses</em>, depicted in mythically dramatic newspaper illustrations, was largely just that: a myth.</p><p>Particularly interesting is the way Holland extends the historical work of Carolyn J. Eichner and Gay Gullickson on the role of women during the Commune, perhaps exemplified by the magnificent Louise Michel (1830–1905). There is a fascinating link made between the journalistic commentary of the Paris correspondent of the <cite>Englishwoman’s Domestic Magazine</cite> in 1871 and Braddon’s subsequent depiction of one of her female Communard characters in <cite>Under the Red Flag</cite>. The correspondent, in the tradition of the by then deceased Isabella Beeton’s visits to Paris for the magazine in the early 1860s, horrifies herself by imagining (á la Gautier) that one of the <em>pétroleuses</em> might conceal petroleum in a milk bottle, thereby, as Holland notes, causing “a fluid associated with mothering and nurture [to be] replaced with a liquid of incendiary nature.” Holland then identifies a similar “lactic anxiety” in Braddon when she makes her rather obviously named fictional <em>pétroleuse, </em>Suzon<cite> Michel</cite>, the owner of a<em> crèmerie</em>.</p><p>One of the fascinating aspects of the British cultural response to the Commune is that, in the immediate aftermath, it was deeply colored by the presence of Communard refugees in London. In the wake of the brutality of the Bloody Week and subsequent reprisals, many refugees were welcomed in Britain, and some were housed with British families, eventually settling in the country and successfully plying their previous trades. Beyond the qualified political sympathy of writers including John Ruskin and Eliza Lynn Linton (whose 1872 novel <cite>The True History of Joshua Davidson, Christian and Communist </cite>is compared here with Edward Bulwer Lytton’s clunkily reactionary, and ultimately unfinished, <cite>The Parisians</cite> [1872–74]), real human sympathy for the sufferers of the events in Paris in the spring of 1871 was based on widespread knowledge of the disproportionate and chaotic response of the Versaillais.</p><p>The tension between this reality and the fictional depiction of Communards in some texts was never more palpable, however, than when revolutionaries were characterized as animalistic, subterranean creatures, evident across several texts (including Bulwer Lytton’s) that featured scenes of prerevolutionary conspiracy spiced with internationalist radicalism. In a chapter subsection on <cite>The Parisians</cite> entitled “Revolution from Below,” Holland notes that “the idea of the underground, as both a figurative space of potential political sedition and a literal, physical network of catacombs that ran beneath the city, occupies an important place in popular understandings of Paris’s history as a city of revolution.” He traces echoes of Bulwer Lytton’s spatial allegorizing of class politics, which originated in his 1871 science fiction effort <cite>The Coming Race</cite>, through subsequent texts, including H. G. Wells’s <cite>The Time Machine</cite> (1895) and <cite>When the Sleeper Wakes </cite>(1899), and E. M. Forster’s short story “The Machine Stops” (1909). In this, and in other places, Holland demonstrates the strength of his thesis regarding the relationship of literature to the threat of social revolution in the broader sense. Just as politically moderate literature paints social revolution as reductive, it simplifies the causes and processes of revolution in its narratives in order to obscure its real objectives.</p><p>Two substantial poems examined in the sixth chapter, Alfred Austin’s <cite>The Human Tragedy</cite> (only part of which concerns itself with the Commune) and William Morris’s <cite>The Pilgrims of Hope</cite>, might be seen to span the political spectrum in that they were written, respectively, by an avowed conservative and an avowed socialist. In a subsection of this chapter entitled “The Poetics of Martyrdom in Fin-de-Siècle Socialist Verse,” radical periodical poetic culture is also discussed. However, the literary field could be widened still further. Holland’s examples do not substantially span the class spectrum, and poetic responses to the Commune were certainly written by working-class writers in local newspaper poetry columns. Of course, the research methodology for this kind of study would be entirely different from Holland’s project, and therefore the omission is entirely understandable.</p><p>Nevertheless, a truly comprehensive study of the cultural response to a “revolution from below” would include examples of “history from below,” and it would certainly be instructive to examine the thoughts and feelings of amateur poets and ordinary people, whose briefer occasional responses are not tempered by commercial imperatives. The political mobility of the short poem form might reveal variety that counters the reductive tendencies of the fictional plot device. Where narrative literature might reach for what Holland describes as “an accurately textured and full ‘realistic’ representation of revolutionary motivation and practice,” poetry largely evades historical responsibility and attempts to reflect emotional truths. Perhaps a deep dive into the vast repositories of British local newspaper poetry from the years and months after the Commune might reveal an affective corollary to the fictional response that has been delineated here.</p><p>British cultural responses to French political revolts of whatever magnitude are always fascinating, even if they are depressingly consistent in their xenophobic stereotyping. Terms such as “passion,” or even the less equivocal “hot-bloodedness,” are rarely far from the surface of media reportage, and these inevitably inform less ephemeral representations in literature. England shocked Europe with its carefully legislated decapitation of Charles I in 1649, but since then, the UK has defined itself as a milder and more considered body politic than its continental neighbor.</p><p>France continues to provide British commentators with perceived benchmarks of extremity. Even as the UK’s post-Brexit economic status impoverishes a greater proportion of its population than any of its international comparators, British culture clings to an often unreasonable reasonableness in its political responses. Deep within the British collective psyche, these responses are calibrated against French politics, and the responses in Holland’s book are just one part of this long-running historical effect.</p></div></article></content><published>2023-10-23T15:13:36Z</published><summary type="text">British literary responses to the Paris Commune of 1871 expressed shock and fear about the collapse of the bourgeois social order. But they also registered sympathy with the Communards and their revolutionary aspirations.</summary></entry><entry><id>https://catalyst-journal.com/2023/10/violence-and-representation-arab-uprisings-benoit-challand-review</id><title type="text">Culture Can’t Explain the Arab Revolts</title><updated>2026-04-20T17:51:13.630696Z</updated><author><name>Helen Lackner</name></author><content type="xhtml"><article xmlns=""><div><p>A full decade after the Arab Spring uprisings, and a few years after their successor events elsewhere in the Middle East, they are mostly remembered for their sad outcomes of civil war and the return to authoritarian regimes often worse than those ousted. In the early 2010s, many were enthusiastic about the prospect of the Arab Spring ending autocratic rule and bringing about democracies and representative governments. Optimists on the Left even dreamed of revolutionary new governments whose prime concern would be social and economic development for their populations, including major roles for marginalized people, youth, and women.</p><p>Since then, journalists have published detailed recollections and analyses, and students have written their dissertations on the subject. As the situation turned sour everywhere except Tunisia, interest waned and the Tunisian model was increasingly presented as the only success, despite its many difficulties and compromises. By the end of the decade, new publications either asserted the failure of the movements or else attempted to extract the remaining positive lessons for the future. The revival of uprisings in 2019 — in Algeria, Lebanon, Iraq, and Sudan in particular — were praised by supporters as having drawn the appropriate teachings from the mistakes of the earlier part of the decade.</p><p>By 2023, Sudan had joined Syria, Yemen, and Libya as a country at war. None of the opposing armed factions in any of these countries would claim to be the heirs of the revolutionary youth movements of a decade ago. The main foreign interventions in all three, either open or covert, are from the leading states of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) — Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates — alongside Turkey. The main Northern powers, the United States and Europe, claim mediating roles, hoping to bring or return these various crises to negotiations that would lead to a form of peace and stability that would not threaten their interests or dominant neoliberal policies in general.</p><p>While the extreme authoritarianism of the Abdel Fattah al-Sisi administration in Egypt might lead some to wish for the return of Hosni Mubarak, its economic and financial difficulties seem unsustainable. The earlier unconditional support of the Gulf States has given way to conditionalities that al-Sisi is reluctant to accept, raising questions about his government’s survival. After a decade of war, with millions of Syrian refugees and millions more internally displaced, the Bashar al-Assad government has effectively regained control of most of Syria’s territory, if not its population, and has been welcomed back to the Arab League and, more importantly, won the support of most GCC states, in the face of (mildly embarrassed) silence from the West.</p><p>It is in this overall context that the outcome of the 2011 events in the Arab world is nowadays more often described as the “Democratic Winter.” The few new discussions of the period reflect different approaches and foci. Firmly within the framework of francophone academic analyses, Benoît Challand’s <cite><a href="https://www.cambridge.org/core/books/violence-and-representation-in-the-arab-uprisings/4F9B437BC927C75B1928F19C2DA6FE2B">Violence and Representation in the Arab Uprisings</a></cite> is “as much an essay in historical and political sociology as it is an attempt to suture theory with practice and to suggest how Arab <em>demoi</em> have been sources of inspiration for theory-making.”</p><p>Addressing the rise of active citizenship that, through street demonstrations and the full-time occupation of public spaces by mostly young Yemenis and Tunisians, Challand’s overall conclusion is that,</p><blockquote><p>during the independence eras, and due to a combination of domestic and Cold War factors, citizenship in the Middle East remained limited to a latent form. In 2011, citizenship reached a turning point, however: the burst of creativity and its demand for new channels for political participation, decentralization in particular, proposed paths for equal protection by, and restrained use of, the means of coercion. In so doing, this burst of transgressive democratic mobilizations in the Arab Worlds has assembled a unique form of cultural and political representation.</p></blockquote><p>These comments certainly also apply to the other uprisings of the region.</p><p>The main asset of materialist analyses of revolutions is their grounding in objective reality and facts alongside the use of fundamental concepts like class and economic structure. Adopting a Gramscian approach, Challand’s analysis is “based on a multiplicity of methods: discourse analysis (of texts, posters, slogans, pictures, maps, etc.), interviews, ethnographic immersion in Tunisia, a compilation of datasets (on associations, new laws), interviews with Yemeni actors in the diaspora . . . and finally historical analysis.” However, its grounding in the experiences of Tunisia and Yemen suffers from factual inaccuracies that weaken his potential theoretical contribution.</p><p>Challand’s historical account up to 2010 insists on treating as similar Yemen’s relationships with the Ottomans and Tunisia’s with the French. Lacking additional background and knowledge, a reader would assume that the Ottomans fully controlled what later became the Yemen Arab Republic — whereas in reality their involvement and authority was never more than extremely superficial. Similarly, Britain’s relationship with the hinterland it controlled in the southeast of Yemen represented a particular form of domination, very different from the formal “assimilationist” colonialism of the French. Hence, equating them is historically inaccurate and consequently flaws his later analysis.</p><p>Challand’s descriptions of both parts of Yemen in the 1960s and ’70s are also misleading: while it is correct to say that the regime instituted in Sana‘a in 1970 after seven years of civil war was republican, the reality is that it included many leaders supporting the Imam who had been overthrown in 1962 with the establishment of the Yemen Arab Republic, and it largely represented a defeat of the more radical aspects of the republican movement of 1962. In the South, the internecine war of 1967 took place <em>before</em> independence, a significant fact since the postindependence regime would have been very different, and certainly not socialist, had the British negotiated independence with the rival front that was defeated by the National Liberation Front in 1967. Misinterpreting President Ali Abdullah Saleh’s position post-1994 about the Yemeni Socialist Party, which was the opposite of what Challand states, is one of a number of additional factual errors that seriously undermine his argument.</p><p>The likelihood of success of nonviolent action when faced with state brutality is probably the main theoretical and analytical issue faced by the millions wanting to put an end to the dictatorships and autocratic regimes that dominate the region, closely followed by the type of rule and economic policies essential to establishing more equitable societies. Challand’s concept <em>vis populi</em>, defined as “the collective force of the people” as a form of “democratic” force is useful in the analysis of the events of 2011 and later.</p><p>Demonstrators manifested <em>vis populi</em> when they insisted on being peaceful in the face of government violence in Yemen in 2011, and in Tunisia far more recently. Used to discuss popular cultural interventions and language such as posters, slogans, and drawings, the concept’s relevance with respect to the actual power struggle could have been given far more attention. The people “criticize the use of violence by state entities but refuse to perpetrate physical destruction (except on buildings, police files) or the killing of persons. <cite>Vis populi </cite>is the force, the will of the people, not the violence of the people.” It is interesting but insufficient to note the contrast between the “active” citizenship of the militants of 2011 and the “latent,” “curtailed,” or negative citizenship imposed by the authoritarian regimes, against which the popular movements fought to develop an active citizenship.</p><p>The determination of demonstrators to remain nonviolent has been a major feature of the 2019 movements in Algeria and Sudan as well as of the earlier ones in Egypt, Yemen, and Syria (for the first few months of that struggle). The issues raised by the rejection of violence, largely neglected in this volume, would benefit from more attention in the future.</p><p>During the 2010–2020 period, political transformation in both Tunisia and Yemen was still possible. Radicals still hoped to bring about fundamental structural changes to politics in these countries. Although Challand is right to address the use of cultural activities in supporting political messages and mentions some of the positive achievements of the period, he is insufficiently critical of the weaknesses of the programs and policies militants proposed for the future. Revolutionary leadership was missing: the negative slogan of getting rid of the existing political system required a positive vision about the kind of society and polity with which demonstrators wanted to replace it.</p><p>As many of Challand’s ideological references are Marxist, the absence of any discussion of the major issue of the movements’ lack of alternative economic programs, and in particular the fact that there was no explicit challenge to dominant neoliberal economic policies, is surprising. In other words, there is little reference to the economic structures that determine political choices and constrain outcomes.</p><p>Since 2014, the only way to look at developments in Tunisia and Yemen or, indeed, in the other Middle Eastern states where anti-government movements were active in the past decade is by examining their revolutionary legacies. This volume’s analysis effectively stops in 2020, which particularly affects Challand’s treatment of Tunisia, as he gives the impression of believing that Kais Saied’s government might not return to full autocracy and authoritarianism, which, by 2023, it had clearly done.</p><p>Given the narrowing space — gradually in Tunisia and more suddenly in Yemen after the internationalized war started in 2015 — for open political action, Challand focuses on artistic expression and civil society activities during this period, giving some interesting examples of action that he optimistically describes as “attempts . . . to renegotiate social roles in a more democratic manner,” suggesting that people felt more able to express their views, certainly in Tunisia where there were serious challenges to authorities and particularly at the local administration level.</p><p>In Yemen, he discusses the National Dialogue Conference (NDC), which, in his view, offered a new discourse and demonstrated “a new political imaginary . . . connecting people of lower class [and] political extraction, and put them on a putative equal footing.” While I am not as skeptical of the quality of the NDC as some others, few would be as positive about its ability to represent all Yemeni social strata as Challand is. Certainly one of the few positive aspects of the eight years of war that started within a year of the end of the NDC has been the emergence and strengthening of Yemeni civil society organizations. Few of them are directly political, due to the repressive authorities on all sides, but they have developed great capacity and competence focused on humanitarian and development activities at the local level. This has provided opportunities for people to practically demonstrate their concern for social and economic as well as environmental issues. In these sectors, activists can partially avoid political repression while also actively improving living conditions, albeit within oppressive political environments. Despite these positive features, the leading role of internationally educated elite cadres must be recognized.</p><p>There is little doubt that citizens of Arab countries still desperately seek political change, and their views and needs must be addressed to lead to more equitable economic and social policies. Repressive politics, the deteriorating environmental situation, and worsening poverty all call for change. This was shown in the popular uprisings in Lebanon, Iraq, Sudan, and Algeria since 2019, all of which demonstrated many lessons learned from 2011. But it is also clear that the defeat of autocratic regimes requires far more innovation and a renewed effort to connect political citizenship with socioeconomic rights. Addressing the long-term negative impact of neoliberalism is a fundamental element of future success. Just as few had predicted 2011, the next uprisings against oppressive social and political structures in the Arab world may be nearer than many predict. Certainly most of these countries’ populations are suffering unacceptable economic conditions and political repression.</p></div></article></content><published>2023-10-13T23:03:45Z</published><summary type="text">Violence and Representation in the Arab Uprising shows how the Arab revolts empowered democratic citizenship. But a focus on vibrant cultural creativity is no substitute for concrete analysis of political agency and economic structure.</summary></entry><entry><id>https://catalyst-journal.com/2023/09/lorenzo-veracini-world-turned-inside-out-review</id><title type="text">“Settler Colonialism” Can’t Fully Explain Our World</title><updated>2026-04-20T17:51:13.358471Z</updated><author><name>David Johnson</name></author><content type="xhtml"><article xmlns=""><div><p>How have Europe’s ruling classes contained revolutions? Since the seventeenth century, Lorenzo Veracini argues, efforts by Europe’s poor to “turn their world upside down” have been thwarted repeatedly by the ruling-class strategy of “turning the world inside out.” Veracini’s metaphors of these alternating contortions of the body politic encapsulate his argument that “settling communities in ‘empty lands’ somewhere else has often been proposed throughout modernity as a way to head off revolutionary tensions.” Veracini believes that the strategy of exporting revolutionary underclasses to lands beyond Europe has hitherto been under-analyzed, and, as a corrective, he proposes the foregrounding of settler colonialism as a “specific mode of domination,” promising in the process to uncover “an autonomous, influential and coherent transnational political tradition.”</p><p>In proclaiming the significance of settler colonialism, Veracini is far from original. In the 1970s, radical scholars analyzed settler colonialism as integral to settler <em>capitalism</em> in different historical settings.<sup id="fn-no-1"><a href="#fn-1">1</a></sup> Donald Denoon’s <cite>Settler Capitalism</cite> synthesized and applied this scholarship by comparing six southern hemisphere zones of settlement — Australia, New Zealand, Chile, Argentina, Uruguay, and South Africa.<sup id="fn-no-2"><a href="#fn-2">2</a></sup> Mobilizing versions of dependency theory derived from Marxism, these studies analyzed how European settlers, backed by imperial sponsors and facilitated by comprador elites, utilized their military, economic, and political superiority to seize and maintain power in a wide range of colonial and neocolonial contexts.</p><p>None of these scholars or their work appear in the index of <cite><a href="https://www.versobooks.com/en-gb/products/2680-the-world-turned-inside-out">The World Turned Inside Out</a></cite>, however, because Veracini claims that such studies of settler colonialism were constrained by “a nationally framed discipline.” What he proposes in their place is the analysis of “the political sensibility and the rhetorical traditions that accompanied the global history of settler-colonial expansion.” Such a transnational approach rooted in the examination of sensibility, rhetoric, and discourse, rather than in political economy, he believes, “rescues the histories of multiple displacements from being stranded within nationally defined historiographies.” Accordingly, Veracini’s genealogy of settler colonial studies begins not in the 1970s but a couple of decades later, as he identifies the field’s foundation in research by Patrick Wolfe, Lynette Russell, David Pearson, Caroline Elkins, Susan Pedersen, and Penelope Edmonds, among others.</p><p>Veracini drew upon this more recent scholarship in his early monographs.<sup id="fn-no-3"><a href="#fn-3">3</a></sup> As founding editor in 2011 of the journal <cite>Settler Colonial Studies</cite>, he contended in the first issue that “colonial and settler colonial phenomena be analytically disentangled.” Convinced that colonialism and settler colonialism have “generally been seen either as entirely separate, or as different manifestations of colonialism at large,” rather than appraised in their respective specificities, he argues that “colonialism and settler colonialism should be understood in their dialectical relation.” In the decade since, Veracini has applied this theoretical commitment to settler colonialism in numerous publications, including several book-length studies.<sup id="fn-no-4"><a href="#fn-4">4</a></sup></p><p>In <cite>The World Turned Inside Out</cite>, Veracini supplements his commitment to dialectics with the adoption of Carlo Ginzburg’s “morphologic” method, which he paraphrases as assembling “a collection of fragments arising from diverse cultural settings” with the aim of exploring the “nexus linking a recurring emphasis on the possibility of displacement to ‘empty’ lands elsewhere with the search for an alternative to revolution.” In the chapter structure of <cite>The World Turned Inside Out</cite>, however, Veracini’s selection of historical “fragments” assumes a more systematic character, as he reproduces James Belich’s periodization of British settler colonial history as set out in his <cite>Replenishing the Earth</cite>.<sup id="fn-no-5"><a href="#fn-5">5</a></sup> Veracini claims to extend Belich’s schema by assessing settler colonialism’s “political and ideological dimensions beyond economic and demographic ones,” thus reiterating his elevation of settler-colonial discourses over their political economies.</p><p>Faithful to Belich’s schema, each of Veracini’s four chapters covers a key phase of settler colonialism: the rise, the zenith, the fall, and the afterlives. He locates the beginnings of the global settler revolution in late sixteenth-century England, tracing its expansion into North America in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries and concluding with a discussion of Thomas Paine. He describes the peak of the global settler revolution in the middle of the nineteenth century, relating how a transnational network of European powers and their settler colonies became entrenched, encouraged by ideologues such as Edward Gibbon Wakefield, George Grey, John Stuart Mill, James Froude, and Charles Dilke. Veracini proceeds to record the decline of the global-settler revolution to the moment when “the prospect of removing to some distant location and settling on the land ultimately lost the appeal it once had.”</p><p>Veracini surveys the declines of several parallel settler-colonial projects through the writings of their proponents and critics: Henry George and the American Colonization Society in the United States; Louis Bertrand in Algeria; Edward Bellamy, William Morris, and H. G. Wells in late-Victorian Britain; Nicholas Bunge and Peter Kropotkin in Russia; Richard Wagner, Max Weber, Max Sering, Friedrich Ratzel, and Friedrich Fabri in Germany; the Zionists Maurice de Hirsch, Theodor Herzl, Bernard Lazare, and Max Nordau, as well as their adversaries in the Jewish socialist Bund; and William Lane in Australia. He also describes the resilience of settler-colonial displacement as a ruling-class solution to contemporary social crises by recounting a number of parallel settler-colonial afterlives: the virtual-reality platform Decentraland, which enables users to acquire (virtual) land as they colonize or pioneer “Genesis City”; the Search for Extraterrestrial Intelligence Institute, which enjoys the support of billionaire funders, like Elon Musk, seeking escape from our own crisis-ridden planet; the radical forms of displacement advocated by the Brazilian Movimento dos Trabalhadores Rurais Sem Terra; and the apocalyptic flights from anticipated catastrophe most vividly expressed in the orbiting satellite Asgardia, the extraterrestrial nation established in 2017.</p><p>Veracini concludes by repeating his claims about the singular nature of settler colonialism as a mode of domination, drawing upon Werner Sombart’s arguments about the failure of socialism in the United States and Hannah Arendt’s thoughts on the contingent meanings of “revolution.”</p><p>As a work of synthesis, <cite>The World Turned Inside Out</cite> communicates the multiple histories and contemporary reverberations of settler-colonial discourse. By juxtaposing the arguments of advocates and critics of settler-colonial projects in parallel contexts, Veracini identifies recurring assumptions, tropes, narratives, fantasies, and silences. His extended footnotes acknowledge recent scholarship in disparate fields, and his eye for the telling historical detail or turn of phrase makes for a lively intellectual journey.</p><p>There are, however, risks in skating at speed across so many different settler-colonial histories. Most obviously, area specialists are likely to read the cases they know best with an unforgiving eye. For example, Veracini provides a lengthy footnote to expand upon those who “embraced revolution after considering displacement.” His primary example is Mohandas K. Gandhi’s Phoenix Settlement near Durban and Tolstoy Farm near Johannesburg in South Africa, which he describes as “multiethnic, multiracial and religiously inclusive” colonies, citing two articles, one from 1969 and one from 2007, to support his positive characterization of Gandhi’s South African “displacement.” There is, however, a substantial historiography of Indians in KwaZulu-Natal, and specifically of Gandhi’s relationships with South Africans, much of it at odds with Veracini’s optimistic snapshot. Ashwin Desai and Goolam Vahed’s <cite>The South African Gandhi </cite>is but the best known of the many recent studies to have demonstrated in great detail Gandhi’s racism toward Africans and class prejudice toward indentured Indians during his South African sojourn.<sup id="fn-no-6"><a href="#fn-6">6</a></sup></p><p>For the theorist, such historical quibbles might be dismissed as empirical minutiae of secondary importance to the project of critiquing the global discourse of settler colonialism. However, if such historical details are given due weight, they fundamentally affect how settler-colonial history, economics, and politics are understood. To continue with the example of KwaZulu-Natal, does Veracini’s uplifting portrait of Gandhi’s communes of the early twentieth century illuminate the legacies of settler colonialism in KwaZulu-Natal in the twenty-first century? It’s difficult to see how it does.</p><p>A related question follows: How useful is Veracini’s settler-colonial theoretical lens in analyzing the power dynamics in contemporary KwaZulu-Natal? A plausible case could be made that the white descendants of settler-colonial farm and factory owners continue to wield disproportionate power in the province. However, any credible political analysis of contemporary KwaZulu-Natal would insist upon the significance of the kleptocratic opportunism of the African National Congress and Inkatha Freedom Party, both of which have been intimately implicated in white settler-colonial power blocs. A settler-colonial theoretical approach deployed in isolation is therefore doomed to banality; only supplemented by complementary (Marxist, anti-colonial, historically textured) modes of analysis can it yield insights beyond the obvious.</p><p>An inevitable consequence of isolating settler-colonial discourse as an “autonomous” mode of domination is that consideration of those enabling or facilitating settler-colonial interests disappears. The list of neocolonial political leaders who have colluded with settler-colonial corporations is substantial: in Africa in the 1960s and 1970s, for example, Hastings Banda of Malawi, Daniel arap Moi of Kenya, and Kenneth Kaunda of Zambia provided the state infrastructure for the British mining giant Lonrho (founded in 1909 under colonial rule) to deploy a settler-managerial and artisan caste for the exploitation of African workers and the extraction of dizzying profits. Nor are such mutually beneficial relationships relics of the past, as South Africa’s leaders Jacob Zuma and Cyril Ramaphosa have continued to protect the supply of cheap labor to the platinum mines of Lonhro’s successor company, Lonmin, in a relationship between an African state and British capital that has continued to flourish even after the massacre by South African police of thirty-two Lonmin employees at its Marikana mine on August 16, 2012. In Veracini’s conceptual framework, focused exclusively on settler colonialism, such histories of complicity between neocolonial and settler-colonial modes of capitalist expropriation are out of bounds; “neocolonialism” is not even listed in the book’s index.</p><p>These examples call to mind the studies of settler colonialism from the 1970s and 1980s mentioned at the outset, studies that Veracini dismissed as trapped within national historiographies. How much does Veracini’s discursive analysis of settler colonialism as a global project advance our understanding of those histories and their contemporary afterlives? It is arguable that transnational theories of how settler-colonial discourse has circulated globally might generate a more sophisticated analytical vocabulary for comparative reflection. However, the much more interesting questions arise when certain colonial and neocolonial histories — like those of Palestine, South Africa, Kenya, and Algeria — disrupt and complicate the normative assumptions of any such global settler-colonial theory. Veracini’s gallop across so many settler-colonial locations allows no time to pause and consider any individual location in any meaningful detail. As a result, those interested in understanding specific societies marked by settler-colonial histories are likely to feel shortchanged.</p><p>Veracini’s exclusively discursive approach sidesteps another question: What is the relationship between the rhetoric of settler colonialisms and the economic regimes it legitimizes? Bracketing off questions about the connections between settler-colonial ideologies and capitalist political economies might allow Veracini to anatomize one aspect of settler-colonial histories, but such a narrowing of focus leaves the material forces driving colonial and neocolonial plunder largely unexamined.</p><p>As Veracini repeats over and again his axiom that “revolution is dialectically related to displacement,” it is worth remembering that not all dialecticians have raced from historical fragment to historical fragment in a breakneck quest to deliver their grand theory. One nineteenth-century German practitioner of dialectics, who was also obsessed with revolution and displacement, famously immersed himself in the study of all matters Russian in the final decades of his life in order to work out whether his theorization of capital in Britain could be extended eastward to predict revolution in Russia. His conclusion that his own theory of capital based on British history could <em>not</em> be universalized, that “the history of this expropriation assumes different aspects in different countries, and runs through its various phases in different orders of succession and at different historical epochs,” stands as a reminder that contingent histories — including the complex histories of settler-colonial societies — demand in-depth study.<sup id="fn-no-7"><a href="#fn-7">7</a></sup></p><p>Veracini’s book falls well short of providing such a study, but in its enumeration of the many settler-colonial polities and their histories, it does at least point to where our investigations could begin.</p></div><footer><ol><li id="fn-1">For a sample of this scholarship, see George Jabbour,<cite> Settler Colonialism in Southern Africa and the Middle East</cite> (University of Khartoum, 1970); Haim Hanegbi, Moshe Machover, and Akiva Orr, <cite>The Class Nature of Israel </cite>(Cambridge and Washington: Middle East Research &amp;amp; Information Project, 1971); Ghassan Kanafani, <cite>The 1936-39 Revolt in Palestine</cite> (New York: Committee for a Democratic Palestine, 1972); Arghiri Emmanuel, “White-Settler Colonialism and the Myth of Investment Capitalism,” <cite>New</cite> <cite>Left</cite> <cite>Review</cite> 1, no. 73 (May-June 1972); Jairus Banaji, “Backward capitalism, primitive accumulation and modes of production,” <cite>Journal of Contemporary Asia</cite> 3, no. 4 (1973); Martin Legassick, “South Africa: capital accumulation and violence,” <cite>Economy and Society</cite> 3, no. 3 (1974); Kenneth Good “Settler Colonialism: Economic Development and Class Formation,” <cite>Journal of Modern African Studies</cite> 14, no. 4 (1976); and John Lonsdale and Bruce Berman, “Coping with the Contradictions: The Development of the Colonial State in Kenya, 1895–1914,” <cite>Journal of African History</cite> 20, no. 4 (1979).</li><li id="fn-2">Donald Denoon, <cite>Settler Capitalism: The Dynamics of Dependent Development in the Southern Hemisphere</cite> (New York: Oxford University Press, 1983).</li><li id="fn-3">Lorenzo Veracini, <cite>Israel and Settler Society</cite> (London: Pluto Press, 2006); Lorenzo Veracini, <cite>Settler Colonialism: A Theoretical Overview</cite> (London: Palgrave Macmillan, 2010).</li><li id="fn-4">See Lorenzo Veracini, <cite>The Settler Colonial Present</cite> (London: Palgrave Macmillan, 2015); Edward Cavanagh and Lorenzo Veracini, eds., <cite>The Routledge Handbook of the History of Settler Colonialism </cite>(London: Routledge, 2017); Lorenzo Veracini and Susan Slyomovics, eds., <cite>Race, Place, Trace: Essays in Honour of Patrick Wolfe</cite> (London: Verso, 2022); and Lorenzo Veracini, <cite>Colonialism: A Global History</cite> (London: Routledge, 2022).</li><li id="fn-5">James Belich, <cite>Replenishing the Earth: The Settler Revolution and the Rise of the Anglo-World, 1783–1939</cite> (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2011).</li><li id="fn-6">Ashwin Desai and Goolam Vahed, <cite>The South African Gandhi: Stretcher-Bearer of Empire </cite>(Stanford: Stanford University Press, 2015)</li><li id="fn-7">Karl Marx, <cite>Capital Vol. 1</cite>, trans. Ben Fowkes (Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1990 [1867]), 876. See further, Teodor Shanin, ed., <cite>Late Marx and the Russian Road</cite> (New York: Monthly Review Press, 1983), 96–126.</li></ol></footer></article></content><published>2023-09-03T15:19:31Z</published><summary type="text">Settler colonialism is often described as a singular, transnational mode of domination. But it’s impossible to understand colonialism without political economy and material interests.</summary></entry><entry><id>https://catalyst-journal.com/2023/09/bert-rebhandl-jean-luc-godard-permanent-revolutionary-review</id><title type="text">How Jean-Luc Godard Embodied Revolutionary Cinema</title><updated>2026-04-20T17:51:13.155833Z</updated><author><name>Michael Wayne</name></author><content type="xhtml"><article xmlns=""><div><p>The subtitle of Bert Rebhandle’s book about the films and the life of Jean-Luc Godard raises a question. What kind of “revolutionary” filmmaker was Jean-Luc Godard (1930–2022)? He was a master of composition, the use of bright colors, and contrapuntal sound. His films are full of “characters,” fragments of roles and relationships, that are rotated through abruptly, without much in the way of plot or psychological motivation. His tracking shots, absurd scenarios, use of quotations, mixing of B-movie tropes with high culture, use of text and titles popping on the screen, branching out into completely nonlinear video essays — these became part of Godard’s signature.</p><p>Godard was a revolutionary regarding his attitude toward cinema and his refusal to ever stop interrogating it, dismantling it even. The extent to which he was a revolutionary in a more straightforward political sense is another question. Is it possible for an artist, journalist, academic, or philosopher to be a revolutionary today? Such a moniker requires a revolutionary milieu, the absence of which has marked the last few decades and marks Godard’s trajectory. However, even when there was something like a revolutionary conjuncture for Godard to relate to in the ’60s and ’70s, the politics of form that Godard was invested in often made any relationship to such a movement problematic.</p><p>Only in periods when revolution becomes a mass movement can the deep divisions, in Europe and America at least, between the artistic avant-garde and the political avant-garde begin to close. Otherwise, what Peter Wollen called “the two avant-gardes” remain separated by the divisions of class and culture that advanced Western capitalism, with its mass-media domination of everyday life and popular culture, has managed to build.<sup id="fn-no-1"><a href="#fn-1">1</a></sup> This is not necessarily the case elsewhere. When you watch a documentary by Patricio Guzmán for example, such as <cite>The Pearl Button</cite> (2015), what is striking is the poetic wisdom with which ordinary people speak unselfconsciously, speech that then harmonizes with the poetic qualities that Guzmán conjures from the landscape. But Latin America is a different continent, and the gulf between intellectuals and ordinary people is easier to bridge. In the Global North, the institutions of the middle class have been constructed around what sociologist Pierre Bourdieu called cultural capital, which concerns distinctions of taste that reproduce rather than dismantle class divisions. Godard wrote about storming the fortress of cinema in the 1960s, only to later be imprisoned by it. But cinema is part of a complex of institutions — bourgeois institutions into which Godard was ineluctably ensnared.</p><p>The political modernism that produced Godard’s most celebrated period, and in my view, his most fertile, between <cite>À Bout De Souffle</cite> (1959) and <cite>Letter to Jane </cite>(1972), requires, in Perry Anderson’s formulation, certain coordinates: a classicism of artistic rules and a canon against which the new modernist art can kick and rebel, as well as a broader classical culture of the past that can be reinterpreted in the present (think T. S. Eliott); a rapid transformation of relations thanks to capitalism’s own version of “permanent revolution,” especially in the field of technologies of transport, communication, and cultural production, that alter the tissue of everyday life; and, finally, “the imaginative proximity of social revolution” that promises to turn the potentialities glimpsed in capitalism into some alternative to it. If the rise of Stalinism and Nazism, the victory of the Allies in World War II, and the triumph of the West in the Cold War snuffed out political modernism, France in the late ’50s and 1960s experienced, Anderson argues, “a brief afterglow of the earlier conjuncture,” and Godard was political modernism’s most daring exponent.<sup id="fn-no-2"><a href="#fn-2">2</a></sup></p><p>This is not the sort of historical and social analysis you will find in Rebhandl’s book, however. While not an academic volume, it offers an informed and intelligent discussion of Godard’s films and lots of interesting background detail behind the circumstances of their production. Nonetheless, the book is very much addressed to an audience that thinks of Godard in traditional terms as a Great Artist, abstracted from context except where the artist intersects personally with “history.” This is less true of the first chapter, which sets the scene and traces Godard’s emergence out of a collective — the group of film critics around <cite>Cahiers du Cinema</cite> who would later become the filmmakers of the French <em>nouvelle vague</em>.</p><p>The <cite>Cahiers</cite> critics rebelled against the “quality” cinema of both Hollywood and the French industry. They rewrote the canon with their preference for B movies, out-of-favor directors, and productions made on the margins of the studio system by outfits like Monogram. Rebhandl maps all this out very nicely. The emphasis that the <cite>Cahiers</cite> critics placed on form, especially mise-en-scène, is underlined, and the question of the politics of form more broadly would become central to both film theory and Godard’s work. Rebhandl is familiar with the theoretical debates around Godard’s work but is not interested in interposing much of that scholarly literature between Godard and the reader. Sometimes this is a loss. <cite>Weekend</cite> (1967), for example, was basically made because Godard wanted to experiment with what turned out to be a three-hundred-meter tracking shot of an absurd traffic jam. The discussion of this shot, one of the great moments of cinema, is disappointing and would be so enriched by Brian Henderson’s discussion of the anti-bourgeois “flatness” of the shot as a critique of the ideological connotations of “depth of field,” which conveys a rich world of human agency and possibility.<sup id="fn-no-3"><a href="#fn-3">3</a></sup></p><p>Once the <cite>Cahiers</cite> period is dealt with and Godard’s filmmaking begins, Rebhandl’s focus narrows on the emerging artist. Rebhandl commits himself to assessing each film in chronological order. A more selective and thematic account might have yielded greater dividends, more depth, and less breadth. Inevitably, some, although by no means all, of the discussions of the films are quite descriptive, given the ambition to say something about each one in chronological order.</p><p>While the focus of the book is on the films themselves, there is also important biographical information, and it becomes clear how much of Godard’s biography does enter the films. Rebhandl suggests <cite>A Married Woman</cite> (1964) is Godard’s first avant-garde film, his first decisive reworking of his anarchic pop-art enthusiasms into a sustained, reflexive critique of cinema and its images at the level of form. It also features Godard’s wife, Anna Karina — who had started an affair with another actor — playing a wife who is having an affair with an airline pilot. Sexual politics is central to Godard’s films and life, often in ways that remind you of the difference between cultural works of great importance and the ethical shortcomings of the people who produce them.</p><p>The more interesting questions concerning Godard’s turn toward political modernism — how it related to fresh waves in the commodification of life in mass culture (advertising, photography, and film, analyzed so perceptively by Roland Barthes), what other critical political-cultural currents were at work (the situationists), how the proximity of revolution through the anti-colonial and anti-imperialist struggles of the time was making itself felt — are unfortunately absent. The growing strength of the Socialist Party as an electoral force was another indicator of mass political currents turning left. Yet Godard’s turn to revolutionary politics is, of course, given the approach of the book, explained solely in terms of his biography: his falling in love with Anne Wiazemsky, whose student circles at Nanterre University brought Godard into direct contact with the revolutionary left. In terms of sexual politics, Godard, according to Wiazemsky, became besotted with her after seeing her photograph in <cite>Le Figaro</cite>. Godard was as much a victim of capitalism’s machinery of desire as he was an interrogator of it.</p><p>The chapter dealing with the eight-year period of 1959–1967 is forty-three pages long. The chapter dealing with the five-year 1967–1972 period of revolutionary cinema is only twenty-one pages long. Despite the lack of selectivity implied by the chronological treatment of Godard’s filmography, there does seem to be some hidden selectivity at work in those choices. Perhaps, for Rebhandl, Godard’s interest in revolutionary politics is less interesting because it seemed to be only of transient interest to Godard himself. The real problem for Godard, however, was that the two avant-gardes could only be brought together for a limited period, and with great difficulty even then. Here is Rebhandl describing Godard’s first pitch to the other filmmakers contributing to <cite>Far from Vietnam</cite> (1967):</p><p>Godard wanted to show what bombs can do to a naked woman’s body (“the warmest and liveliest thing there is”). He didn’t consider representing it pictorially; he wanted instead to represent it in the form of a combination of image and sound — the sound is supposed to tear the skin of the image and make the body of the film explode. When he presented this idea to the collective, he was met with rejection: too allegorical, insufficiently concrete, insufficiently political.<sup id="fn-no-4"><a href="#fn-4">4</a></sup></p><p>A similar problem, a tendency toward abstract formalism, arose following Godard’s invitation in 1978 to go to Mozambique and contribute to the revolutionary government’s film and television plans. There, with his then long-term partner and wife Anne-Marie Miéville, Godard ruminated on utopian projects, including a television system that would invent its own technology, eschewing the production equipment of the Western corporations and even the broadcasting standards of PAL and SECAM. Needless to say, Godard’s attempt to connect with a revolution on these terms went nowhere.</p><p>By the time Godard made <cite>First Name: Carmen</cite> (1983), when the Socialist Party, under François Mitterrand, was abandoning its socialist policy program, the young, student-type insurrectionists who featured in Godard’s films were now merely bank robbers and kidnappers with no political vision at all. Godard appears in the film as himself, in a sanitorium — a nice touch in an insane world. By now the conceptual counterrevolution against Marxism in French intellectual circles was well underway. Rebhandl’s discussion of Godard’s films becomes increasingly focused on the multiple references to the works of literature, music, painting, philosophy, and historiography that were informing Godard’s thinking and work. Godard himself becomes more than a film director and, through the essay form in particular, a philosopher working with sounds and images.</p><p>For Rebhandl, Godard is something of an outsider who does not belong anywhere — too trenchantly deconstructive of cinema and television to fit in, yet, working in the medium of image and sound, not a writer either. There is something to this, and Godard’s own peculiar self-exile in the small town of Rolle, in Switzerland, underscores the sense of isolation. Yet despite this lack of fit, there is a sense in which Godard functions as part of the cultural capital of the intelligentsia. Certainly, Godard’s multiple allusions to other cultural works are more interesting to Rebhandl than those leftist political currents that were once more prevalent.</p><p>The Left, for Rebhandl, is just one more place where Godard does not seem to fit, rather than the key to understanding his trajectory. From the 1980s onward, Godard’s interests become more “universal” and more about the tragedy of human existence, which, no matter how terrible, is a way of framing problems that conveniently lets capitalism off the hook. The Holocaust looms large here, and this is paired with Godard’s concern about the destruction of Palestine by the Israeli state. Inevitably, this pairing leads to accusations of antisemitism, against which Rebhandl defends Godard.</p><p>Godard’s massive, decade-long project that ended up being the multipart <em>Histoire(s) du cinéma</em> was completed in 1998. Using an essay form (“essay” in the sense of a highly poetic associational logic rather than a linearly structured argument) and mostly archival film, Godard attempts to read the history of the twentieth century through film and vice versa. The DVD of <cite>Histoire(s)</cite> was accompanied by a book form of the project and a CD of the soundtrack. Rebhandl describes <cite>Histoire(s)</cite> as “a total work of art that deliberately overtaxes the human senses and intellectual capacities.” Or, as one commentator on Reddit noted, trying to watch Godard’s <cite>Histoire(s)</cite> “makes me feel stupid.”<sup id="fn-no-5"><a href="#fn-5">5</a></sup></p><p>Chris Marker’s <cite>A Grin Without a Cat</cite> (1977) opens with a comparable attempt to speak of history through film and film through history. He cuts between Sergei Eisenstein’s <cite>Battleship Potemkin</cite> (1925), about the 1905 uprising against the tsar, and 1960s documentary footage of protests, demonstrations, and confrontations with police. The visual parallels between the fictional film and the documentary footage are astonishing, and the technical skills and research that must have gone into matching the visual parallels are impressive. Although ambitious as a concept, nobody watching this opening sequence would feel “stupid.” The point being made — about resistance, struggle, oppression, hope, and solidarity — has a lucidity that seems lost on us now. It was not only Godard who got imprisoned in the fortress but intellectuals more generally.</p><p>Still, the fortress has cracks in it. Godard’s ideas can be taken up by others and distilled into something that makes more concessions to what passes for pleasure and intelligibility while still committing to critique, including to a critique of our habits and expectations around the language of film. In this, Godard is like any philosopher, dependent on his or her ideas being translated into a more popular idiom to gain traction with enough people to become “history.” <cite>Film Socialisme</cite> (2010), for example, a meditation on European civilization that is set, in the first part, on a luxury liner, seems to have been the allegorical inspiration for Ruben Östlund’s <cite>Triangle of Sadness </cite>(2022), which is also set, at least for a long section, on a luxury cruise liner. There are many Godardian types, absurdist scenarios, and formal devices in Östlund’s film, but it is put together with more of an eye toward audience comprehension than Godard could muster in his later years.<sup id="fn-no-6"><a href="#fn-6">6</a></sup></p><p>Godard’s films always give a sense of being experiments, intellectual prototypes for a future audio-visual language using, perhaps, some yet-to-be-invented technologies. In the afterword to the book, written for this English translation, Rebhandl notes that Godard, in his assisted suicide, died accepting “the unknowability of his future legacy.” In that sense, Godard’s time may be yet to come, the true avant-garde he was.</p></div><footer><ol><li id="fn-1"><br/>Peter Wollen, <cite>Readings and Writings, Semiotic Counter-Strategies</cite>, Verso, 1982.<br/></li><li id="fn-2"><br/>Perry Anderson, “Modernity and Revolution,” in<cite> Marxism and the Interpretation of Culture</cite> (University of Illinois Press, 1988), 323–25, 328.<br/></li><li id="fn-3"><br/>Brian Henderson, ‘Toward a Non-Bourgeois Camera Style’ in <cite>Film Quarterly</cite> Vol. 24 (2) Winter 1970-1971.<br/></li><li id="fn-4"><br/>Bert Rebhandl, <cite>Jean-Luc Godard, the Permanent Revolutionary</cite>, 77.<br/></li><li id="fn-5"><br/>https://www.reddit.com/r/TrueFilm/comments/lud36/watching_histoires_du_cinema_makes_me_feel_so/<br/></li><li id="fn-6"><br/>As an indication of audience interest, <cite>Film Socialism</cite> made around $222,000 according to Box Office Mojo, while <cite>Triangle of Sadness </cite>made around $26 million according to the same source.<br/></li></ol></footer></article></content><published>2023-09-03T15:19:29Z</published><summary type="text">What kind of revolutionary filmmaker was Jean-Luc Godard? This is not an easy question to answer in periods when the divide between art and politics is hard to bridge in practice.</summary></entry><entry><id>https://catalyst-journal.com/2023/09/reed-benn-michaels-no-politics-but-class-politics-review</id><title type="text">We Can’t Change the World Without Focusing on Class</title><updated>2026-04-20T17:51:12.981793Z</updated><author><name>Paul Prescod</name></author><content type="xhtml"><article xmlns=""><div><p>Two recent events have revealed different sides of the same problem with how the dominant media institutions and opinion-makers in this country think about racial inequality.</p><p>On June 29, the Supreme Court struck down affirmative action in college admissions in a pair of cases involving Harvard University and the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. The decision, understandably, unleashed a firestorm of outrage and debate among progressives and liberals. Given the nature of the case, the conversation around the ruling was disproportionately centered on Ivy League institutions like Harvard.</p><p>A great gulf exists between the large amount of media attention devoted to the issue and the very small number of people of color it will ultimately impact. Lost in the discussion was the fact that the soaring costs of higher education means that only people of color from the most affluent backgrounds are in a position to be affected by this ruling. As <a href="https://jacobin.com/2023/07/elite-colleges-holistic-admissions-wealth-inequality">Matt Bruenig</a> and others have consistently pointed out, elite Ivy League institutions already implement de facto affirmative action for the rich.<sup id="fn-no-1"><a href="#fn-1">1</a></sup> The project of making higher education free (or at least significantly more affordable) would do more to improve the educational opportunities and outcomes for students of color than simply shuffling around the very small number of spaces available at the top of the pyramid.</p><p>In the cultural sphere, a skirmish developed over the Disney remake of <cite>The Little Mermaid </cite>that was released in May 2023. The main character, Ariel, was played by black actress Halle Bailey. In what has become a predictable (and boring) scene, right-wing culture warriors decried the advancing woke takeover of our culture, while those on the Left defended the validity and importance of Disney’s casting choice.</p><p>While it is certainly true that the right-wing freak-out over the skin color of a Disney movie character is absurd, almost equally revealing is the amount of oxygen given to this issue by liberals. In an <a href="https://www.theguardian.com/commentisfree/2023/jun/09/the-little-mermaid-global-backlash-black-ariel">opinion piece</a> for the<cite> Guardian</cite>, cultural journalist Tayo Bero went as far as to champion the insurgent quality of the movie.</p><p>“As a piece of American film history, The Little Mermaid has always been subversive — its release and success single-handedly <a href="https://www.smithsonianmag.com/arts-culture/little-mermaid-was-way-more-subversive-you-realized-180973464/">helped save</a> the Disney corporation from collapse, and it also offered fresh commentary on topics like gender fluidity and patriarchal society,” Bero writes. She goes on to assert that the presence of a black Ariel “is a continuation of that tradition, and audiences who don’t get it have clearly been missing the point all along.”<sup id="fn-no-2"><a href="#fn-2">2</a></sup></p><p>Between the idea that the rescue of a multibillion-dollar corporation such as Disney is subversive and the conflation of Hollywood marketing schemes with racial equality, it is clear that a thoroughly neoliberal version of social justice has been articulated here. How should the Left make sense of this moment?</p></div><section id="sec-1"><header><hr/></header><div><p><cite><a href="https://cup.columbia.edu/book/no-politics-but-class-politics/9781912475575">No Politics but Class Politics</a></cite><cite> </cite>has come right on time. Edited by Anton Jäger and Daniel Zamora, the book is a collection of essays by Adolph Reed Jr and Walter Benn Michaels that explore the class nature of the growing discourse centered around racial disparities and diversity. Spanning the last two decades and covering a diverse range of topics, from electoral politics and movement history to film and art, this collection offers a comprehensive analysis of the limits and contradictions of anti-racist politics.</p><p>In a way, this book is a product of the disorienting political period for the Left set in motion by the COVID-19 pandemic, the defeat of Bernie Sanders’s presidential campaign, and the mass protests in response to the murder of George Floyd. Each of these events, which in different ways represented shocks to US politics, were infused with class dynamics that were primarily expressed in racial terms. As major corporations like Amazon donated millions of dollars to the Black Lives Matter movement and Democratic Party elites knelt in kente cloth, it was clear that the ruling class had moved to make the most of this peculiar moment of racial mania.</p><p>In the foreword, Jäger and Zamora aptly describe the current conjecture as one more sign of the “the slow disarticulation of the agenda of the civil rights movement from any commitment to reshaping the economic relations that produce inequality in the first place.” The essays that follow trace the ideological underpinnings of this steady retreat from contextualizing racial inequality within the broader political economy.</p><p>First and foremost, <cite>No Politics but Class Politics</cite> forces readers to confront and challenge commonsense understandings of what race really is. Reed’s 2013 essay “Marx, Race, and Neoliberalism” mounts a rigorous Marxist analysis of the development of racial ideologies and the work that they do. Importantly, emphasis is put on the emergence of race at a historically specific time under concrete social conditions and the ability of racial ideology to evolve as these conditions changed.</p><p>The necessities of various labor regimes propelled the evolutions and uses of race, which has thus always rested on a political-economic foundation. The plantation slave economy, the post–Civil War sharecropping system, and the mass industrialization of the late nineteenth and early twentieth century all made pragmatic use of race ideology to justify and naturalize the economic and political positioning of the laboring masses at the given times in the way most beneficial to the ruling class. As Reed explains, “The innovations of race science . . . promised to assist employers’ needs for rational labor force management and were present in the foundation of the fields of industrial relations and industrial psychology.”</p><p>The gradual separation of race from class has led to a situation where many of those purportedly on the Left have (perhaps unknowingly) accepted an essentializing framework to think about race. Michaels explores this more deeply in his provocative “Autobiography of an Ex-White Man” by challenging the common dictum, touted by both liberals and leftists, that race is a social construction. While the race as social construction formulation appears to clearly challenge ideas of racial essentialism, it actually accepts them as its starting premise.</p><p> Through interrogating the phenomenon of “passing” for a certain race, the piece illuminates that, in order for the idea of passing to be sustained, there have to be essential characteristics about a given race that one can either choose to perform or not to perform. As Michaels explains, “The possibility of belonging to a race of people who don’t look like you produces the possibility of manifesting your racial identity in your actions — of acting white or black.” And in order to “act” black or white, one must buy into the idea of essential defining features of whiteness and blackness that can be imitated. Furthermore, the belief that one can imitate another race rests on the assumption that you are betraying your actual race; in other words, it still takes race seriously as a biological fact.</p><p>This insight becomes important when considering the “race and class” rhetoric that is popular among many on the Left. Attempts to define class as yet another identity fall on their face. Unlike race, one’s class is determined by what you do, not what you supposedly are. As Michaels explains, “The identity that is identical to action is not really an identity — it’s just the name of the action: worker, capitalist.”</p><p>This theme is further built upon by another piece included in the collection, Reed’s controversial <cite>From Jenner to Dolezal: One Trans Good, the Other Not So Much</cite>. Comparing the favorable reception to Caitlyn Jenner’s claim as a woman with the unfavorable reception to Rachel Dolezal’s claim as an African American, Reed asks, “Is the point supposed to be that Dolezal is lying when she says she identifies as black? Or is it that being black has nothing to do with how you identify?”</p><p>These questions strike at the heart of the contradictions inherent in the identitarian reactions to Rachel Dolezal. Those who deny the validity of Dolezal’s claim on the basis that there’s more to race than identity have waded into some dangerous territory. As Reed points out, this view reveals a belief in “a view of racial difference as biologically definitive in a way that’s even deeper than sexual difference.”</p><p>Reed’s point, of course, is not to champion Dolezal’s behavior. Rather, it is to expose the broader hypocrisy and commitment to essentialism that these discourses on identity are based upon. As usual, Reed is able to tease out the underlying class dynamics at work in the Dolezal episode, writing that the hostile reaction “is about protection of the boundaries of racial authenticity as the exclusive property of the guild of Racial Spokespersonship.”</p><p><cite>No Politics but Class Politics </cite>drives home the point that the current brand of identity politics, with its centering of disparities as the ultimate measure of inequality, is not only a form of class politics but also a politics that aligns with and reinforces the basic tenets of neoliberalism.</p><p>Of course, the existence of racial disparities is a negative thing. However, the broader point is that one can eliminate racial disparities while still maintaining a fundamentally unequal economic system that relegates the majority of black people to miserable and precarious lives. As Michaels asks in the featured essay, titled <cite>Identity Politics: A Zero-Sum Game, </cite>“Which is a more progressive goal — a world in which only thirteen per cent of black people (instead of twenty-four per cent) live below the poverty line or a world in which none of them do?” Eliminating disparities alone cannot make society more equal; it will simply make society unequal in a different way.</p><p>The essays skillfully explore how this neoliberal version of social justice has gained hegemony in our major institutions. Discourse on education has become centered on creating racially proportionate opportunities for people to overcome poverty instead of eliminating poverty in the first place. Here is a clear-cut example of the difference between a class-based approach and one based on eliminating disparities. A class-based approach posits that the lower-paying jobs in our society, which also happen to be in the fastest growing sectors and disproportionately held by workers of color, should be made into high-quality, good-paying jobs. The identitarian approach instead focuses on how to make sure that these low-paying jobs are held by the proportionately correct number of white people.</p><p>The most comprehensive and far-reaching critique of disparities discourse comes in “Race, Class, Crisis: The Discourse of Racial Disparity and Its Analytical Discontents,” coauthored by Reed and Merlin Chowkwanyun. They unpack the persistent pathologies that underline most studies of racial disparities. One cannot deny the persistent racial disparities that exist in the realm of housing, education, employment, etc. However, it is the causal explanations and the policy agendas that flow from the framing of disparities that are problematic.</p><p>All too often, the proposed remedies to the existence of disparities tend to emphasize various schemes of individual wealth-building. As Reed and Chowkwanyun point out, “Such stratagems represent détente with rather than commitment to changing capitalist class relations, including those that contribute to intra- and inter-racial disparities in the first place.” Research on disparities often give causal power to auxiliary dynamics or outcomes as opposed to tracing racial disparities to fundamental economic issues such as employment, public services, land use, etc.</p><p>There are few scholars, if any, with a more penetrating analysis and critique of contemporary black politics than Adolph Reed Jr. Readers will get a glimpse of this in essays such as “From Black Power to Black Establishment.” Tracing the devolution of Black Power from its radical-seeming beginnings to its disappointing fate as just another expression of ethnic-interest-group establishment politics, Reed concludes that the movement “was always a concept in search of its object.”</p><p>Reed consistently decries the crystallization of black political aspirations around ill-defined goals like “community control” instead of concrete policy initiatives that would lift the material living standards of black working people. Such campaigns around issues like fair employment, eliminating the poll tax, and improved public education were common during the civil rights movement, from roughly the 1930s to the 1960s. While the lore of black history tends to focus on the radical edges of Black Power such as the Black Panther Party, this essay concludes that Black Power rhetoric “also resonated with the self-image and aspirations of an emergent stratum of black professional and managerial functionaries, administrators, and officials.”</p><p>While it’s clear throughout the book that Reed and Michaels are deeply committed to a materialist account of race and racism rather than a cultural one, the book does offer some of their ruminations on the cultural sphere. Both writers are able to draw out how and why so much of our culture has been thoroughly imbued with neoliberal ideology and themes. Perhaps more importantly, Reed in particular emphasizes the folly of attempting to use the capitalist culture industry to advance the Left’s ideas and values. If anything, this project simply serves as a demonstration of neoliberalism’s victory, as Reed explains in his essay “<cite>Django Unchained</cite>, or, <cite>The Help</cite>,” “Nothing could indicate more strikingly the extent of neoliberal ideological hegemony than the idea that the mass culture industry and its representational practices constitute a meaningful terrain for struggle to advance egalitarian interests.”</p><p>Reed goes on to advance a devastating critique of the movies <cite>Django Unchained </cite>and <cite>The Help, </cite>arguing that their dominant message is one of individual success and atonement, coupled with completely ahistorical depictions of slavery and Jim Crow. Meanwhile, Michaels, in “Chris Killip and LaToya Ruby Frazier,” contemplates the value and meaning of artistic depictions of deindustrialized working-class communities.</p><p>The book also features four interviews, more like discussions, between Reed, Michaels, Jäger, and Zamora. These interviews are fascinating and in some ways essential for tying all the themes outlined in the essays together. In this section, one gets a glimpse at how aspects of the authors’ biographies have impacted their critiques of anti-racism and all forms of essentialism. Reed’s reflections on his political journey encompassing Black Power student activism, new urban black electoral regimes, academia, and Labor Party building are rich with insights and lessons from an entire life devoted to working-class politics. Their personalities shine through in these discussions through countless witticisms and quips that will leave readers laughing and thinking at the same time.</p><p><cite>No Politics but Class Politics </cite>is blunt, biting, and provocative. It has to be. It is increasingly clear that what is known today as “anti-racism” — with its accompanying displacement of political-economic questions to the realms of psychologistic babble, cultural navel-gazing, and disparities discourse — fits comfortably within the agenda of black elites and the broader ruling class. As the historic assault on the working-class grinds on, identitarian discourse can only counter with ever more hollow calls for a slight racial reshuffling in the distribution of neoliberalism’s disastrous outcomes. Capital has, and will continue to, use and shape these demands in order to diversify corporate boardrooms, legislative halls of power, and elite educational institutions while eviscerating the living standards of the working-class majority of all races.</p><p>It’s time to get serious about what a pro-working-class agenda is and is not. <cite>No Politics but Class Politics </cite>cuts through the noise and will help serious organizers and intellectuals make sense of how we can tackle racial inequality in the twenty-first century. As Michaels states in the essay “What Matters,” “The increased inequalities of neoliberalism were not caused by racism and sexism and won’t be cured by — they aren’t even addressed by — anti-racism or anti-sexism.” The sooner we learn this, the better for rebuilding a true working-class movement in this country.</p></div></section><footer><ol><li id="fn-1">Matt Bruenig, “Ivy League Admissions Favor the Rich by Design,” <cite>Jacobin</cite>, July 25, 2023.</li><li id="fn-2">Tayo Bero, “The global backlash against The Little Mermaid proves why we needed a Black Ariel,” <cite>Guardian</cite>, June 9, 2023.</li></ol></footer></article></content><published>2023-09-03T15:19:27Z</published><summary type="text">In No Politics but Class Politics, Walter Benn Michaels and Adolph Reed show how an identity politics that obscures class politics and ignores economic inequality only makes the many miseries around us worse.</summary></entry><entry><id>https://catalyst-journal.com/2023/08/the-class-politics-of-race</id><title type="text">The Class Politics of Race</title><updated>2026-04-20T17:51:12.071027Z</updated><author><name>Zine Magubane</name></author><content type="xhtml"><article xmlns=""><div><p>Kenan Malik’s <cite>Not So Black and White: A History of Race From White Supremacy to Identity Politics</cite> is a detailed yet broad examination of how race was invented as a logic to organize people’s experience of themselves as well as to channel political activity. The book is organized around four themes: 1) a retelling of the story of race, demonstrating how it emerged as an elite discourse to justify restricting equality and liberty to the few; 2) an exploration of how mass resistance, particularly against slavery, colonialism, and Jim Crow, expanded the ideas of liberty and equality in order to make them truly universal; 3) an examination of the relationship between racial inequality and class inequality, with special attention to how a narrow focus on racial inequality obscures how class exploitation works to produce and reproduce racial inequality; and 4) how identity politics is a form of class politics that operates with equal perniciousness on the Right and the Left. <cite>Not So Black and White</cite> is not only a searing indictment of how “our preoccupation with race frequently hides the realities of injustice,” it is also a call for a different kind of politics — one that is class-based and worker-focused — to free us from the prison of identity.<sup id="fn-no-1"><a href="#fn-1">1</a></sup> Although the book is not explicitly framed as a critique of epistemology, it is a provocation to think even more critically about analytical categories and the politics of historiography. <cite>Not So Black and White</cite> invites us to evaluate how race has become not only the primary way to organize political life but also the preferred epistemological category for explaining the march of history. As such, it demonstrates that debates over historiography and epistemology are not simply of academic interest. They are informed by class politics and are weapons in political struggle.</p><p>Malik’s book could not be more relevant for the debates around race in the United States. Take, for example, the controversy around critical race theory (CRT) and, in particular, the confrontation between the so-called 1619 Project and 1776 Commission. Nowhere are the class politics that drive historiography more apparent than in current debates over what Florida governor Ron DeSantis derisively termed “woke history” and what the minds behind the 1619 Project call “the full history of America without it being whitewashed.”<sup id="fn-no-2"><a href="#fn-2">2</a></sup> Taken at face value, these two projects appear to be ideologically opposed. If we view them as forms of ideology and thus “concrete elements through which the struggle between classes is fought out,” it becomes clear that they are different expressions of a shared class politics.<sup id="fn-no-3"><a href="#fn-3">3</a></sup> Malik points out that identitarians on the Right and the Left share a common hostility to the working class and “radical forms of universalism.”<sup id="fn-no-4"><a href="#fn-4">4</a></sup> The 1619 and 1776 projects exemplify this. They reject three forms of radical universalism: class struggle, the class analytic, and universal social programs targeted at redistributing the social surplus from the rich to the poor and working classes.</p><p>Having evolved from a <cite>New York Times Magazine</cite> piece into a 624-page tome that weaves together poems, photographs, and essays organized around a central mission — documenting “the central role that slavery and anti-Blackness played in the development of our society and its institutions” — the 1619 Project, its editors proudly proclaim, “breached the wall between academic history and popular understanding.”<sup id="fn-no-5"><a href="#fn-5">5</a></sup> The text’s principal argument is that inequalities in most areas of American life, from traffic patterns to the delivery of health care, are an outcome of “historic and systemic racism.”<sup id="fn-no-6"><a href="#fn-6">6</a></sup> Its analysis is clearly informed by the dominant tendency within the sociology of race and ethnicity, which argues that America is best understood as “a racialized social system” and that analysis must focus on uncovering the “mechanisms responsible for the reproduction of racial privilege in society.”<sup id="fn-no-7"><a href="#fn-7">7</a></sup> The 1776 Commission, the brainchild of the Donald Trump administration, is an explicit rebuke of the 1619 Project. It decries the fact that an “oppressor-victim narrative” not only underwrites the latter’s historical account but does so in order to provide ideological cover for policies that would grant special privileges to racial minorities and thereby “create new hierarchies as unjust as the old hierarchies of the antebellum South.”<sup id="fn-no-8"><a href="#fn-8">8</a></sup></p><p>The term “intellectual common denominator” was coined by sociologist C. Wright Mills to describe an idea of such iconic status that “men can state their strongest convictions in its terms.”<sup id="fn-no-9"><a href="#fn-9">9</a></sup> The term “legacy of slavery” meets that criteria. The 1776 and 1619 projects both wield slavery as an ideological weapon, seemingly in service of opposing social aims. The 1619 Project argues that because slavery was the foundation upon which American society and its inequality was built, “reparations must include individual cash payments to descendants of the enslaved in order to close the wealth gap.”<sup id="fn-no-10"><a href="#fn-10">10</a></sup> The 1776 Commission maintains that slavery was an unfortunate aberration in a nation founded on the rights and freedom of the individual. John C. Calhoun and the Confederacy rejected this in favor of the idea that rights and privileges “inhere not in every individual by ‘the Laws of Nature and Nature’s God’ but in groups or races according to historical evolution.”<sup id="fn-no-11"><a href="#fn-11">11</a></sup> As such, the 1776 Commission draws a parallel between people who argue in favor of reparations and the defenders of slavery. Both seek to sacrifice equality and private property in the name of “group rights” and “explicit group privilege.”<sup id="fn-no-12"><a href="#fn-12">12</a></sup></p><p>Despite their many differences at the level of conclusions, the detractors and defenders of “woke history” share, uncritically, the same principles of investigation and explanation — the same epistemology. They both demote the role of class interests in political contestation. Likewise, the class politics that inform both projects are remarkably similar. The 1776 and 1619 projects are united in their reverence for capitalist social property relations, despite their disagreement about how the state should respond to the inequalities they produce.</p></div><section id="sec-1"><header><h2>Slavery, Race, and the Politics of Epistemology</h2></header><div><p><cite>Not So Black and White</cite> is a delightfully jargon-free and accessible text. Malik does not get bogged down in debates about theoretical and methodological frameworks. He is not explicit about the analytic perspective that informs his inquiry or the theoretical position that underlies his work. It is clear, however, that his analysis is grounded in political economy. This is not a minor point. The book is framed as a “history of Western thought.”<sup id="fn-no-13"><a href="#fn-13">13</a></sup> Histories of ideas are tricky. They can easily slide from treating ideas as independent instances of social action to viewing the ideas, in and of themselves, as sufficient explanations of social action, thereby making cultural values and ideals “unproblematic explanations not only of social processes but also of themselves.”<sup id="fn-no-14"><a href="#fn-14">14</a></sup>Malik avoids these pitfalls because the book interweaves two narratives, the history of race and the history of working-class resistance to racism and colonialism. As such, this book is not just about the history of the idea of race; it is also a book about how ideas are forms of class discourse and are mobilized around class interests.</p><p>In Chapter 6, where he discusses the Haitian Revolution, Malik draws our attention to the fact that liberty and equality were ideological expressions of the French commercial bourgeoisie’s quest to overturn the social property relations of the ancien r<cite>é</cite>gime. As C. L. R. James explained, the fortunes created by the slave trade “gave the bourgeoisie that pride which needed liberty and contributed to human emancipation.” The revolutionary bourgeoisie “dignif[ied] its seizure of power with the Declaration of Independence or the Rights of Man.”<sup id="fn-no-15"><a href="#fn-15">15</a></sup> The ideals of liberty and equality, born in the struggle between the feudal monarchy and the rising bourgeoisie, only became universal as a result of yet another series of class struggles: enslaver against enslaved and, when the latter emerged victorious, between the freedmen, Toussaint Louverture, and the emerging black landowning class that Louverture represented. Louverture and the new rulers of Haiti, Malik points out, “were of the same ‘race’ as those over whom they ruled. Many had been slaves.” The fact that they had a common racial identity did not deter the new black propertied classes from pursuing their class interests by subjecting the propertyless to a new regime of forced labor that was almost as oppressive as the one they had just overthrown. “That, too, is a thread that runs through the modern world.”<sup id="fn-no-16"><a href="#fn-16">16</a></sup></p><p>The last sentence is key. Implicit in the book is an argument about how we should understand the role of class in history. Crucially, Malik draws our attention to not only the class politics that divide the racists from the anti-racists, but also those that divide the anti-racists from one another. In Chapter 8, “From Class Solidarity to Black Lives Matter,” he discusses the long-term political consequences of the “Scottsboro case,” which made Communist activity more legitimate, and the Communist Party more popular, among working-class African Americans in the South. At the same time, the case solidified the split between Communists and the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People (NAACP) and culminated in the victory of the “anti-Communist civil rights liberals” over “civil rights unionism.”<sup id="fn-no-17"><a href="#fn-17">17</a></sup> The gains won by the anti-Communist civil rights liberals in the political realm represented an ideological victory that, I would argue, had epistemological implications. As Hugh Murray noted in “Aspects of the Scottsboro Campaign,” anti-communism has deeply distorted how American history is remembered and narrated, particularly when it comes to understanding race and class.</p><blockquote><p>Much is written and published today on the history of the Negro in America, but all too often the authors display a narrow liberal bias. . . .  What must yet be written, <em>difficult though it may be in a nation whose creed is anti-Communism</em>, is a full account of the role of radical movements and individuals in the anti-racist struggle.<sup id="fn-no-18"><a href="#fn-18">18</a></sup></p></blockquote><p>With Murray’s observations, we can add one more item to Malik’s list of ideas held dear by both the identitarian right and left: a rejection of political economy as a theoretical framework for understanding inequality. This in turn can help us better understand the class politics that simultaneously drive analysis and are expressed in the 1776 and 1619 projects.</p><p>Malik points out that, by 1955, forty-four states had anti-communist laws, the most draconian of which could be found in Tennessee, which “made the espousal of revolutionary Marxism punishable by death.”<sup id="fn-no-19"><a href="#fn-19">19</a></sup> The sword of Damocles hung over the heads of not only activists but academics as well. As red-baiting and anti-Communist repression worked to “cleave the political from the economic and to view both in terms of identity” in the political realm, it also set the stage for an epistemic break.<sup id="fn-no-20"><a href="#fn-20">20</a></sup> As political economy was excised from the two disciplines that needed it most — sociology and history — its understanding of class as a relationship defined by exploitation was eclipsed by the notion that class was an “identity” to be analyzed alongside other (more salient) ones. As sociologist Eduardo Bonilla-Silva put it, “Races, as most social scientists acknowledge, are not biologically but socially determined categories of identity and group association. In this regard, they are analogous to class and gender.”<sup id="fn-no-21"><a href="#fn-21">21</a></sup> When political economy was forcibly removed from the academy, ascriptive identities became the central analytical categories, race became reified, and racism was made metaphysical and transhistorical.<sup id="fn-no-22"><a href="#fn-22">22</a></sup></p><p>The way in which anti-communism continues to inform epistemology can be seen most clearly in sociological theories such as “structural racism” and “color-blind racism,” which have become (to borrow a phrase from C. Wright Mills) “the major common denominator of serious reflection and popular metaphysics in [American] society.”<sup id="fn-no-23"><a href="#fn-23">23</a></sup> In these theories, racism and the pursuit of white supremacy are the key drivers of historical change; slavery and colonialism are defined as “racial” regimes rather than as social property relations; and “racial formation” eclipses class formation as the primary object of theoretical inquiry.<sup id="fn-no-24"><a href="#fn-24">24</a></sup> Paradoxically, an idea whose genesis was made possible by historians like Barbara Fields who are committed to class analysis — the notion that race is a “social construction” — has been seized upon by “race reductionist” sociologists to argue <em>against</em> class analysis.</p><p>Bonilla-Silva, whose work popularized ideas like structural racism and color-blind racism, maintains that although race is socially constructed, it “takes on a life of its own.”<sup id="fn-no-25"><a href="#fn-25">25</a></sup> It is on this basis that he rejects “class and class struggle as the central explanatory variables of social life” in favor of seeing “social relations between the races” as primary.<sup id="fn-no-26"><a href="#fn-26">26</a></sup> Michael Omi and Howard Winant have likewise argued that it is precisely because “it is now widely accepted in most scholarly fields that race is a social construction” that they “advance what may seem an audacious claim . . . that in the United States, <em>race is a master category</em>.” Similar to Bonilla-Silva, they reject class analysis because it treats race as “epiphenomenal to class and class relations.”<sup id="fn-no-27"><a href="#fn-27">27</a></sup></p><p>Race reductionist sociologists often credit Barbara J. Fields’s “Slavery, Race, and Ideology in the United States of America” for having shown that race is a social construction.<sup id="fn-no-28"><a href="#fn-28">28</a></sup> Fields has pushed back on this claim, noting that “the ‘social construction’ of race [is the article’s] starting point, not its conclusion.”<sup id="fn-no-29"><a href="#fn-29">29</a></sup>The opening of her analysis was, of course, the social property relations and class struggles of seventeenth-century Virginia. The ability of race reductionists to ignore this and to use race’s socially constructed nature to argue for its analytic priority over class is not due simply to sloppy scholarship. Rather, it reflects the way in which anti-communism separated race from class in both the political and epistemological realms.</p></div></section><section id="sec-2"><header><h2>1619, 1776, and the Politics of Historiography</h2></header><div><p>For the devotees of race reductionism in sociology, the fact that race is a social construction has served to support the idea that racism has driven historical development and change since the sixteenth century or, as Marxist historian Judith Stein wryly observed, the mistaken idea that “men make history according to their racial likes and dislikes.”<sup id="fn-no-30"><a href="#fn-30">30</a></sup> When Omi and Winant argue that “the concept of racial projects can be applied across historical time to identify patterns in the longue durée of racial formation, both nationally and the entire modern world,” they mimic the nineteenth-century race scholars Malik discusses in Chapter 2, “The Invention of Race.”<sup id="fn-no-31"><a href="#fn-31">31</a></sup> These nationalist historians, he reminds us, developed “racial theories of history.” Like the identitarians of today, their mission was to engage in “a retelling of the past, and also of the present.”<sup id="fn-no-32"><a href="#fn-32">32</a></sup></p><p>Historiography, particularly when it comes to slavery, is the public arena where the epistemic implications of identity politics’ rise are most keenly felt. We are living through a moment when people are trying to draw connections between what C. Wright Mills called “biography and history,” or “the patterns of their own lives and the course of world history.”<sup id="fn-no-33"><a href="#fn-33">33</a></sup> Because slavery is so obviously and intimately connected to American racism and because black people suffer disproportionately from every social ill — from poverty to homelessness to drug addiction — debates over historiography are no longer just of academic interest. They have contemporary political implications. As the 1619 Project explained, in making the year 1619 “our country’s origin point, the birth of our defining contradictions,” it sought to shed a new and different light on “the unique problems of the nation today — its stark economic inequality, its violence, its world-leading incarceration rates, its shocking segregation, its political divisions, its stingy social safety net.”<sup id="fn-no-34"><a href="#fn-34">34</a></sup> The 1776 Commission, on the other hand, draws a direct line between the Confederacy and identity politics. Because it tried to substitute a theory of group rights for individual rights, the Confederacy and its attendant slavery, it argues, are the “direct ancestors of some of the destructive theories that divide our people and tear at the fabric of our country.”<sup id="fn-no-35"><a href="#fn-35">35</a></sup></p><p>Taken at face value, the projects appear to be locked in a battle over facts. <cite>The 1776 Report</cite> states, “The facts of our founding are not partisan. They are a matter of history. Controversies about the meaning of the founding can begin to be resolved by looking at the facts of our nation’s founding.”<sup id="fn-no-36"><a href="#fn-36">36</a></sup> The 1619 Project makes the same argument, albeit in reverse.</p><blockquote><p>The absence of 1619 from mainstream history was intentional. People had made the choice not to teach us the significance of the year. And it followed that many other facts of history had been ignored or suppressed as well. . . .  The histories we learn in school or, more casually, through popular culture, monuments, and political speeches rarely teach us <em>the</em> facts but only <em>certain</em> facts.”<sup id="fn-no-37"><a href="#fn-37">37</a></sup></p></blockquote><p>Both projects signal a concern with historiography. In its assertion that facts must be “properly understood,” the 1776 Commission does so obliquely.<sup id="fn-no-38"><a href="#fn-38">38</a></sup> It clearly relies on an empiricist theory of knowledge whereby facts are neutral and explanations can be derived by simply ordering and cataloging them, without the intervention of a theoretical apparatus. The 1619 Project is explicitly framed as “a considered historiographic intervention.”<sup id="fn-no-39"><a href="#fn-39">39</a></sup> The theory that drives how it orders facts (which are never seen as neutral) is that “slavery and racism lie at the root of ‘nearly everything that has truly made America exceptional.’”<sup id="fn-no-40"><a href="#fn-40">40</a></sup> In the face of sharp criticism of the 1619 Project — much of it from scholars on the Left — the <cite>American Historical Review</cite> defended this interpretive framework as being “laudable, if unexceptional.”<sup id="fn-no-41"><a href="#fn-41">41</a></sup> The fact that this race reductionist view of American history is indeed unexceptional, particularly among historians who define themselves as liberal, if not radical, is the logical outcome of an academy whose analytical frameworks have been circumscribed by anti-communism in precisely the manner that Hugh Murray described. One of the lesser remarked upon aspects of the victory of anti-communism and the defeat of the Left is the way in which the retreat from political economy has made it so difficult for American intellectuals to deal with racism analytically because of their dogged belief that the virulence of American racism means America is “analytically exceptional.” Historians and sociologists on both the Left and the Right have bought into the view that “elsewhere, classes may have struggled over power and privilege, over oppression and exploitation, over competing senses of justice and right; but in the United States, these were secondary to the great, overarching theme of race.”<sup id="fn-no-42"><a href="#fn-42">42</a></sup> When Karl Marx contrasted the sober-minded shopkeeper who was “well able to distinguish between what somebody professes to be and what he really is” with the credulity of historians who “take every epoch at its word and believe that everything it says and imagines about itself is true,” he could easily have been describing the American academy in the twenty-first century.<sup id="fn-no-43"><a href="#fn-43">43</a></sup></p><p>One of the most compelling insights of <cite>Not So Black and White</cite> is that identitarians of left and right are linked by “the same hostility to universalism.”<sup id="fn-no-44"><a href="#fn-44">44</a></sup> They both reject Enlightenment ideals, as Malik points out. And they reject class as a universal analytic category, as I have pointed out. Careful reading of the 1776 and 1619 projects reveals yet another universal that they both reject — universal social programs. Despite their intense disagreement about historical dates, eras, and the meanings assigned to them, there is one historical era about which the two projects agree: the Progressive Era and New Deal. The 1776 Commission derides the Progressive Era for having promoted the idea of group rights at the same time they built a massive bureaucracy — a “shadow government” — through which the state abrogated the right to redistribute wealth.<sup id="fn-no-45"><a href="#fn-45">45</a></sup> The 1619 Project approvingly cites Ira Katznelson, who likened the New Deal to “affirmative action for white people” and described the federal government of the time as “a commanding instrument of white privilege.”<sup id="fn-no-46"><a href="#fn-46">46</a></sup> The 1776 Commission rejects the New Deal and big government because it sees them as a precursor to socialism and the “flawed philosophy” of “allowing the state to seize private property and redistribute wealth as the governing elite sees fit.”<sup id="fn-no-47"><a href="#fn-47">47</a></sup> The 1619 Project rejects the New Deal because it is a tool of white supremacy. The two critiques of the New Deal are expressed differently and adopt opposing stances on the state and big government. Nevertheless, both resort to hagiographic accounts of America’s “most cherished values” as a means of promoting a very similar class politics — one that ardently defends wealth and private property.</p><p>Both projects profess their fervent desire to see Americans “form a more perfect Union” and live up to the “magnificent ideals upon which we were founded.”<sup id="fn-no-48"><a href="#fn-48">48</a></sup> For the 1776 Commission, this means getting the government out of the economy and letting the free market have its way. For the 1619 Project, it means getting the government to intervene in the free market — to make sure that African Americans get their “just rewards.” Both, however, see private property as sacrosanct. The 1619 Project wants students to see that African Americans were America’s “most ardent freedom fighters” and that they “form a legacy of which every American should be proud.”<sup id="fn-no-49"><a href="#fn-49">49</a></sup> To do so requires recognizing that “wealth begets wealth, and white Americans have had centuries of government assistance to accumulate wealth, while the government has for the vast history of this country worked against Black Americans’ efforts to do the same.”<sup id="fn-no-50"><a href="#fn-50">50</a></sup> The 1776 Commission wants students to “appreciate and cherish” the United States, which means showing respect for “civil rights and private property.”<sup id="fn-no-51"><a href="#fn-51">51</a></sup> Capitalism, it seems, is the universal ideal about which both sides agree.</p><p>We are living in a time when struggles are intensifying over the requisite state policies to ensure renewed capitalist prosperity and stability, on the one hand, and over the distribution of the social surplus to mitigate and manage inequality, on the other. How inequality is understood, in terms of the universality of the class dynamic or the particularity of the racial dynamic, critically impacts how people define the terms and terrain of struggle. It is one dimension of the fight to restore the “radical universalist tradition” that will help us “escape the identitarian trap.”<sup id="fn-no-52"><a href="#fn-52">52</a></sup> As <cite>Not So Black and White</cite> demonstrates, we can begin to free ourselves from the analytical strictures of our obsession with race (Malik likens the phenomenon to Stockholm syndrome) by reclaiming some of the turf we ceded when left-leaning scholars repudiated universalism and the interests of working people in the name of racial justice.</p></div></section><footer><ol><li id="fn-1">Kenan Malik, <cite>Not So Black and White: A History of Race From White Supremacy to Identity Politics</cite> (London: Hurst, 2023), 6.</li><li id="fn-2">Nikole Hannah-Jones, Caitlin Roper, Ilena Silverman, and Jake Silverstein, eds., <cite>The 1619 Project: A New Origin Story</cite> (New York: One World, 2021), xxiv.</li><li id="fn-3">Dan O’Meara, <cite>Volkskapitalisme: Class, Capital, and Ideology in the Development of Afrikaner Nationalism, 1934–1948</cite> (New York: Cambridge University Press, 1983), 3.</li><li id="fn-4">Malik, <cite>Not So Black and White</cite>, 9.</li><li id="fn-5">Hannah-Jones et al., <cite>1619 Project</cite>, xxi, xxv.</li><li id="fn-6">Hannah-Jones et al., <cite>1619 Project</cite>, 445.</li><li id="fn-7">Eduardo Bonilla-Silva, <cite>Racism Without Racists: Color-Blind Racism and the Persistence of Racial Inequality in America</cite> (New York: Rowman &amp;amp; Littlefield, 2003), 9.</li><li id="fn-8">The President’s Advisory 1776 Commission, <cite>The 1776 Report</cite> (Washington, DC: President’s Commission, 2021), 2021, 30, 33.</li><li id="fn-9">C. Wright Mills, <cite>The Sociological Imagination</cite> (New York: Grove, 1959), 14.</li><li id="fn-10">Hannah-Jones et al., <cite>1619 Project</cite>, 472.</li><li id="fn-11"><cite>1776 Report,</cite> 12.</li><li id="fn-12"><cite>1776 Report,</cite> 1, 15, 16.</li><li id="fn-13">Malik, <cite>Not So Black and White</cite>, 7.</li><li id="fn-14">O’Meara, <cite>Volkskapitalisme</cite>, 7.</li><li id="fn-15">C. L. R. James, <cite>The Black Jacobins: Toussaint L’Ouverture and the San Domingo Revolution</cite> (New York: Vintage, 1938), 47, 66.</li><li id="fn-16">Malik, <cite>Not So Black and White</cite>, 147, emphasis added.</li><li id="fn-17">Penny Von Eschen, <cite>Race Against Empire: Black Americans and Anticolonialism</cite>, 1937–1957 (Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1997), 109; Paul Heideman, “How McCarthyism and the Red Scare Hurt the Black Freedom Struggle,” <cite>Jacobin</cite>, May 21, 2020.</li><li id="fn-18">Hugh T. Murray, Jr. “Aspects of the Scottsboro Campaign,” <cite>Science &amp;amp; Society</cite> 35, no. 2 (1971), 176, emphasis added.</li><li id="fn-19">Malik, <cite>Not So Black and White</cite>, 207.</li><li id="fn-20">Malik, <cite>Not So Black and White</cite>, 291.</li><li id="fn-21">Eduardo Bonilla-Silva, “Rethinking Racism: Towards a Structural Interpretation,” <cite>American Sociological Review</cite> 62, no. 3 (1997): 472.</li><li id="fn-22">Raju J. Das, “The Marginalization of Marxism in Academia,” <cite>Monthly Review Online</cite>, February 6, 2020. </li><li id="fn-23">Mills, <cite>The Sociological Imagination</cite>, 14.</li><li id="fn-24">Bonilla-Silva, <cite>Racism Without Racists</cite>; Michael Omi and Howard Winant, <cite>Racial Formation</cite> in the United States (New York: Routledge, 1986).</li><li id="fn-25">Bonilla-Silva, “Rethinking Racism,” 474.</li><li id="fn-26">Bonilla-Silva, “Rethinking Racism,” 466, 469.</li><li id="fn-27">Omi and Winant, <cite>Racial Formation</cite>, 106, x, emphasis added.</li><li id="fn-28">Barbara Jeanne Fields, “Slavery, Race, and Ideology in the United States of America,” <cite>New Left Review </cite>181 (1990).</li><li id="fn-29">Barbara J. Fields, “Origins of the New South and the Negro Question,” <cite>Journal of Southern History</cite> 67, no. 4 (2001): 817. </li><li id="fn-30">Judith Stein, “Of Mr. Booker T. Washington and Others: The Political Economy of Racism in the United States,” <cite>Science &amp;amp; Society</cite> 38, no. 4 (Winter 1974/1975): 463.</li><li id="fn-31">Omi and Winant, <cite>Racial Formation</cite>, 127.</li><li id="fn-32">Malik, <cite>Not So Black and White</cite>, 52.</li><li id="fn-33">Mills, <cite>Sociological Imagination</cite>, 4.</li><li id="fn-34">Hannah-Jones et al., <cite>1619 Project</cite>, xxii, emphasis in original.</li><li id="fn-35"><cite>1776 Report,</cite> 12.</li><li id="fn-36"><cite>1776 Report,</cite> 1.</li><li id="fn-37">Hannah-Jones et al., <cite>1619 Project</cite>, xx, emphasis in original.</li><li id="fn-38"><cite>1776 Report</cite>, 1.</li><li id="fn-39">Alex Lichtenstein, “1619 and All That,” <cite>American Historical Review</cite> 125, no. 1 (2020), xv.</li><li id="fn-40">Lichtenstein, “1619 and All That,” xvi.</li><li id="fn-41">Lichtenstein, “1619 and All That,” xvi.</li><li id="fn-42">Barbara J. Fields, “Ideology and Race in American History,” in <cite>Region, Race, and Reconstruction: Essays in Honor of C. Vann Woodward</cite>, ed. J. Morgan Kousser and James M. McPherson (New York: Oxford University Press, 1982), 143.</li><li id="fn-43">Karl Marx and Frederick Engels, <cite>The German Ideology</cite>, ed. C. J. Arthur (New York: International Publishers, 1970), 67.</li><li id="fn-44">Malik, <cite>Not So Black and White</cite>, 288.</li><li id="fn-45"><cite>1776 Report</cite>, 13.</li><li id="fn-46">Hannah-Jones et al., <cite>1619 Project</cite>, 466.</li><li id="fn-47"><cite>1776 Report,</cite> 14.</li><li id="fn-48"><cite>1776 Report,</cite> 1; Hannah-Jones et al., <cite>1619 Project</cite>, 471.</li><li id="fn-49">Hannah-Jones et al., <cite>1619 Project</cite>, xxxii.</li><li id="fn-50">Hannah-Jones et al., <cite>1619 Project</cite>, 472.</li><li id="fn-51"><cite>1776 Report,</cite> 37–8.</li><li id="fn-52">Malik, <cite>Not So Black and White</cite>, 10.</li></ol></footer></article></content><published>2023-08-25T22:25:49Z</published><summary type="text">Review of Not So Black and White: A History of Race From White Supremacy to Identity Politics by Kenan Malik (Hurst, 2023)</summary></entry><entry><id>https://catalyst-journal.com/2023/08/federalism-and-class-struggle</id><title type="text">Federalism and Class Struggle</title><updated>2026-04-20T17:51:11.743262Z</updated><author><name>Colin Gordon</name></author><content type="xhtml"><article xmlns=""><div><p>Democratic capitalism poses an enduring tension or contradiction. In given settings or historical moments, the “democratic” side of that equation can operate to ensure that the “capitalist” side is more palatable or equitable. Democratic aspirations might be decisively constrained by market imperatives, or they might transcend them. The range and viability of those alternatives, in turn, are shaped not just by market constraints but by political institutions. The architecture of political representation, participation, and policymaking can amplify democratic voices or stifle them; it can invite democratic (even systemic) alternatives or litter the path forward with obstacles.</p><p>By almost any contemporary or historical measure, the American version of democratic capitalism is remarkable for its firm commitment to the “capitalist” side of that compromise and a correspondingly weak commitment to productive democracy. The “New Deal order” and the social movements that gave it meaning now seem like a momentary exception in a long march of unbridled accumulation and neoliberal rule.<sup id="fn-no-1"><a href="#fn-1">1</a></sup> Modern American political history plays out like endless variations on a “why no socialism?” riddle whose solution is at once elusive and overdetermined.<sup id="fn-no-2"><a href="#fn-2">2</a></sup> The many failures of progressive politics, and the ease with which its few successes have been rolled back, reflect a wide array of political obstacles, hurdles, or choke points. One of the most important of these, underappreciated as both cause and consequence of our limited political horizons, is federalism.</p><p>In its idealized and abstract form, American federalism parcels out political responsibility across tiered jurisdictions (federal, state, local) in the pursuit of three interrelated goals. First, it promises democratic engagement and political responsiveness by vesting responsibility in the smallest practical unit of government, confining the federal role to those realms (national defense, interstate commerce) beyond the capacity of individual states or localities. Second, federalism envisions state governments as guarantors of liberty, protecting ordinary citizens — and especially regional minorities — from the tyranny of national rule. And third, federalism is routinely lauded as an opportunity for policy competition, innovation, and diffusion across state-level “laboratories of democracy.” Federalism, in this view, structures political representation at a scale large enough to accomplish policy goals but small enough to ensure a nimble response to policy challenges and a meaningful civic connection between the government and the governed.<sup id="fn-no-3"><a href="#fn-3">3</a></sup></p><p>On each score, American federalism is a dramatic disappointment. Historically, it can be judged by the company it keeps. “States’ rights,” of course, served as virtuous camouflage for slavery, for Jim Crow, and for the long (and continuing) backlash against the civil rights movement. “If one disapproves of racism,” the political scientist William Riker concluded bluntly in 1964, “one should disapprove of federalism.”<sup id="fn-no-4"><a href="#fn-4">4</a></sup> Every Republican president since Richard Nixon announced a “new federalism” of some description, invariably as a gambit for dismantling national standards and regulations, eroding civil rights protections, or starving redistributive social policies. While at times frustrated by the variety and fickleness of state policies, economic interests are now deeply invested in federalist devolution as a reliable source of “business-friendly” labor, social, tax, and regulatory policies. Broadsides against “our centralized, micro-managed, Washington-based bureaucracy” (Newt Gingrich) or invocations to “drain the swamp” (Donald Trump) are animated less by the supposed virtues of decentralization than they are by its spoils. “People do not go to war for abstract theories of government,” W. E. B. Du Bois observed in response to efforts to memorialize the “states’ rights” Confederate cause. “They fight for property and privilege.”<sup id="fn-no-5"><a href="#fn-5">5</a></sup></p><p>We are reminded of this lost promise each spring, as statehouses run out their calendars with a catalogue of nonsense, repression, and naked greed dressed up as legislation. This year, that sorry list features efforts to strangle voting, LGBTQ, and reproductive rights; to roll back basic labor protections and the last shreds of firearm regulation; and to starve or privatize basic public goods. In one respect, such policies are a dismal barometer of our political polarization, and of the peculiar combination of libertarian fever dreams and authoritarian social policies that increasingly animate American conservatism. More fundamentally, such policies offer a stark reminder of the dangers posed by fragmented politics and policymaking. Decentralization breeds economic and political inequality. Devolution of political responsibility, advertised as a means of democratizing policy, is almost exclusively employed as a strategy for thwarting popular goals or aspirations. State governments, far from acting as incubators of good ideas and policy experiments, have instead become — as the comedian Jon Stewart deftly put it in the <cite>Daily Show</cite>’s coverage of statehouse politics — the meth labs of democracy.</p></div><section id="sec-1"><header><h2>Federalism and Democracy</h2></header><div><p>How do we account for this? First and foremost, the American configuration of federalism is narrowly concerned with the distribution or exercise of political power and willfully blind to that of economic power. Politics and policy, in democratic capitalist settings, are fundamentally shaped by two constraints.<sup id="fn-no-6"><a href="#fn-6">6</a></sup> A “demand” constraint establishes deference to the growth and profitability of private investment as a baseline or boundary for political action. The market, as Charles Lindblom reminds us, is a prison.<sup id="fn-no-7"><a href="#fn-7">7</a></sup> Public policy is confined to securing the conditions under which capital can be accumulated and ensuring that those conditions are not so exploitative as to constitute a threat to the social order. These parameters of compromise manage what Karl Polanyi dubbed “the double movement” inherent in democratic capitalism: the capitalist impulse to commodify everything matched (or at least accompanied) by the democratic impulse to dampen or compensate for the cruelties of the market.<sup id="fn-no-8"><a href="#fn-8">8</a></sup></p><p>A “resource” constraint, in turn, ensures that well-heeled economic interests will always wield more political power than the votes they cast. Especially in a setting where the regulation of money in politics has largely evaporated, those with money enjoy dramatically lower barriers to influence, information, and collective action.<sup id="fn-no-9"><a href="#fn-9">9</a></sup></p><p>Federalism exaggerates all of this. In a patchwork of investment-anxious local and state jurisdictions, firms can much more credibly and readily wield the threat of exit — a dynamic underscored by the jurisdictional competition to subsidize new investment and the perpetual hand-wringing in state legislatures over the maintenance of a “friendly business climate.”<sup id="fn-no-10"><a href="#fn-10">10</a></sup> State legislatures, on this score, are notoriously in thrall to the demands of local employers and labor markets, calibrating their labor and social policies (even ensuring the wholesale exemption of some workers from any protection) to ensure a stable and quiescent labor supply.<sup id="fn-no-11"><a href="#fn-11">11</a></sup> In subnational jurisdictions, the logic of Polanyi’s “double movement” is distorted at both poles: state and local political actors are at once more inclined to defer to the interests and demands of capital and less inclined to contemplate social protections that might prove competitive liabilities.<sup id="fn-no-12"><a href="#fn-12">12</a></sup> These dynamics are even starker in municipal settings where economic growth and property valuation is the sine qua non of local public policy, where regulatory and taxing powers are constrained by the “home rule” provisions of state law, and where meaningful social protection is beyond the vision or capacity of local policy.<sup id="fn-no-13"><a href="#fn-13">13</a></sup></p><p>In turn, states do not just replicate the nation-state at a smaller scale or nest neatly inside it. They lack not only the will but the ability to ameliorate market conditions, to sustain equal protection, or to provide robust public goods and services. Policy devolution, in other words, often means lodging political responsibility — quite intentionally and strategically — in jurisdictions without the capacity or inclination to meet them.<sup id="fn-no-14"><a href="#fn-14">14</a></sup> American federalism (unlike all its international peers) makes no provision for revenue sharing across jurisdictions. The fiscal capacity of state government is relatively weak (most states have self-imposed tax and expenditure limits) and reliant on regressive revenue sources.<sup id="fn-no-15"><a href="#fn-15">15</a></sup> For their part, local governments are doubly disadvantaged; their ability to raise revenue or incur debt is sharply constrained by state governments, leaving them dependent on volatile sales and property taxes, increasingly meager intergovernmental transfers, or predatory policing and code enforcement.<sup id="fn-no-16"><a href="#fn-16">16</a></sup> In the delegation of political authority, state and local government is largely organized around “police power” regulation, restraint, and punishment of private conduct.<sup id="fn-no-17"><a href="#fn-17">17</a></sup> The unsurprising result, at this intersection of narrow political horizons and limited fiscal capacity, is a policy environment in which market deference is matched by meager and punitive social policies.<sup id="fn-no-18"><a href="#fn-18">18</a></sup></p><p>Federalism, in practice, is hostile to productive democratic governance. It works to the benefit of those best positioned to exploit or leverage both jurisdictional competition and the jurisdictional proliferation of political “veto points.” It sustains a “checks and balances” environment for policymaking that is almost all checks. Gridlock, inaction, and the failure to respond to changing conditions favor the status quo.<sup id="fn-no-19"><a href="#fn-19">19</a></sup> The defense of federalism or the pursuit of decentralization, as Lisa Miller underscores, has become a profoundly anti-statist agenda. The goal is not to find the best venue or jurisdiction for affirmative state action but to quash that prospect altogether. In the states, entrenched interests are uniquely able to “craft political agendas behind the scenes, kill off reform policies before they see the light of day, or create seemingly neutral anti-statist political narratives.”<sup id="fn-no-20"><a href="#fn-20">20</a></sup> In our polarized states, partisan or ideological differences are widened by the administration of policy — which increasingly reinforces political extremism rather than dampening it.<sup id="fn-no-21"><a href="#fn-21">21</a></sup></p><p>Indeed, as recent work by Miller, Jacob Grumbach, Alex Hertel-Fernandez, and others has documented, state legislatures have become the sweet spot for conservative policy experiments. Growing partisan polarization has yielded gridlock in national politics but a steady increase in one-party “trifecta” control of state politics (in 1992, the Democrats claimed trifecta control in sixteen states, the Republicans just three; in 2018, the Democrat claimed eight trifectas and the Republicans twenty-six). This has afforded national conservative interests (including partisan groups like the Republican Governors Association, multi-issue clearinghouses like the American Legislative Exchange Council, and single-issue lobbies like National Right to Life) the opportunity to capture state policymaking and to use the states to shop even the most odious and unpopular policy ideas. Republican statehouses play right along, not only embracing such policies but (as in the post-<cite>Dobbs</cite> abortion debate) competing with one another to see who can come up with the most craven and punitive version.<sup id="fn-no-22"><a href="#fn-22">22</a></sup> The cynical backlash against “woke” curricula and diversity programming, in the bargain, serves as a potent reminder of the racial animus at the core of our fragmented politics.</p><p>Taken together, partisan polarization, institutional racism, and jurisdictional venue shopping by conservative interests turn the democratic pretensions of federalism on their head. State policy decisions, as the struggle to expand Medicaid in laggard states suggests, are increasingly divorced from what citizens want or need.<sup id="fn-no-23"><a href="#fn-23">23</a></sup> By any measure, state policy is increasingly unresponsive and unaccountable. While elites navigate or manipulate the federal system to their advantage, ordinary citizens are left in a jurisdictional and informational fog — unable to translate local organization or aspirations into effective political demands.<sup id="fn-no-24"><a href="#fn-24">24</a></sup> The pursuit of decentralization as a conservative political project is laid bare by the fondness of these same state governments for preempting city or county initiatives — on issues such as labor standards or gun control — when they do succeed.<sup id="fn-no-25"><a href="#fn-25">25</a></sup></p><p>State politicians, for their part, understand perfectly well that their policies fly in the face of popular representation or aspirations. This is why their agenda is routinely accompanied by constraints on political participation. The reign of Jim Crow rested on terror, intimidation, and the systematic disenfranchisement of African Americans.<sup id="fn-no-26"><a href="#fn-26">26</a></sup> Indeed, across our history, the national government has confronted tyranny in the states — not the other way around.<sup id="fn-no-27"><a href="#fn-27">27</a></sup> In our own time, deference to plutocrats and zealots is made possible and permanent by stifling the voices of everyone else. As of January this year, thirty-two states have introduced legislation that would make it harder to register to vote, vote, or even remain on the voter rolls.<sup id="fn-no-28"><a href="#fn-28">28</a></sup> This is not about wrestling power from “big government”; it is about pursing power in whatever jurisdiction best serves your interests and locking it down by defanging or demobilizing the opposition.<sup id="fn-no-29"><a href="#fn-29">29</a></sup></p><p>The notion that American federalism is (or can be) a boon to democracy, in short, rests on a long list of elusive conditions. It assumes that the democratic institutions of democratic capitalism are unaffected by its capitalist interests; that states only compete above a high and stable floor of national standards or rights; that the racial premises of fragmented rule are all in the past; that subnational units of government have fiscal and political capacities commensurate with their responsibilities; that state innovation is rigorously assessed or benchmarked; and that decentralization is narrowly concerned with the scale of government authority and not a thinly veiled attack on the very legitimacy of government authority.<sup id="fn-no-30"><a href="#fn-30">30</a></sup> None of these conditions hold, ensuring that federalism remains an open institutional invitation to interests on the Right and a fundamental institutional obstacle to those on the Left.</p></div></section><section id="sec-2"><header><h2>Federalism and Public Policy</h2></header><div><p>The limits and dangers of federated rule are evident across the policy landscape. Consider economic development. Observers, and even those engaged in the practice, have long recognized state or municipal competition for new investment as a pointless game of musical chairs. States attract new businesses only by pirating them from another state or entering a bidding war that compels them to offer such steep subsidies that the prize for entering the fray is almost entirely lost. Tax incentives do not conjure up jobs or investment that would not otherwise exist; they just move them around. Amazon alone has claimed over $6 billion in public subsidies from states and localities since 2000 — a price tag that has not yielded one forklift or warehouse that the company would not have provided on its own dime.<sup id="fn-no-31"><a href="#fn-31">31</a></sup> This “economic war among the states” is entirely an artifact of federalism and its tendency to gird business power with both an exit threat and an entrance ransom. It comes at the expense of public goods (the biggest share of local abatements are usually revenues that would otherwise go to schools) and often of labor standards (little effort is made to ensure that subsidized firms pay fair wages or respect labor rights).<sup id="fn-no-32"><a href="#fn-32">32</a></sup></p><p>Consider labor law and policy. As democratic capitalism tends to generalize the interests of capital (what’s good for General Motors, et cetera), it also minimizes or undermines the interests of working people. This is true within states, where the disproportionate political clout of employers has yielded a long and dismal history of anti-labor repression and violence.<sup id="fn-no-33"><a href="#fn-33">33</a></sup> And it is true across states, where labor laws and labor standards vary dramatically by region and jurisdiction.<sup id="fn-no-34"><a href="#fn-34">34</a></sup> Fragmented organization and regulation nurtured divisions among workers (most starkly along racial lines) and wide state-to-state and regional disparities in the social wage.<sup id="fn-no-35"><a href="#fn-35">35</a></sup> The uniform, expansive, and national right to collective bargaining in the United States lasted barely a decade — from the passage of the Wagner Act in 1935 (which was explicitly designed to erase regional disparities in labor law and policy) to the passage of Taft-Hartley in 1947 — which invited states to check worker power in the private sector by passing “right-to-work” laws.<sup id="fn-no-36"><a href="#fn-36">36</a></sup> Right-to-work regimes, in turn, have dampened wages, slowed new organizing, and yielded wide regional and state gaps in union membership: private sector union density today ranges from 1.4 percent (South Carolina) to 14.1 percent (Hawaii). Public sector labor law enjoyed no flirtation with national standards and remained firmly rooted in the states, where disparate laws have also yielded disparate protection: public sector union density in the states ranges from 6.7 percent (South Carolina again) to 68.4 percent (Connecticut).<sup id="fn-no-37"><a href="#fn-37">37</a></sup></p><p>Federalism fractures not just the regulation of labor relations but the organization, structure, and solidarity of the labor movement itself. The exceptional and debilitating fragmentation of the American labor movement rests in large part on its roots in disparate state settings and on the absence of any sustained peak bargaining — both consequences of federated politics. Jurisdictional silos of solidarity, as Joel Rogers has argued, have invited calculated division, often pitting workers and their organizations against each other.<sup id="fn-no-38"><a href="#fn-38">38</a></sup> The class bias of American federalism, in turn, has sustained an unrelenting regime of authoritarian rule in American workplaces, simultaneously exploiting workers and heightening the risk of pushing back. “Most workplace governments in the United States are dictatorships,” Elizabeth Anderson notes, “in which bosses govern in ways that are largely unaccountable to those who are governed. They don’t merely govern workers; they dominate them.” <sup id="fn-no-39"><a href="#fn-39">39</a></sup> And the damage done at work spills into public life. Federalism weakens union power and voice at the bargaining table and in politics, a fact explicitly recognized and exploited by the attack on public sector unions in recent years.<sup id="fn-no-40"><a href="#fn-40">40</a></sup> Without a strong labor voice in politics, fragmented anti-statism prevails, the basic elements of social protection wither, and the political and economic gaps between the ruling class and everyone else widen.<sup id="fn-no-41"><a href="#fn-41">41</a></sup></p><p>Consider social policy.<sup id="fn-no-42"><a href="#fn-42">42</a></sup> The American safety net is designed to undermine social citizenship and frustrate equal protection. Deference to states — including not only control over needs standards, eligibility, and benefit levels but sweeping occupational exemptions — was hardwired into the New Deal welfare state.<sup id="fn-no-43"><a href="#fn-43">43</a></sup> From the outset, national standards, let alone any commitment to universality, has been thin, and states have been inclined to exercise their considerable discretion in ways that “divide citizenship” and “fragment democracy.”<sup id="fn-no-44"><a href="#fn-44">44</a></sup> The inevitable consequence is wide state-to-state disparities in the responsiveness, inclusion, and generosity of our social policies. Cash assistance for poor families is meager everywhere: even the most generous states offer less than $700 per month and reach fewer than half of eligible families; the stingiest offer less than $200 per month and reach fewer than one in ten poor families. In unemployment insurance, states set the level of benefits, their duration, and a whole host of “non-monetary” eligibility criteria — and state variation on all three has been widened by conservative backlash to the “generosity” of supplemental federal programs during the Great Recession and the <abbr>COVID-19</abbr> pandemic.<sup id="fn-no-45"><a href="#fn-45">45</a></sup> The average compensation for the same spell of unemployment (a measure that captures variation in benefits and duration) ranges from about $8,000 in the most generous states to less than $3,000 in the stingiest.<sup id="fn-no-46"><a href="#fn-46">46</a></sup></p><p>This uneven unwillingness to cushion citizens from market uncertainty is rooted in federalism’s deference to state and local labor markets. This not only hardens the “principle of less eligibility” (the determination that public assistance should never compete with private wages) but infuses social policy with the expectation or qualification of labor force participation. Work shapes access to the “private welfare state” of job-based benefits (especially health insurance and pensions).<sup id="fn-no-47"><a href="#fn-47">47</a></sup> It tiers access to social insurance programs like social security.<sup id="fn-no-48"><a href="#fn-48">48</a></sup> And it increasingly conditions receipt of means-tested assistance — a punitive commitment to “workfare” rooted in state discretion and experimentation.<sup id="fn-no-49"><a href="#fn-49">49</a></sup> In turn, meager social policies are a quite intentional consequence of self-imposed fiscal constraints. Even when the costs are very small, state legislators are quick to justify cuts by manufacturing anxiety over their public or private burden. Strangling access to unemployment insurance and workers’ compensation is premised on both forcing the jobless or injured back into the labor force and (not incidentally) ensuring that taxes on employers are kept low.<sup id="fn-no-50"><a href="#fn-50">50</a></sup></p><p>In every arena of policy, the logic of American federalism — evident in its motivation and in its persistence — is irretrievably racial. It represents a commitment to local discretion and to anti-statism that is animated by systematic concessions to racialized labor markets and a profoundly even commitment to equal protection.<sup id="fn-no-51"><a href="#fn-51">51</a></sup> The New Deal welfare state, as the <abbr>NAACP</abbr>’s Charles Hamilton Houston noted bitterly at its passage, seemed little better than a “sieve with the holes just big enough for the majority of Negroes to fall through.”<sup id="fn-no-52"><a href="#fn-52">52</a></sup> Since then, state discretion, either in the design and administration of basic social programs or in the decision to adopt them at all, has been a reliable engine of racial discrimination and racial disparities. The legitimacy and generosity of state social policy is tightly and inversely tethered to the share of immigrants and people of color in the local population, or their share among program recipients.<sup id="fn-no-53"><a href="#fn-53">53</a></sup> Seven of the ten states that have not expanded Medicaid are in the Deep South, and more than half of the non-elderly adults left uncovered are black or Latino.<sup id="fn-no-54"><a href="#fn-54">54</a></sup> For African Americans especially, all of this creates and sustains compounding tiers of disadvantage: residential and occupational segregation throttle access to the private welfare state; public programs meant to narrow that disparity — in which states enjoy wide discretion — instead widen it.</p><p>The organizational and political weaknesses of federalism were laid bare by the <abbr>COVID-19</abbr> crisis.<sup id="fn-no-55"><a href="#fn-55">55</a></sup> Effective public health policy, like civil rights, depends upon robust national standards, common purpose, and nimble enforcement or administration. Instead, in the face of fragmented responsibility and the callous ineptitude of the Trump administration, states crafted their own inconsistent and idiosyncratic policies on social distancing, school closures, definitions of “essential” business, and “gating criteria” for reopening state economies. “Even the basic question of where the problem was most serious and how fast it was spreading,” Donald Kettl underscores, “was impossible to answer because there was no common language for charting the problem.” States tested and reported test results (or neglected to report test results) with bewildering variety.<sup id="fn-no-56"><a href="#fn-56">56</a></sup> Delegated the task of vaccination, states adopted an array of criteria that had them “increasingly diverging from <abbr>CDC</abbr> guidance and from each other,” a Kaiser Family Foundation summary of state plans concluded, “suggesting that access to <abbr>COVID-19</abbr> vaccines in these first months of the U.S. vaccine campaign may depend a great deal on where one lives.”<sup id="fn-no-57"><a href="#fn-57">57</a></sup></p><p>The issue here, regarding protection from both the virus and its economic fallout, was not federalism per se but the uncooperative, transactional, market-deferential, and deeply partisan federalism that now prevails in the United States. Nowhere in subnational policymaking was there a discernible hint of the local responsiveness or benchmarked innovation that are supposedly the virtues of decentralized governance. Instead, state decisions were driven largely by petty partisan standoffs over the most mundane public health guidelines, by willful confusion and misinformation, and by growing fiscal anxieties. As the pandemic dragged on, states proved less innovative and less responsive, instead settling into well-worn political and policy grooves.<sup id="fn-no-58"><a href="#fn-58">58</a></sup></p><p>In turn, the cumulative consequences of fragmented social policy left Americans uniquely exposed to both the virus and to the COVID-related recession. The United States “stands alone in its failure to provide universal health insurance, general cash assistance to the poor, and entitlement to childcare subsidies, among others,” as one post-pandemic survey put it. “Its patchwork of social assistance varies greatly across states, and often within states, leaving many Americans unprotected and vulnerable in periods of economic upheaval.”<sup id="fn-no-59"><a href="#fn-59">59</a></sup> Disparate policy commitments (on public health, on labor standards, on paid leave, on Medicaid expansion) meant health and economic risks fell unevenly across states and populations. Federated labor and social policies fragmented health coverage and tied it to private employment, meaning that, when a public health crisis precipitated a recession, health security effectively evaporated when it was most needed.<sup id="fn-no-60"><a href="#fn-60">60</a></sup> Because existing vulnerabilities — in labor markets, in access to health care, in the social determinants of health — were deeply racialized, so too were the ravages of the virus.<sup id="fn-no-61"><a href="#fn-61">61</a></sup></p><p>Even where social policy innovations did make a difference, they underscored the folly of federated risk and protection. The temporary generosity of the <abbr>CARES</abbr> Act’s unemployment programs was a concession to both the gravity of the jobs crisis and the inability of state unemployment insurance systems to process (let alone fund) the avalanche of claims.<sup id="fn-no-62"><a href="#fn-62">62</a></sup> As the pandemic wore on, anxieties about state labor markets grew, and in the summer of 2021, twenty-six states cut short the supplemental federal benefits — a largely political decision that yielded little but renewed economic insecurity.<sup id="fn-no-63"><a href="#fn-63">63</a></sup> The meager and short-lived paid leave provisions of the Families First Coronavirus Response Act, by the same token, underscored the inefficiency and unfairness of delegating such basic social protections to private whim and state-by-state policy innovation.<sup id="fn-no-64"><a href="#fn-64">64</a></sup> To fulfill the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention’s national moratorium on evictions, states and local housing programs — even those funded with federal dollars — offered a frayed patchwork of relief.<sup id="fn-no-65"><a href="#fn-65">65</a></sup> For a fleeting moment, national policies rendered existing social programs more generous and more universal and crafted new ones to fill in some of the gaps. On every score, these marked an effort to overcome fragmented state provision; on every score, states led the push to dismantle the effort at the first opportunity.<sup id="fn-no-66"><a href="#fn-66">66</a></sup></p></div></section><section id="sec-3"><header><h2>Conclusion</h2></header><div><p>The culprits in this litany of failure are many, and they include labor market precarity, a tattered safety net, systemic racism, and yawning gaps in public and private health provision. But a consistent coconspirator, bearing substantial responsibility for these conditions and for exacerbating their consequences, is American federalism. That institutional framework, and the choices that underly it, is not (as it is so often portrayed) a means of balancing liberty and security, or equity and efficiency. And it is certainly not, in our historical or current experience, a reliable mechanism for responsive and effective public policy.</p><p>This is hardly surprising. From its inception, our federal system was designed to protect private interests and dampen popular representation. Aspirational excerpts from the founding debates over state and federal responsibility cannot disguise the fact that our political institutions were crafted first and foremost to protect property. Going forward, the distribution of political responsibility across jurisdictions, the broad discretion afforded state governments under even putatively federal programs, and the reliable deference of state legislators to local economic interests, accomplished just that. At every turn, federalism has strengthened capital and weakened working-class interests. Its institutional architecture has made it easier for employers to make and win political demands; its fragmented politics and policy have made it harder — and riskier — for workers to do the same.</p><p>Our history is punctuated by moments — the labor upheaval of the 1930s, the civil rights movement of the 1960s — when social movements pushed policies in another direction. Tellingly, local organizing in those struggles consistently and explicitly fought for national solutions to problems rooted in the innate and structural conservatism of state and local politics.<sup id="fn-no-67"><a href="#fn-67">67</a></sup> They took aim at both the agents of exploitation (the bosses, the segregationists) and the political fiefdoms that made that exploitation possible. Progressive causes and progressive triumphs, as Lisa Miller underscores, have almost always been about <em>overcoming</em> federalism.<sup id="fn-no-68"><a href="#fn-68">68</a></sup></p><p>This same logic is central to our current moment. Conservatives in national politics do little more than flail at the “overreach” or “weaponization” of national political institutions. More than ever, state politics are the refuge of scoundrels and extremists. This is not to say that progressive gains in state politics (the recent repeal of right-to-work laws in Michigan is a good example) are impossible, but they are scattered and woefully insufficient to the challenges we face. The willingness and ability of some states to advance some progressive policies testifies not to the promise of federalism but to the abject failure of national politics and national solutions (a $12 or $15 minimum wage, after all, is just where we would be if national labor standards were indexed to inflation). State-level solutions will always be insufficient and fragile, the gains for citizens in some states always accompanied by losses in others and by widening state-to-state disparities.</p><p>This assessment is not meant to condemn <em>any</em> political system that distributes responsibility among national and subnational units of governance; it is meant to underscore that the conditions and thresholds for making such a system work — including high national standards and robust local political and fiscal capacity — have proven impossible to achieve or sustain in the American context. “Federalism,” Aaron Wildavsky concluded bluntly in 1985, “means inequality.”<sup id="fn-no-69"><a href="#fn-69">69</a></sup> That inequality does not, as champions of federalism would have it, reflect a diversity of democratically determined local values and policy priorities. It is, like any other inequality, a product of exclusion and exploitation. By design and in practice, American federalism fragments political, economic, and social citizenship. It allows accidents of birth to stratify opportunity and protection. It makes it harder for democracy to rein in capitalism, let alone wrestle it in a new direction.</p></div></section><footer><ol><li id="fn-1">Jefferson Cowie, <cite>The Great Exception: The New Deal and the Limits of American Politics</cite> (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2017).</li><li id="fn-2">Eric Foner, “Why Is There No Socialism in the United States?” <cite>History Workshop</cite> no. 17 (1984).</li><li id="fn-3">Heather K. Gerken, “Federalism All the Way Down,” <cite>Harvard Law Review</cite> 124, no. 1 (2010); Danielle S. Allen, <cite>Democracy in the Time of Coronavirus</cite> (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2022).</li><li id="fn-4">William H. Riker, <cite>Federalism: Origin, Operation, Significance</cite> (Boston: Little, Brown, 1964), 139–55.</li><li id="fn-5">W. E. B. Du Bois, “Postscript,” <cite>Crisis</cite> 35, no. 3 (March 1928), 97, <a href="https://archive.org/details/sim_crisis_1928-03_35_3/page/96/mode/2up">archive.org/details/sim_crisis_1928-03_35_3/page/96/mode/2up</a>.</li><li id="fn-6">Here I lean heavily on Joshua Cohen and Joel Rogers, <cite>On Democracy</cite> (New York: Penguin Books, 1983).</li><li id="fn-7">Charles E. Lindblom, “The Market as Prison,” <cite>Journal of Politics</cite> 44, no. 2 (1982).</li><li id="fn-8">Karl Polanyi, <cite>The Great Transformation: The Political and Economic Origins of Our Time</cite> (Boston: Beacon Press, [1944] 2001); Fred Block, “Polanyi’s Double Movement and the Reconstruction of Critical Theory,” <cite>Interventions Économiques</cite> 38 (2008).</li><li id="fn-9">Ably documented by Larry M. Bartels, <cite>Unequal Democracy: The Political Economy of the New Gilded Age</cite> (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2016); Martin Gilens, <cite>Affluence and Influence: Economic Inequality and Political Power in America</cite> (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2012); Martin Gilens and Benjamin I. Page, “Testing Theories of American Politics: Elites, Interest Groups, and Average Citizens,” <cite>Perspectives on Politics</cite> 12, no. 3 (2014); Jacob S. Hacker and Paul Pierson, <cite>Let Them Eat Tweets: How the Right Rules in an Age of Extreme Inequality</cite> (New York: Liveright, 2020).</li><li id="fn-10">Peter Fisher, “Grading Places: What Do the Business Climate Rankings Really Tell Us?” (Good Jobs First, 2013), goodjobsfirst.org/grading-places-what-do-business-climate-rankings-really-tell-us; Greg LeRoy et al., “The Job-Creation Shell Game: Ending the Wasteful Practice of Subsidizing Companies That Move Jobs From One State to Another” (Good Jobs First, 2013), goodjobsfirst.org/job-<br/>creation-shell-game-ending-wasteful-practice-subsidizing-companies-move-jobs-one-state.</li><li id="fn-11">Robert C. Lieberman, <cite>Shifting the Color Line: Race and the American Welfare State</cite> (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1998); Cybelle Fox, <cite>Three Worlds of Relief</cite> <cite>: Race, Immigration, and the American Welfare State From the Progressive Era to the New Deal</cite> (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2012); Lee J. Alston and Joseph P. Ferrie, “Labor Costs, Paternalism, and Loyalty in Southern Agriculture: A Constraint on the Growth of the Welfare State,” <cite>Journal of Economic History</cite> 45, no. 1 (1985).</li><li id="fn-12">David Brian Robertson, <cite>Federalism and the Making of America</cite> (New York: Routledge, 2012).</li><li id="fn-13">Harvey Molotch, “The City as a Growth Machine: Toward a Political Economy of Place,” <cite>American Journal of Sociology</cite> 82, no. 2 (1976); Linda Lobao, Lazarus Adua, and Gregory Hooks, “Privatization, Business Attraction, and Social Services across the United States: Local Governments’ Use of Market-Oriented, Neoliberal Policies in the Post-2000 Period,” <cite>Social Problems</cite> 61, no. 4 (2014).</li><li id="fn-14">Sarah K. Bruch and Colin Gordon, “States of Welfare: Decentralization and Its Consequences in US Social Policy,” in <cite>Handbook on Urban Social Policies</cite>, ed. Yuri Kazepov et al. (Northampton, MA: Edward Elgar Publishing, 2022), 352–68.</li><li id="fn-15">Kim S. Rueben and Megan Randall, “Tax and Expenditure Limits: How States Restrict Revenues and Spending” (Urban Institute, 2017), urban.org/research/publication/tax-and-expenditure-limits; Daniel Béland and André Lecours, “Fiscal Federalism and American Exceptionalism: Why Is There No Federal Equalisation System in the United States?,” <cite>Journal of Public Policy</cite> 34, no. 2 (2014); Rourke L. O’Brien, “Redistribution and the New Fiscal Sociology: Race and the Progressivity of State and Local Taxes,” <cite>American Journal of Sociology</cite> 122, no. 4 (2017); Katherine S. Newman and Rourke L. O’Brien, <cite>Taxing the Poor: Doing Damage to the Truly Disadvantaged</cite> (Berkeley: University of California Press, 2011); John Mikesell, “Changing State Fiscal Capacity and Tax Effort in an Era of Devolving Government, 1981–2003,” <cite>Publius</cite> 37, no. 4 (2007).</li><li id="fn-16">Jamie Peck, “Austerity Urbanism: The Neoliberal Crisis of American Cities,” Rosa Luxemburg Stiftung, City Series #1 (2015); Colin Gordon, <cite>Citizen Brown: Race, Democracy, and Inequality in the St. Louis Suburbs</cite> (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2019); Kelsey Shoub et al., “Fines, Fees, Forfeitures, and Disparities: A Link Between Municipal Reliance on Fines and Racial Disparities in Policing,” <cite>Policy Studies Journal</cite> 49, no. 3 (2021); Christine Wen et al., “Starving Counties, Squeezing Cities: Tax and Expenditure Limits in the US,” <cite>Journal of Economic Policy Reform</cite> 23, no. 2 (2018).</li><li id="fn-17">Theodore J. Lowi, “Think Globally, Lose Locally,” in <cite>Globalization: Governance and Identity</cite>, ed. Guy Lachapelle and John Trent (Montreal: Presses de l’Université de Montréal, 2000), 17–38.</li><li id="fn-18">Sarah K. Bruch, Marcia K. Meyers, and Janet C. Gornick, “The Consequences of Decentralization: Inequality in Safety Net Provision in the Post–Welfare Reform Era,” <cite>Social Service Review</cite> 92, no. 1 (2018); Joe Soss, Richard C. Fording, and Sanford F. Schram, <cite>Disciplining the Poor: Neoliberal Paternalism and the Persistent Power of Race</cite> (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2011).</li><li id="fn-19">Jacob S. Hacker, “Privatizing Risk Without Privatizing the Welfare State: The Hidden Politics of Social Policy Retrenchment in the United States,” <cite>American Political Science Review</cite> 98, no. 2 (2004).</li><li id="fn-20">Lisa L. Miller, “Racialized Anti-Statism and the Failure of the American State,” <cite>Journal of Race, Ethnicity, and Politics</cite> 6, no. 1 (2021).</li><li id="fn-21">Richard C. Fording, Joe Soss, and Sanford F. Schram, “Devolution, Discretion, and the Effect of Local Political Values on TANF Sanctioning,” <cite>Social Service Review</cite> 81, no. 2 (2007); Ben Merriman and Josh Pacewicz, “The Great Interstate Divergence: Partisan Bureaucracies in the Contemporary United States,” <cite>American Journal of Sociology</cite> 127, no. 4 (2022).</li><li id="fn-22">Jacob M. Grumbach, <cite>Laboratories Against Democracy: How National Parties Transformed State Politics</cite> (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2022); Alexander Hertel-Fernandez, <cite>State Capture: How Conservative Activists, Big Businesses, and Wealthy Donors Reshaped the American States</cite> — <cite>and the Nation</cite> (New York: Oxford University Press, 2019); Lisa L. Miller, <cite>The Perils of Federalism: Race, Poverty, and the Politics of Crime Control</cite> (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2008).</li><li id="fn-23">Jamila D. Michener, “Politics, Pandemic, and Racial Justice Through the Lens of Medicaid,” <cite>American Journal of Public Health</cite> 111, no. 4 (2021); Philip Rocco, Ann C. Keller, and Andrew S. Kelly, “State Politics and the Uneven Fate of Medicaid Expansion,” <cite>Health Affairs</cite> 39, no. 3 (2020).</li><li id="fn-24">Miller, <cite>The Perils of Federalism</cite>; Lisa L. Miller, “Up From Federalism,” <cite>Boston Review</cite>, July 18, 2022; Jacob M. Grumbach and Jamila Michener, “American Federalism, Political Inequality, and Democratic Erosion,” <cite>Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science</cite> 699, no. 1 (2022).</li><li id="fn-25">Richard Briffault, “The Challenge of the New Preemption,” 70 Stan. L. Rev. 1995 (2018); Hertel-Fernandez, <cite>State Capture</cite>; Marni von Wilpert, “City Governments Are Raising Standards for Working People — and State Legislators are Lowering Them Back Down,” Economic Policy Institute, August 2017.</li><li id="fn-26">J. Morgan Kousser, <cite>The Shaping of Southern Politics: Suffrage Restriction and the Establishment of the One-Party South</cite>, 1880–1910 (New Haven: Yale University Press, 1974).</li><li id="fn-27">Desmond King and Robert C. Lieberman, “‘The Latter-Day General Grant’: Forceful Federal Power and Civil Rights,” <cite>Journal of Race, Ethnicity, and Politics</cite> 6, no. 3 (2020); Ira Katznelson, <cite>Fear Itself: The New Deal and the Origins of Our Time</cite> (New York: Liveright, 2013).</li><li id="fn-28">Brennan Center for Justice, “Voting Laws Roundup: February 2023,” February 27, 2023.</li><li id="fn-29">Grumbach, <cite>Laboratories Against Democracy</cite>; Alexander Hertel-Fernandez, “Policy Feedback as Political Weapon: Conservative Advocacy and the Demobilization of the Public Sector Labor Movement,” <cite>Perspectives on Politics</cite> 16, no. 2 (2018).</li><li id="fn-30">Charles W. Tyler and Heather K. Gerken, “The Myth of the Laboratories of Democracy,” <cite>Columbia Law Review</cite> 122, no. 8 (2022); Richard B. Freeman and Joel Rogers, “The Promise of Progressive Federalism,” in <cite>Remaking America: Democracy and Public Policy in an Age of Inequality</cite>, eds. Joe Soss, Jacob S. Hacker, and Suzanne Mettler (New York: Russell Sage Foundation, 2007), 205–27; Miller, “Racialized Anti-Statism and the Failure of the American State.”</li><li id="fn-31">See “Amazon Tracker” at <a href="https://iowa-my.sharepoint.com/personal/cgordon_uiowa_edu/Documents/Documents/Downloads/Desktop/goodjobsfirst.org/amazon-tracker.">goodjobsfirst.org/amazon-tracker.</a></li><li id="fn-32">The seminal work here is Greg LeRoy, <cite>The Great American Jobs Scam: Corporate Tax Dodging and the Myth of Job Creation</cite> (San Francisco: Berrett-Koehler, 2005).</li><li id="fn-33">See Alex Gourevitch, “Police Work: The Centrality of Labor Repression in American Political History,” <cite>Perspectives on Politics </cite>13, no. 3 (2015); Ahmed White, <cite>Under the Iron Heel: The Wobblies and the Capitalist War on Radical Workers</cite> (Berkeley: University of California Press, 2022); Ahmed White, <cite>The Last Great Strike: Little Steel, the CIO, and the Struggle for Labor Rights in New Deal America</cite> (Berkeley: University of California Press, 2016); Chad Pearson, <cite>Capital’s Terrorists: Klansmen, Lawmen, and Employers in the Long Nineteenth Century</cite> (Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2022).</li><li id="fn-34">Alexis N. Walker, <cite>Divided Unions: The Wagner Act, Federalism, and Organized Labor</cite> (Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 2020).</li><li id="fn-35">Warren C. Whatley, “African-American Strikebreaking From the Civil War to the New Deal,” <cite>Social Science History</cite> 17, no. 4 (1993).</li><li id="fn-36">Colin Gordon, “The Legacy of Taft-Hartley,” <cite>Jacobin</cite>, December 19, 2017; David T. Ellwood and Glenn Fine, “The Impact of Right-to-Work Laws on Union Organizing,” <cite>Journal of Political Economy</cite> 95, no. 2 (1987).</li><li id="fn-37">Barry Hirsch and David Macpherson, unionstats.com. Due to limited CPS observations at the state level, density rates cited here are three-year averages (2019–2021).</li><li id="fn-38">Joel Rogers, “Divide and Conquer: Further Reflections on the Distinctive Character of American Labor Laws,” <cite>Wisconsin Law Review</cite> 1990, no. 1 (1990).</li><li id="fn-39">Elizabeth Anderson, <cite>Private Government: How Employers Rule Our Lives (and Why We Don’t Talk about It)</cite> (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2017), xxii.</li><li id="fn-40">Rogers, “Divide and Conquer”; James Feigenbaum, Alexander Hertel-Fernandez, and Vanessa Williamson, “From the Bargaining Table to the Ballot Box: Political Effects of Right to Work Laws,” National Bureau of Economic Research, 2018; Hertel-Fernandez, “Policy Feedback as Political Weapon.”</li><li id="fn-41">John S. Ahlquist, “Labor Unions, Political Representation, and Economic Inequality,” <cite>Annual Review of Political Science</cite> 20 (2017).</li><li id="fn-42">This discussion draws on Bruch and Gordon, “States of Welfare.”</li><li id="fn-43">Linda Gordon, <cite>Pitied but Not Entitled: Single Mothers and the History of Welfare, 1890–1935</cite> (New York: Free Press, 1994); Linda Gordon and Nancy Fraser, “Contract Versus Charity: Why Is There No Social Citizenship in the United States?” <cite>Socialist Review</cite> 22, no. 3 (1992); Lieberman, <cite>Shifting the Color Line</cite>.</li><li id="fn-44">Jamila Michener, <cite>Fragmented Democracy: Medicaid, Federalism, and Unequal Politics</cite> (New York: Cambridge University Press, 2018); Suzanne Mettler, <cite>Dividing Citizens: Gender and Federalism in New Deal Public Policy</cite> (Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1998).</li><li id="fn-45">Yu-Ling Chang, “Unequal Social Protection Under the Federalist System: Three Unemployment Insurance Approaches in the United States, 2007–2015,” <cite>Journal of Social Policy</cite> 49, no. 1 (2020); William J. Congdon and Wayne Vroman, “The Unemployment Insurance System in Two Recent Economic Downturns” (Urban Institute, 2022).</li><li id="fn-46">2021 estimates based on data from Sarah K. Bruch, Marcia K. Meyers, and Janet C. Gornick, “State Safety Net Policy Dataset, Version 2023-1,” University of Delaware, 2023 [forthcoming].</li><li id="fn-47">Jennifer Klein, <cite>For All These Rights: Business, Labor, and the Shaping of America’s Public-Private Welfare State</cite> (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2006); Jacob S. Hacker, <cite>The Divided Welfare State: The Battle Over Public and Private Social Benefits in the United States</cite> (New York: Cambridge University Press, 2002); Colin Gordon, <cite>Dead on Arrival: The Politics of Health Care in Twentieth-Century America</cite> (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2009).</li><li id="fn-48">Gordon and Fraser, “Contract Versus Charity.”</li><li id="fn-49">Eva Bertram, <cite>The Workfare State: Public Assistance Politics From the New Deal to the New Democrats</cite> (Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 2015); Jennifer Mittelstadt, <cite>From Welfare to Workfare: The Unintended Consequences of Liberal Reform, 1945–1965</cite> (Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2005); Joe Soss et al., “Setting the Terms of Relief: Explaining State Policy Choices in the Devolution Revolution,” <cite>American Journal of Political Science</cite> 45, no. 2 (2001): 378.</li><li id="fn-50">Michael Grabell and Howard Berkes, “The Demolition of Workers’ Comp,” <cite>ProPublica</cite>, March 4, 2015; Andrew Karch and Shanna Rose, <cite>Responsive States: Federalism and American Public Policy</cite> (New York: Cambridge University Press, 2019).</li><li id="fn-51">Miller, “Racialized Anti-Statism and the Failure of the American State.”</li><li id="fn-52">Statement of Charles H. Houston in Committee on Finance, US Senate, Economic Security Act: Hearings (Washington: GPA, 1935), 641.</li><li id="fn-53">Rodney E. Hero and Morris E. Levy, “The Racial Structure of Inequality: Consequences for Welfare Policy in the United States: Racial Inequality and Welfare,” <cite>Social Science Quarterly</cite> 99, no. 2 (2018); Soss, Fording, and Schram, <cite>Disciplining the Poor</cite>; Margaret Weir, “States, Race, and the Decline of New Deal Liberalism,” S<cite>tudies in American Political Development</cite> 19, no. 2 (2005); Alexandra Filindra, “Immigrant Social Policy in the American States: Race Politics and State TANF and Medicaid Eligibility Rules for Legal Permanent Residents,” <cite>State Politics &amp;amp; Policy Quarterly</cite> 13, no. 1 (2013); Medha D. Makhlouf, “Laboratories of Exclusion: Medicaid, Federalism and Immigrants,” <cite>New York University Law Review</cite> 95,<br/>no. 6 (2020).</li><li id="fn-54">Rachel Garfield, Kendal Orgera, and Anthony Damico, “The Coverage Gap: Uninsured Poor Adults in States That Do Not Expand Medicaid,” Kaiser Family Foundation, 2021 .</li><li id="fn-55">This discussion draws on Colin Gordon, “Federalism Is Killing Us,” <cite>Dissent</cite>, March 15, 2021.</li><li id="fn-56">Donald F. Kettl, “States Divided: The Implications of American Federalism for COVID-19,” <cite>Public Administration Review</cite> 80, no. 4 (2020).</li><li id="fn-57">Jennifer Kates, Jennifer Tolbert, and Josh Michaud, “The <abbr>COVID-19</abbr> ‘Vaccination Line’: An Update on State Prioritization Plans,” Kaiser Family Foundation, January 11, 2021.</li><li id="fn-58">John Agnew, “Failing Federalism? US Dualist Federalism and the 2020–22 Pandemic,” <cite>Regional Studies, Regional Science</cite> 9, no. 1 (2022); Robert A. Schapiro, “States of Inequality: Fiscal Federalism, Unequal States, and Unequal People,” <cite>California Law Review</cite> 108, no. 5 (2020): 1531; Sarah James, Caroline Tervo, and Theda Skocpol, “Institutional Capacities, Partisan Divisions, and Federal Tensions in US Responses to the <abbr>COVID-19</abbr> Pandemic,” <cite>RSF: The Russell Sage Foundation Journal of the Social Sciences</cite> 8, no. 8 (2022); Kettl, “States Divided”; Mariely López-<br/>Santana and Philip Rocco, “Fiscal Federalism and Economic Crises in the United States: Lessons from the <abbr>COVID-19</abbr> Pandemic and Great Recession,” <cite>Publius</cite> 51, no. 3 (2021).</li><li id="fn-59">Robert A. Moffitt and James P. Ziliak, “COVID-19 and the US Safety Net,” <cite>Fiscal Studies</cite> 41, no. 3 (2020); Marianne P. Bitler, Hilary Hoynes, and Diane Whitmore Schanzenbach, “The Social Safety Net in the Wake of <abbr>COVID-19</abbr>,” Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, 2020.</li><li id="fn-60">Colin Gordon, “Risky Business: Health Care Before and After Trump,” <cite>Political Power and Social Theory</cite> 39 (2022).</li><li id="fn-61">Walter Johnson et al., “<abbr>COVID-19</abbr> and the Color Line,” <cite>Boston Review</cite>, May 1, 2020.</li><li id="fn-62">Andrew Stettner, “Coronavirus Bill a First Step to Badly Needed Fixes to Unemployment Insurance (UI) Benefits,” Century Foundation, March 12, 2020.</li><li id="fn-63">Kyle Coombs et al., “Early Withdrawal of Pandemic Unemployment Insurance: Effects on Employment and Earnings,” <cite>AEA Papers and Proceedings</cite> 112 (2022).</li><li id="fn-64">Usha Ranji, Michelle Long, and Alina Salganicoff, “Coronavirus Puts a Spotlight on Paid Leave Policies,” Kaiser Family Foundation, December 14, 2020.</li><li id="fn-65">Kathryn M. Leifheit et al., “Expiring Eviction Moratoriums and <abbr>COVID-19</abbr> Incidence and Mortality,” <cite>American Journal of Epidemiology</cite> 190, no. 12 (2021).</li><li id="fn-66">Claire Cain Miller and Alicia Parlapiano, “The US Built a European-Style Welfare State. It’s Largely Over,” <cite>New York Times</cite>, April 6, 2023.</li><li id="fn-67">Weir, “States, Race, and the Decline of New Deal Liberalism”; King and Lieberman, “‘The Latter-Day General Grant.’”</li><li id="fn-68">Miller, “Up From Federalism.”</li><li id="fn-69">Aaron Wildavsky, “Federalism Means Inequality,” <cite>Society</cite> 22, no. 3 (1985).</li></ol></footer></article></content><published>2023-08-25T22:25:12Z</published><summary type="text">American federalism is often touted as a source of local democratic engagement, political innovation, and responsive public policy. But in practice, the American states have served not as “laboratories of democracy” but as laboratories of autocracy and inequality that effectively stymie social reform, fragment social protection, and undermine social citizenship.</summary></entry><entry><id>https://catalyst-journal.com/2023/08/the-jobs-and-freedom-strategy</id><title type="text">The Jobs and Freedom Strategy</title><updated>2026-04-20T17:51:12.467561Z</updated><author><name>Benjamin Y. Fong</name></author><content type="xhtml"><article xmlns=""><div><blockquote><p>Either we decide upon massive social investments now, or we face the incalculably more costly alternative of social disintegration and violence. In the long run, it is the budget-balancers and the tight-money boys who will prove to be the most impractical.</p><p> — A. Philip Randolph<sup id="fn-no-1"><a href="#fn-1">1</a></sup></p><p>In 1876 they said: “We fought a bloody war to free the Negro. Must we also give him 40 acres and a mule?” Today they say: “We have given the Negro the right to eat at our lunch counters. Must we also give him a job so he can afford a hamburger?” As southerners know (better than the rest of us), had the answer been “Yes” in 1876, the question would not have arisen in 1967. And if it is not answered affirmatively in 1968, it will be with us in the year 2000.</p><p> — Bayard Rustin<sup id="fn-no-2"><a href="#fn-2">2</a></sup></p></blockquote><p>In the mid-1960s, with the Civil Rights and Voting Rights acts having swept away the legal bases of discrimination and segregation in America, civil rights leaders refocused their efforts on full-employment policy and general economic uplift to transform a recently won formal freedom into a <em>substantive</em> one. They would be disheartened to learn that that substantive freedom remains an unrealized dream today, but they would also be perplexed by the relative lack of importance given to broad-based economic reforms in contemporary debates and struggles for racial justice.</p><p>No two civil rights leaders held economic transformation to be so integral to the fulfillment of the promise of the civil rights revolution as Bayard Rustin and A. Philip Randolph, the key organizers of the 1963 March on Washington for Jobs and Freedom. The Economic Policy Institute has called this the “unfinished march” in recognition of the fact that, despite it being perhaps the most iconic protest of the twentieth century, its key demands — full employment, affordable housing and health care, and high-quality public education — have largely gone unfulfilled.<sup id="fn-no-3"><a href="#fn-3">3</a></sup> While affirming the unfinished nature of their project, contemporary radicals are nonetheless skeptical of the universalist approach of Rustin and Randolph, at least in part due to lingering discontent with their actions <em>after</em> the march. Swept into the halls of power, where for a time they tried to influence officials in Lyndon B. Johnson’s administration, the two began alienating many former allies with what was felt to be a drift to the center, symbolized most notably in their strategic hedging on the pressing issue of Vietnam.<sup id="fn-no-4"><a href="#fn-4">4</a></sup> For these and other acts of perceived perfidy, they became controversial, even reviled, figures on the Left almost as soon as the glow from that historic day in August faded.</p><p>Today the memory of these post-1963 betrayals looms large in assessments of their legacies. As opposed to the emerging mainstream image of Rustin as a marginalized intersectional hero — one sure to be bolstered by the forthcoming Netflix biopic <cite>Rustin</cite> (executive produced by the Obamas) — leftists still remember Rustin as the one who “sold his soul completely to the Democratic Party,” in the words of civil rights leader Julian Bond.<sup id="fn-no-5"><a href="#fn-5">5</a></sup> Manning Marable castigates “Rustin’s and Randolph’s accommodation to racism and betrayal of the black working class.”<sup id="fn-no-6"><a href="#fn-6">6</a></sup> Labor strategist Kim Moody blames them for making “one of the nation’s pre-eminent cross-class, bourgeois-dominated institutions stand in for actual working-class political organization.”<sup id="fn-no-7"><a href="#fn-7">7</a></sup> <cite>Jacobin</cite> editor Shawn Gude thinks of Rustin’s trajectory (and Randolph’s, by implication) as no less than a “tragedy.”<sup id="fn-no-8"><a href="#fn-8">8</a></sup></p><p>At the same time, there is renewed interest today on the Left in Rustin’s critique of Black Power and the New Left and also in the Freedom Budget for All Americans, a campaign run by Randolph and Rustin during the period when they had already, in the opinion of some, “sold out.”<sup id="fn-no-9"><a href="#fn-9">9</a></sup> Hinted at by Randolph in 1965 and unveiled by the A. Philip Randolph Institute in October 1966, the Freedom Budget outlined a federal budget for the elimination of poverty in the United States within a ten-year period. Rustin summarized the budget to supporters with seven basic objectives:</p><blockquote><ol><li><p>To provide <em>full employment</em> for all who are willing and able to work, including those who need education or training to make them willing and able.</p></li><li><p>To assure <em>decent and adequate</em> wages to all who work.</p></li><li><p>To assure a decent living standard to those <em>who cannot or should not work</em>.</p></li><li><p><em>To wipe out slum ghettos</em> and provide decent homes for all Americans.</p></li><li><p>To provide <em>decent medical care</em> and adequate educational opportunities for all Americans, at a cost they can afford.</p></li><li><p><em>To purify our air and water</em> and develop our transportation and natural resources on a scale suitable to our growing needs.</p></li><li><p>To unite <em>sustained full employment with sustained full production</em> and high economic growth.<sup id="fn-no-10"><a href="#fn-10">10</a></sup></p></li></ol></blockquote><p>It’s not hard to see the appeal today: looking at the Freedom Budget and the Bernie Sanders platform side by side, one might conclude that they were conceived by the same people. As Paul Le Blanc and Michael D. Yates argue in their book-length treatment of the Freedom Budget, there is clearly a need out there for a revival of Randolph and Rustin’s basic project.<sup id="fn-no-11"><a href="#fn-11">11</a></sup> But how, one might wonder, did such flawed personalities overcome their “perfidy” to formulate a working-class social and economic program that is still relevant more than half a century later?<sup id="fn-no-12"><a href="#fn-12">12</a></sup></p><p>Rustin and Randolph undoubtedly made strategic and tactical missteps in a moment of political sea change, but today the memory of those missteps has prevented a reckoning with and appreciation for their post-1963 approach, which led, among other things, to the genesis of the Freedom Budget. In what follows, I aim to extract the core of that approach — the baby that is typically thrown out with the bathwater in assessments of their legacy. Not only did they accurately and somewhat uniquely diagnose an impasse for the civil rights movement, but their plan for moving beyond that impasse is one that still bears striking relevance to the present. Given the persistence of the social ills they reckoned with, it is worth revisiting Rustin and Randolph’s politics and strategies to understand why they privileged universal material guarantees, why their efforts ultimately failed, and what lessons their program has for activists today.</p><p>In the first three sections, I lay out the basics of what I call, after the march that informed its conceptualization, their Jobs and Freedom Strategy. This strategy had three basic elements: (1) the need to pursue public jobs programs, (2) to do so through a coalition between civil rights organizations and organized labor, and (3) to avoid the dangers of what Rustin called “frustration politics.” In the fourth section, I then review why the Jobs and Freedom Strategy did not pan out in the mid-’60s in the form of the Freedom Budget campaign. I close with implications for the present.</p></div><section id="sec-1"><header><h2>1. The Jobs Demand</h2></header><div><p>The most famous event in civil rights history was the March on Washington for Jobs and Freedom. The <em>freedom</em> part seems obvious, but of the myriad economic issues facing black America in the 1960s, how did <em>jobs</em> come out on top? Why not <em>housing</em> to upgrade the 9.3 million housing units that the 1960 census declared “seriously deficient”?<sup id="fn-no-13"><a href="#fn-13">13</a></sup> Why not <em>health care</em> to aid the 60 percent of hospital patients in the lowest income groups who had no insurance?<sup id="fn-no-14"><a href="#fn-14">14</a></sup> Or why not <em>education</em> to call back to the Supreme Court case that inaugurated the modern civil rights movement?</p><p>The simple reason that jobs won out is that the March on Washington was organized by Randolph and Rustin. For the two socialists, jobs — or as they often preferred, “full employment” — was <em>the</em> crucial addition to civil rights: the latter would mean <em>formal</em> equality, but only the achievement of the former could produce <em>substantive</em> equality. At the time, agricultural work in the South had become increasingly mechanized, and manufacturing was leaving Northern cities just as millions of black workers were entering them. Without decent jobs, racial tension between white and black workers over basic material issues was bound to grow.<sup id="fn-no-15"><a href="#fn-15">15</a></sup> And without the ability to gain <em>economic</em> independence, the formal independence granted by civil rights legislation would ring hollow. Indeed, with the passage of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and the Voting Rights Act of 1965, that is precisely what both Randolph and Rustin saw happening in urban riots. The promise of civil rights legislation in contrast to the daily indignities and material deprivations in urban areas was received as an insult: in Rustin’s words, “To the urban underclass, the civil rights revolution of which they had heard so much was a frustrating reminder of the plight of their daily lives.”<sup id="fn-no-16"><a href="#fn-16">16</a></sup></p><p>For Rustin, full employment unlocked the entire economic situation.</p><blockquote><p>The key  . . .  is decent jobs. It is easy to lose sight of this amid all the sociological jargon which tends to project a hundred different problems where one multifaceted problem exists. Some people say that housing is key — as if there were no connection between the snail’s pace of housing construction and unemployment in the construction industry. Others point to education — as if the 750,000 new classroom units we need over the next 10 years can be built without manpower, or as if reducing the teacher’s load by hiring teacher’s aides had no meaning for the unemployed in the ghetto. Still others point to family instability — as if one could not point to direct statistical correlation between family instability and male unemployment rates.<sup id="fn-no-17"><a href="#fn-17">17</a></sup></p></blockquote><p>Dealing with economic factors in general was important, but jobs for all was the demand that united them. And in a situation where the private sector was not providing enough jobs, public jobs programs had to be the answer, as they were in the New Deal. Rustin even explicitly characterized the Freedom Budget as a New Deal for black America, to be backed by a league of organizations with the vision and heft of the Congress of Industrial Organizations:</p><blockquote><p>The CIO had to organize itself but it did so under circumstances of Federal intervention which made the momentous task easier to perform. Negroes have to organize themselves. And the Freedom Budget, which is their New Deal thirty years late (but better late than never) will not simply provide full and fair employment and lay the basis for the destruction of the physical environment of poverty. Like the Wagner Act and the social investments of the New Deal, it should also evoke a new Psychology, a new militance and sense of dignity, among millions of Negroes who will see something more concrete and specific than a promise of eventual freedom.<sup id="fn-no-18"><a href="#fn-18">18</a></sup></p></blockquote><p>Part of this “new Psychology” was an enlarged class consciousness: in joining as full-fledged members of the proletariat, black workers would gain a new understanding of themselves as <cite>American</cite> workers.</p><p>The difficulty, of course, was that, unlike in the era of the New Deal, the crisis of black poverty stood in sharp contrast to the general prosperity of the ’60s. New Deal public jobs programs were a response to a deep and widespread economic crisis, and the political will to experiment with them was forced partially by a new upsurge in working-class militancy. Working families that had settled into the suburban middle classes were not about to recreate 1934. Randolph and Rustin faced the uphill task of both translating events like the Watts riots into general social urgency and amassing the popular pressure required to force the hands of politicians and resistant business interests.</p><p>Winning New Deal–style jobs programs was thus always going to be a Herculean task, but of the goal itself, Rustin and Randolph were certain. Full employment would lessen racial tension, alleviate the material deprivation undergirding urban riots, complement the formal freedom of civil rights legislation with a substantive freedom, improve housing, education, and health care, and, most important, lead to the possibility of greater <em>political</em> power in creating the conditions “for the black <em>lumpenproletariat</em> to become a proletariat.”<sup id="fn-no-19"><a href="#fn-19">19</a></sup> “Jobs” was <em>the</em> demand.</p><p>And its relevance has not lessened in the present. Public jobs programs are needed today not only to repair American infrastructure and carry forward much-needed climate mitigation and adaptation work, but also to transform the economies of impoverished areas and provide security for poor and working-class people. Such full-employment policies would also weaken the economic drivers of injustices in contemporary policing and the carceral system by mitigating the conditions that these systems are intended to manage. As they were for Randolph and Rustin, jobs are still a necessary prerequisite for increased freedom today.</p></div></section><section id="sec-2"><header><h2>2. The Civil Rights–Organized Labor Coalition</h2></header><div><p>The March on Washington did more than impress upon Randolph and Rustin that the jobs demand was the right one to prioritize. It also demonstrated the power of the coalition of civil rights organizations, labor unions, and religious groups that brought the march to fruition. Their faith in that “Coalition of Conscience” (United Auto Workers president Walter Reuther’s phrase) was maintained through the introduction of the Freedom Budget, which Randolph framed in a speech from October 1966 as an effort “to undertake the redemption and completion of the goals set forth on that historic day in August of 1963.”<sup id="fn-no-20"><a href="#fn-20">20</a></sup></p><p>In Randolph and Rustin’s shared analysis, Cold War politics had created a certain opening for the pursuit of civil rights, as the state of race relations was an embarrassment to many in the ruling class.<sup id="fn-no-21"><a href="#fn-21">21</a></sup> Black protest in the South spoke to this embarrassment, and as Rustin reflected years later, that protest and the white violence it elicited, amplified through the television medium, “aroused the conscience of the nation” and conferred on the civil rights movement a “moral authority.”<sup id="fn-no-22"><a href="#fn-22">22</a></sup> No such strategic opening existed for the civil rights movement to “expand its vision beyond race relations to economic relations,” as Rustin urged it to do in his February 1965 article “From Protest to Politics.” Thus, the fundamental task after the passage of the Civil Rights and Voting Rights acts was the less media-friendly and more plodding work of building “a coalition of progressive forces” into “the <em>effective</em> political majority in the United States.”<sup id="fn-no-23"><a href="#fn-23">23</a></sup></p><p>For the civil rights organizations themselves, this meant turning away from what had been a strategic vanguardism in the early phases of the movement (but which was turning increasingly into an <em>unstrategic</em> vanguardism — see the following section for more) and toward building representative mass membership organizations. In the early phases of the civil rights movement, younger organizations like the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee (SNCC) and the Congress of Racial Equality (CORE) were the tip of the spear, but they were also, in Rustin’s estimation, essentially <em>majoritarian</em> in orientation — not because they spoke to a preexisting majority that opposed segregation but because they <em>sought</em> that majority and eventually won it over. If they wished to keep that majoritarian orientation in a new phase of struggle, they needed to develop the kind of representative structures that would allow them to speak and act on behalf of a defined constituency.</p><p>Rustin’s evolving attitude toward the NAACP represented the flip side of this coin. Before 1963, both his political sympathies and personal ties lay with organizations like SNCC and CORE, while his relationship with NAACP director Roy Wilkins, who often viewed protest actions with a great deal of suspicion, was rather ambivalent. In 1970, by contrast, he praised the NAACP for being the one “national organization in the black community.”</p><blockquote><p>It is the only black organization which organizes almost a half million dues paying members and which collects almost five million dollars exclusively from black people. The Urban League does not get its money from black people; SCLC [Southern Christian Leadership Conference] does not get its money from black people; CORE never got its money from black people. And yet today, the one organization which is never discussed is the NAACP.<sup id="fn-no-24"><a href="#fn-24">24</a></sup></p></blockquote><p>Despite his disagreements with Wilkins, Rustin recognized the NAACP as an actual <em>representative</em> institution with lists of dues-paying members invested in the organization, and his belated praise expresses lament over the course that the younger civil rights groups took.<sup id="fn-no-25"><a href="#fn-25">25</a></sup></p><p>Rustin and Randolph also urged the civil rights organizations, in addition to building themselves up internally, to avoid “going it alone” and to partner with their natural allies in the labor movement. As Rustin wrote in a pamphlet on right-to-work laws in 1967:</p><blockquote><p>Labor and minority groups have been where the real action is — the bullets, the dogs, the lynch-ropes, the billy clubs, blood dripping down through the leaves of the trees, and blood running out of the open shop. This makes us brothers not only under the skin, but also brothers in blood, in sweat, and in tears, all shed in the service of making America safe for democracy. It is to the credit of the American labor movement, and a challenge to its treatment of the Negro in the future, that I cannot make that statement about any other institution in America.<sup id="fn-no-26"><a href="#fn-26">26</a></sup></p></blockquote><p>At the time, many on the Left thought the proposal of a civil rights–labor coalition, while nice and sensible in theory, was a dead letter in practice given the bureaucratization of labor. <cite>New Politics</cite> editor Julius Jacobson argued that while unions are a “<em>potential</em> force for democracy,” in the United States “the radical young has good reason to feel that Big Labor is as venal as most other institutions of the American Establishment.” The AFL-CIO, in his view, was “committed to racial equality in a most general way” and on “paper and in resolutions” only.<sup id="fn-no-27"><a href="#fn-27">27</a></sup> In a <cite>Dissent</cite> article from 1966, Paul Jacobs agreed, saying “it would be foolish for radicals to expect much more from the unions than a kind of generalized support for anti-poverty programs” and civil rights.<sup id="fn-no-28"><a href="#fn-28">28</a></sup> Black Power organizations were even more hostile to the labor movement than New Leftists: CORE began collaborating with the National Right to Work Committee to set up the Black Workers Alliance, and SNCC believed “that one of the major roadblocks to the freedom of black people is the labor movement as it is presently constructed.”<sup id="fn-no-29"><a href="#fn-29">29</a></sup></p><p>Such criticism and hostility must have bordered on amusing to Randolph, who knew perhaps better than anyone in the country the extent and depth of discrimination and bureaucratization in American trade unions.<sup id="fn-no-30"><a href="#fn-30">30</a></sup> He was nonetheless at the forefront of advocating a civil rights–labor coalition, because his essential question here was not “Are unions good?” but rather “Will they be allies in accomplishing the task at hand?” And since the task was full employment, the answer was a clear yes, not for moral reasons but because the goal was in organized labor’s naked self-interest and because of the industrial power labor could bring to bear.</p><p>Both Randolph and Rustin repeatedly emphasized that unions were unquestionably beneficial institutions for black workers, who were disproportionately more likely to be union members than their white counterparts. They also invariably added that “the legislative program of the trade-union movement can go a long way toward satisfying the economic needs of the larger black <em>community</em>.”<sup id="fn-no-31"><a href="#fn-31">31</a></sup> Indeed, at a certain point in the mid-’60s, Randolph and Rustin believed that the civil rights movement should simply adopt the political program of the AFL-CIO — again, not because it or its member unions were model organizations (they were not) but because their political priorities, including full employment and the repeal of Section 14(b) of Taft-Hartley, were now also those of the civil rights movement.<sup id="fn-no-32"><a href="#fn-32">32</a></sup> Even in the midst of a 1961 spat with George Meany, when Randolph spoke of “this strained Negro-labor relation,” he still clearly understood the stakes: “Since the Negro community and the labor community have common interests and common enemies and should have common objectives, this crisis of confidence between these basic communities constitutes a grave danger to the cause of the Negro and labor.”<sup id="fn-no-33"><a href="#fn-33">33</a></sup></p><p>There were also positive examples of meaningful collaboration.<sup id="fn-no-34"><a href="#fn-34">34</a></sup> California’s Fair Employment Practices Act of 1959 was made possible by a coalition of labor and civil rights leaders, and that alliance had been instrumental in beating back right-to-work laws in other states.<sup id="fn-no-35"><a href="#fn-35">35</a></sup> Though the AFL-CIO did not officially sponsor the 1963 March on Washington (an ongoing embarrassment for Meany), labor did substantially support the event. The loudspeaker tab at the Lincoln Memorial of $16,000, for instance, was picked up by the United Auto Workers and the International Ladies’ Garment Workers’ Union.<sup id="fn-no-36"><a href="#fn-36">36</a></sup> After the march, the AFL-CIO’s Civil Rights Department, armed with a much larger lobbying team than any of the key civil rights organizations, was instrumental in pushing federal civil rights legislation.</p><p>That said, Randolph and Rustin understood that this was an alliance that had to be forged and reinforced, that it was not waiting there to be mobilized but could be solidified in the process of struggle.<sup id="fn-no-37"><a href="#fn-37">37</a></sup> Randolph averred that the postwar trajectory of the labor movement toward being “richer in body and poorer in spirit” had to be reversed.<sup id="fn-no-38"><a href="#fn-38">38</a></sup> Rustin wrote:</p><blockquote><p>I think that the Freedom Budget can provide the contest in which unity would not only be possible but imperative. When for instance, the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers (Local 3) won a reduction in the work week in New York under the leadership of Harry Van Arsdale, 300 of the 1000 new apprenticeship openings went to Negroes. The Freedom Budget would open up jobs on a much vaster scale. Instead of competition between black and white workers for scarce jobs under conditions of high unemployment rates, the threat of automation, or both, there would be a joint self-interest in both integrating and unionizing the new employment. Under such conditions, the current Negro-labor alliance on questions like the repeal of Section 14B of the Taft Hartley, the extension of minimum coverage and increase in benefits, etc., would become that much more meaningful and dynamic.<sup id="fn-no-39"><a href="#fn-39">39</a></sup></p></blockquote><p>Again, there was probably no one more qualified to speak to organized labor’s bureaucratization and discriminatory practices than A. Philip Randolph, but he and Rustin understood that coalition politics is not based on mutual affection but mutual interest, and also that the proposed coalition had to be solidified, not taken for granted. This was a new phase for the civil rights movement, and they hoped, in turn, that the sparks ignited in bringing together disparate groups in coalition would reignite the fighting spirit of labor. “United in a powerful Coalition of Conscience,” wrote Randolph, “the cause of civil rights and labor’s rights can and will prevail; without it, the future is uncertain.”<sup id="fn-no-40"><a href="#fn-40">40</a></sup></p><p>Today there is a lingering New Left suspicion of existing trade unions as burdensome and regressive, perhaps even in some cases imbricated with “histories of racism and colonial dispossession” in such a way as to make them essentially compromised.<sup id="fn-no-41"><a href="#fn-41">41</a></sup> Theoretical discussions of class and race spill over into assumed division between the aims of labor and racial justice — thus the prominent emphasis, in the wake of the George Floyd uprising, on the development of internal education programs for union members around implicit bias and racial capitalism.<sup id="fn-no-42"><a href="#fn-42">42</a></sup> Randolph and Rustin always understood, as organizers do, the potential antagonism between different interests within any particular coalition, but they also asserted the essential bond in “the cause of civil rights and labor’s rights” and that unity around that cause had to be carefully and patiently forged in a common political project. To abandon that work meant not only a precarious future for both labor and civil rights; it also meant a descent into the insidious realm of frustration politics.</p></div></section><section id="sec-3"><header><h2>3. Against Frustration Politics</h2></header><div><p>A famous sign from the March on Washington read “Civil Rights Plus Full Employment Equals Freedom.” It was a precise formula and, unsurprisingly, Randolph’s suggestion. Freedom was the <em>sum</em> of the two. After the de jure fight for civil rights was won with the Civil Rights and Voting Rights acts, the movement had to turn to the task of achieving full employment, without which freedom would remain but a promise. The “Jobs and Freedom” slogan might thus be reread as “Jobs and <em>then</em> Freedom.”</p><p>Everywhere around them, however, Randolph and Rustin saw activists wanting to shortcut around the part about <em>jobs</em> (and the coalition strategy needed to win this demand) and get directly to the part about <em>freedom</em>. To them, both Black Power and the New Left, finding the United States to be rotten to the core, had given up on the formulation of a concrete and achievable political program and were turning to increasingly odd insurrectionary fantasies and localist experiments that did not in any way alter the fundamental structures of capitalist society. For Rustin, the varied retreats to communes, drug subcultures, armed revolutionary cells, and “community control” all followed from a more basic pessimism about the possibility of actual structural transformation in the United States. In this, the new radicals were in unwitting agreement with conservatives and the regressing liberal establishment that nothing about American society would ever really change; in Rustin’s words, “those  . . .  who reject America with hate [are] in unconscious coalition with the worst and most reactionary elements in this country.”<sup id="fn-no-43"><a href="#fn-43">43</a></sup></p><p>Having renounced progressive and concrete solutions to America’s ills, these new formations also advocated tactics that Randolph and Rustin found counterproductive and in some cases morally offensive.<sup id="fn-no-44"><a href="#fn-44">44</a></sup> Advocating violence, burning flags and draft cards, and praising the Vietcong were all tactics that they felt would turn the public away from the causes of civil rights and pacifism. In this, they perceived the new forms of protest as almost diametrically opposed to those employed in the early civil rights movement and worried that protest itself was being corrupted to reinforce a purity politics that increasingly hindered progressive reform. As Rustin wrote,</p><blockquote><p>Genuine radicalism  . . .  is not measured by how loud and abusively one can shout or by the purity and beauty of one’s rhetoric. Rather, genuine radicalism seeks fundamental change through concerted, intelligent and long-range commitment. . . .  Obviously there is much wrong with the trade union movement; obviously there is much wrong with black people in the United States; obviously there is much wrong with white liberals; obviously wherever we look we can find fault. But the only result of endless fault-finding is that you end up in a corner with the few people who are as good and pure as you are. It renders impossible the building of a political movement capable of directing its attention to the most basic task of all — the redistribution of wealth. . . .  Those self-appointed spokesmen who raise divisive issues to prove the superiority of their politics are not really radical. By confusing and distracting from the real sources of social change, they retard the struggle for equality and justice.<sup id="fn-no-45"><a href="#fn-45">45</a></sup></p></blockquote><p>Rustin was a vocal critic of these new tendencies, undoubtedly a key reason why he is remembered today on the Left with such ambivalence. (Randolph was even more dismissive than Rustin, but curiously he is not remembered so tragically.) But it is important to couch the criticism here within the Jobs and Freedom Strategy rather than see it simply as divisive complaining. The new ideologies of the mid-’60s were not just different tendencies in the left ecosystem; they were often <em>opposed</em> — philosophically, methodologically, and in a fairly absolute sense — to what Rustin and Randolph were trying to do.<sup id="fn-no-46"><a href="#fn-46">46</a></sup> The younger “radicals” could not help but see these criticisms as the tired chidings of old men, but Rustin and Randolph were clear throughout that what they diagnosed in the new frustration politics and its “go-it-alone” methods was a fundamentally conservative move that would in turn prompt a political regression among white liberals and a backlash from the Right.<sup id="fn-no-47"><a href="#fn-47">47</a></sup> This internal fracturing and damage, as well as the misguided effort of “seeking refuge in psychological solutions to social questions,” was understandably of primary concern. “This coalition can only be destroyed if we destroy it from within,” wrote Rustin.<sup id="fn-no-48"><a href="#fn-48">48</a></sup></p><p>Rustin in particular could paint with a broad brush when it came to his criticisms of “the young and alienated”; to accept his views whole cloth would not be so different from accepting the story about Rustin and Randolph selling out after 1963. The important point for my purposes is that they diagnosed a perfectly understandable reaction to the political impasses of the 1960s, one that prioritized immediacy and radical tactics out of a belief in the need for total revolution but was hampered by a desire to circumvent the present. “There is always the danger that the felt need deriving from a perception of fundamental and historic injustices will conflict with the required political strategy,” wrote Rustin in 1969.<sup id="fn-no-49"><a href="#fn-49">49</a></sup> </p><p>Both Rustin and Randolph, of course, understood well that felt need and the corresponding allure of social analysis that dismissed the United States as “unreconstructably racist.”<sup id="fn-no-50"><a href="#fn-50">50</a></sup> Indeed, in many speeches and articles in the late ’60s and early ’70s, Rustin tried to lay out clearly the “anatomy of frustration” behind the new attitudes, how they were perfectly understandable in themselves, but how <em>acting</em> on them was not only politically counterproductive but also confused regarding the experience of black Americans as a whole, which had more to do with everyday material concerns than an encounter with “structural racism.”<sup id="fn-no-51"><a href="#fn-51">51</a></sup> As Adolph Reed Jr has recently argued, this analysis applies today no less than it did then:</p><blockquote><p>Unlike Rustin’s matter-of-fact, real-time observation regarding the impact of the legislative victories, Black Power ideologues then and other race-reductionists since have rejected political analysis anchored by historical specificity in favor of an abstract idealism in which there is no meaningful or authentic political differentiation among black Americans, and race/racism exhausts the totality of black political life.<sup id="fn-no-52"><a href="#fn-52">52</a></sup></p></blockquote><p>For Rustin and Reed both, frustration politics flattens entire populations and constituencies in ways that minimize the broad and shared concerns of most people within them. To the extent that this “abstract idealism” reigns in political spaces (an effect, indeed, of the lack of representative, membership-based organizations that Randolph and Rustin called for), we are left “operating at high moral dudgeon [rather] than in engaging strategically and taking account of nuances of disagreement.”<sup id="fn-no-53"><a href="#fn-53">53</a></sup></p><p>To sum up these first three sections, Randolph and Rustin believed that (1) the civil rights movement of the mid-’60s should push above all for public jobs programs by (2) strengthening the coalition that backed the 1963 March on Washington (and in particular solidifying its relationship to organized labor) while (3) rejecting the new frustration politics and its attendant dangers for the movement. This was the core of the Jobs and Freedom Strategy, the positive vision behind much of their thinking at the time and a strategy that still bears much relevance to the present. Before I draw out that relevance in the final section, I will, in the next, recount why the Jobs and Freedom Strategy failed in the form of the short-lived Freedom Budget campaign.</p></div></section><section id="sec-4"><header><h2>4. The Failure of the Freedom Budget and the Fracturing of the “Coalition of Conscience”</h2></header><div><p>I have distinguished the Jobs and Freedom Strategy from the Freedom Budget campaign here because the latter was, tragically, a slow-moving disaster in a moment of jarring political tumult. In its early stages, it was conceived as an inside job: a task for Lyndon B. Johnson’s willing administration to carry out as part of its comprehensive civil rights agenda. The Freedom Budget was announced by Randolph at the November 1965 planning conference for the 1966 White House Conference on Civil Rights, “To Fulfill These Rights.” Randolph’s claim there that solving the economic problems of urban areas would require a $100 billion investment apparently sent President Johnson “through the roof.”<sup id="fn-no-54"><a href="#fn-54">54</a></sup> In February 1964, Secretary of Labor W. Willard Wirtz had proposed a $5 billion jobs program, financed by a cigarette tax, to which Johnson “didn’t even bother to respond.”<sup id="fn-no-55"><a href="#fn-55">55</a></sup> According to Adam Yarmolinsky, the War on Poverty planners debated early on “whether to concentrate on creating jobs for people, preparing jobs for people, or preparing people for jobs,” and they “decided for the latter.”<sup id="fn-no-56"><a href="#fn-56">56</a></sup> If Johnson found the idea of spending $5 billion on his own secretary of labor’s jobs program too ridiculous to even respond to, one can only imagine what he thought of Randolph’s $100 billion “Marshall Plan  . . .  to invest in massive public works.”<sup id="fn-no-57"><a href="#fn-57">57</a></sup></p><p>The inside route was thus always blocked to them, but that did not stop Rustin from spending most of 1966 making grand designs in the sand. The A. Philip Randolph Institute engaged economist Leon Keyserling to draw up plans for what would eventually become an eighty-eight-page technical document outlining a radically transformed federal budget. The process of its formulation was so bogged down in revision, attention to spurious detail, and a desire to get the right list of individual (rather than organizational) sponsors that the document was not even ready to present at the June 1966 White House conference; it would eventually be released in October of that year, and the “popular” twenty-page version would not come out until February 1967.<sup id="fn-no-58"><a href="#fn-58">58</a></sup> Just as importantly, jobs became one issue among many as the Randolph Institute took upon itself the task of commenting on just about every facet of American life.</p><p>By the official launch of the Freedom Budget on October 24, 1966 — as David P. Stein notes, “four days after the end of the legislative session for the 89th Congress — the Congress that had passed so many important pieces of legislation” — Rustin and Randolph should have jettisoned anything but a clear, popular orientation.<sup id="fn-no-59"><a href="#fn-59">59</a></sup> After belatedly coming to terms with the fact that the White House was no longer returning their calls, they did put together an organizing plan, one which involved the creation of Freedom Budget committees around the country that drew their members from churches, youth groups (specifically the Young People’s Socialist League and the United States Youth Council), civil rights organizations, and trade union locals — in short, the elements of the coalition they sought.</p><p>Such committees were established in Philadelphia, Pittsburgh, Sacramento, and Boston by March 1967, though it’s unclear that they did much beyond educational meetings and small-scale voter registration.<sup id="fn-no-60"><a href="#fn-60">60</a></sup> By October 1967, Keyserling was complaining to Rustin that “the army of supporters for the Freedom Budget  . . .  seems to be vanishing [into] thin air.”<sup id="fn-no-61"><a href="#fn-61">61</a></sup> No doubt the organizing component of the campaign was a far cry from the barnstorming of the 1941 March on Washington movement or the gargantuan effort of the 1963 march, but for reasons covered below, it is not clear that Rustin could have patched together an army of activists even if the on-the-ground effort were more inspiring.</p><p>As if this all weren’t enough, they decided to release the Freedom Budget, at Keyserling’s urging, with an agnostic position on the Vietnam War. The proposal of a full federal budget (rather than a jobs program) naturally raised the question of revenue generation at a time of war escalation. Rather than go with their consciences (both Randolph and Rustin personally opposed the war) and propose the funding of their social spending through a lowering of defense spending, they argued that their plan could be carried out regardless of what happened in Vietnam. Freedom Budget materials expressed no support for the war, but it was not a time for nuance. Economist Seymour Melman concluded that it was a “war budget.”<sup id="fn-no-62"><a href="#fn-62">62</a></sup> SNCC chairman Stokely Carmichael agreed: “To ask for part of the Freedom Budget is to ask for the continuance of the war in Vietnam.”<sup id="fn-no-63"><a href="#fn-63">63</a></sup> Students for a Democratic Society’s Michael Kazin said it was “welfarism at home and imperialism abroad.”<sup id="fn-no-64"><a href="#fn-64">64</a></sup> Organizing in the face of these accusations was a more or less impossible task, and Freedom Budget committee meetings were marred by open dissent to the budget’s basics.</p><p>For all of these reasons, the Freedom Budget campaign itself was nothing very inspiring: it had misplaced trust in the Johnson administration in the early phases, rolled out a more academic than popular document (and well past the point when it would have made a splash), radically underinvested in the organizing component, and pushed a divisive position on the Vietnam War. It nevertheless seems unlikely that fixing the many tactical errors of the Freedom Budget would have resulted in a very different outcome for the campaign. The more fundamental problem was simply that the coalition that Randolph and Rustin imagined supporting such an ambitious agenda did not materialize. What happened?</p><p>On the civil rights side of their proposed civil rights–labor coalition, the rise of Black Power alongside the older civil rights organizations’ accommodation to the Democratic Party split the movement. There had already been plenty of tension between the civil rights organizations in the lead-up to 1963, resulting, among other things, in the censoring of the radical elements of John Lewis’s speech at the march. These fault lines became chasms after the 1964 Democratic National Convention, where Rustin, Martin Luther King Jr, Walter Reuther, and others had implored the Mississippi Freedom Democratic Party to accept a compromise from Johnson that the former felt was a simple rejection. The ground had thus been well prepared for outright hostility by the time Carmichael first articulated Black Power.</p><p>In a 1966 article for <cite>Commentary</cite>, Rustin noted the “serious split” that was widening between the young and older civil rights leaders, and he impugned Black Power for “isolat[ing] the Negro community [and] encourag[ing] the growth of anti-Negro forces.”<sup id="fn-no-65"><a href="#fn-65">65</a></sup> There’s no question that the rise of black separatism and the turn to community control split the civil rights organizations internally, so bitterly that CORE could come out and directly call the NAACP racist in the early ’70s for having tried “to ram its bankrupt integrationist policies down the throats of Black people.”<sup id="fn-no-66"><a href="#fn-66">66</a></sup> In 1972, Rustin rather self-contently asserted the correctness of his 1966 prediction, claiming that Black Power “has left us a powerful legacy of polarization, division and political nonsense.”</p><blockquote><p>We hear little from those who popularized black power and in turn became household names through the notoriety it generated. Stokely Carmichael lives in Africa — he has dismissed America as unreconstructably racist and from time to time issues statements of praise for one of Africa’s most brutal dictators. H. Rap Brown is in jail. Eldridge Cleaver is in exile under house arrest in Algeria, a nation that, we were told, is the vanguard of Third World revolution. Floyd McKissick, the super-militant of CORE days, is today a real-estate entrepreneur and a militant Republican.</p></blockquote><p>Of course, Black Power advocates blamed the marginalization of their own organizations on the betrayals of white liberals and tired old men like Randolph and Rustin, not to mention political backlash and the insidious efforts of COINTELPRO. For my purposes, the point here is simply that Black Power did have a divisive effect within civil rights organizations, attracting the previous dynamism of the earlier phase of the movement and channeling it away from mass politics as conceived by Rustin and Randolph.</p><p>It’s worth noting, however, that the differences here were not just ideological but also organizational. Rather than heeding Rustin’s call to build up its membership lists and become effective coalition partners, SNCC famously expelled its white membership in 1967. Even before then, it was approaching bankruptcy, and it was nonexistent by 1970. In 1966, CORE’s budget of $400,000 roughly equaled its debts. Throughout Director Floyd McKissick’s term, CORE tried and failed to raise money from labor, receiving money from the Ford Foundation instead, and worried that “the Internal Revenue Service was about to padlock the door.”<sup id="fn-no-67"><a href="#fn-67">67</a></sup> They were only saved from this situation, in 1968, by resources from the Harvard Institute of Politics and debt reduction aid from Robert F. Kennedy.<sup id="fn-no-68"><a href="#fn-68">68</a></sup></p><p>Unlike the civil rights organizations, which entered a period of relative inaction and decline, labor woke from its slumber in the mid-’60s. Strike activity picked up in a remarkable wave of workplace militancy, even though it never reached the level of unrest of 1919 or 1934. The agitation, however, did not come from labor leaders but in opposition to them. The rank and filers were reacting against speedups and a general lack of control in the workplace, but they also were rebelling against their leadership, inspired by and in agreement with the New Left and Black Power organizations that criticized the bureaucratization and capitulation of organized labor. It’s certainly possible that better tapping into this “rank-and-file rebellion,” or at least dynamizing union locals around the Freedom Budget, could have put upward pressure on the leaders Randolph and Rustin worked with to make them better coalition partners than they ultimately were.<sup id="fn-no-69"><a href="#fn-69">69</a></sup> Indeed, this was Rustin’s thinking in 1964, before he started playing nice with George Meany.<sup id="fn-no-70"><a href="#fn-70">70</a></sup></p><p>One paradox of the rank-and-file revolt, however, was that it coincided with deindustrialization and a new employer offensive, and thus with the decline of union power more generally. It would therefore not be quite right to think that if Rustin and Randolph had just linked up with the rank and file, the Freedom Budget would have had more success. Unions were being shot in the foot by stodgy and sometimes corrupt leadership, but they were also being shot in the head by the political-economic shifts that inaugurated the neoliberal period.<sup id="fn-no-71"><a href="#fn-71">71</a></sup></p><p>With unions thus entering a period of decline, and the young, dynamic civil rights organizations having broken decisively with the older ones (and having also atrophied significantly, not uncoincidentally), the Coalition of Conscience failed to come together in the mid-’60s. When Rustin said that the Mobilization for the Poor People’s Campaign was “the last chance America will have to make an effective choice for nonviolence, for democracy and for the integration of our national institutions,” he meant it.<sup id="fn-no-72"><a href="#fn-72">72</a></sup> With the election of Nixon, the Jobs and Freedom Strategy lay in tatters.</p><p>For all the flack Rustin has received for his belief in “realignment,” it’s notable that a realignment <em>did</em> occur in the Democratic Party during the moment when his envisioned coalition failed to become the “active political force” he hoped it would be.<sup id="fn-no-73"><a href="#fn-73">73</a></sup> Instead of a new coalition led by civil rights organizations and trade unions, a new liberal coalition was forged “of the rich, educated, and dedicated with the poor,” in Eric F. Goldman’s words. Rustin seemed to approve of historian Walter Laqueur’s “more caustic phraseology” for this new coalition, one “between the <cite>Lumpenproletariat and the Lumpenintelligentsia</cite>.”<sup id="fn-no-74"><a href="#fn-74">74</a></sup> The characterization stings a bit upon reading.</p></div></section><section id="sec-5"><header><h2>5. The Jobs and Freedom Strategy Today</h2></header><div><p>The Jobs and Freedom Strategy was formulated for civil rights organizations in a situation of recently acquired formal equality and persistent economic inequality. It would benefit black Americans, but as Randolph and Rustin emphasized, they wanted a Freedom Budget for All Americans. “The tragedy,” Randolph wrote in the introduction to the Freedom Budget summary, “is that not only the poor, the nearly poor, and the once poor, but all Americans, are the victims of our failure as a nation to distribute democratically the fruits of our abundance.”<sup id="fn-no-75"><a href="#fn-75">75</a></sup> The Freedom Budget was a needed complement to civil rights, but it was more capaciously a progressive solution to the 1960s crises of poverty and eco-nomic instability.</p><p>In the intervening period, those issues have only intensified and become more diffuse. The housing shortage today is estimated at between four and six million homes, and 30 percent of all households are burdened with unaffordable rent or mortgage payments.<sup id="fn-no-76"><a href="#fn-76">76</a></sup> About half of Americans have difficulty with health care costs, with 40 percent putting off medical care as a result.<sup id="fn-no-77"><a href="#fn-77">77</a></sup> And while productivity in the United States grew by 74 percent between 1973 and 2013, wages only grew by 9 percent.<sup id="fn-no-78"><a href="#fn-78">78</a></sup> Housing insecurity, unaffordable health care, wage stagnation — these are not only the dominant economic concerns of black Americans today but also the defining characteristics of life for working people as a whole, and they are precisely the social issues that the Jobs and Freedom Strategy sought to address.<sup id="fn-no-79"><a href="#fn-79">79</a></sup></p><p>Now as then, there is a tremendous amount of work that needs doing, including building public housing, improving transportation and energy systems, and generally repairing America’s dilapidated infrastructure. Now as then, the task is to compensate for the lack of private investment in these projects with long-term public investment accomplished through the creation of federal jobs programs, and it is to the contemporary left’s credit that this is the central proposition of one of its leading ideas, the Green New Deal. Pursuing the Green New Deal — as opposed to the “Wall Street Keynesianism” of Joe Biden’s administration, where the tap of state spending has been turned on but without any thought of long-range investment in public goods — might be the narrow path on which it is possible to reverse American decline and mitigate growing inequality while also addressing the existential threat of climate change.<sup id="fn-no-80"><a href="#fn-80">80</a></sup></p><p>Well-designed jobs programs would also tackle contemporary policing and carceral injustices, which are, as Cedric Johnson argues in his recent <cite>After Black Lives Matter</cite>, undergirded by “the fundamental problems of working-class exploitation, joblessness, and immiseration.”<sup id="fn-no-81"><a href="#fn-81">81</a></sup> Only by “abolishing the conditions,” Johnson contends, can we truly deal with the problems of modern policing, and to abolish those conditions, we need “public works and the decommodification of basic needs, infrastructure and amenities.”</p><blockquote><p>In economic terms, public works would provide jobs for those who cannot obtain market-based employment. In paying employees above the prevailing wage, the program could apply progressive pressure to low-wage labor markets in the region. By providing previously unemployed, underemployed and poor residents with more income, public works would have an immediate multiplier effect in working-class neighborhoods, raising demand at the existing neighborhood-level businesses that provide basic goods and services — e.g., grocers, convenience stores, restaurants, dry cleaners, laundromats, clothiers, etc. — and sparking new investment given the rising consumer capacity. Although this might be overstated, the option of safe, legal employment might also help to deter survival crimes and forms of unregulated and criminalized work.<sup id="fn-no-82"><a href="#fn-82">82</a></sup></p></blockquote><p>Unlike simple cash transfers, public jobs programs create the kind of broader economic transformation required to alleviate the social conditions that modern policing manages.<sup id="fn-no-83"><a href="#fn-83">83</a></sup> In “proposing a set of bourgeois strategies and solutions for addressing the structurally determined conflict between police and the surplus population,” the Black Lives Matter movement in particular and the program of racial liberalism more generally are not, in Johnson’s opinion, focused on this material transformation of blighted urban areas, and thus ultimately incapable of accomplishing the goals they have set for themselves.<sup id="fn-no-84"><a href="#fn-84">84</a></sup></p><p>No less applicable to the present than the ends of the Jobs and Freedom Strategy are its means. Though Rustin’s version of coalition politics is often remembered as essentially meaning a capitulation to the Democratic Party, his fundamental call to build strong membership organizations that work together in coalition is more difficult to refute, as is his emphasis on the importance of building a progressive coalition with organized labor in a leading role. Indeed, to the extent that left membership organizations seek out coalition partners (even ones they bear substantive reservations about) and are invested in re-dynamizing the labor movement, in recognition of the power it could have to influence progressive change, the Left has sided with Randolph and Rustin over the critics of coalition politics. Thus, despite the vitriol that still circulates regarding Rustin’s perceived perfidy, today’s democratic socialist left has made partial but decisive steps away from the purity politics and disdain for “Big Labor” evident among Black Power adherents and New Leftists.</p><p>Still, the prospects for trade unions and racial justice organizations joining together in pursuit of a full-employment program appear even dimmer than they did in the mid-’60s. The US labor movement continues its slow decline; treading water for many unions is work enough.<sup id="fn-no-85"><a href="#fn-85">85</a></sup> It is nonetheless difficult to imagine any true mitigation of inequality in America without the work of the actually existing labor movement, which, despite its membership losses, still commands impressive resources.<sup id="fn-no-86"><a href="#fn-86">86</a></sup> Unions must be pushed from within and from without to use those resources to strengthen themselves internally and organize new members, and progressive organizations of all stripes, with an understanding of the potential power that unions could wield to advance progressive policy, must in turn learn to prioritize labor’s goals not just in word, as part of a laundry list of other goals, but in deed.</p><p>Organizationally, Randolph and Rustin would be disappointed to learn that the NAACP’s mass membership model still makes them somewhat of an outlier among racial justice organizations today. As even liberal outlets are beginning to admit, the organizational underpinnings of Black Lives Matter are somewhat confusing, with a “decentralized coalition of local organizers who eke out progress city by city, dollar by dollar,” on the one hand, and “an opaque nonprofit entity, well capitalized and friendly with corporations,” on the other.<sup id="fn-no-87"><a href="#fn-87">87</a></sup> Black Lives Matter has captured well the spirit of the present racial reckoning, but with such decentralized networks below and an unaccountable nonprofit (itself linked to a maze of other nonprofits, for-profits, and consulting firms) at the top, it is a far cry from the kind of representative organization that Rustin and Randolph imagined.</p><p>Related to this lack of organizational concretization is what they would have undoubtedly seen as the continued embrace of frustration politics, evident in a prevailing tendency among liberals and on the Left to “reduce the sources of inequality to psychologistic factors like prejudice, discrimination, or a generic racism” and also in protest actions employed more to antagonize than to relate.<sup id="fn-no-88"><a href="#fn-88">88</a></sup> In Randolph’s estimation, protest action that did not aim to speak morally to a majority was disastrous for the civil rights movement:</p><blockquote><p>As a rule, tactical maneuvers that smack of the ridiculous meet with public scorn and rejection, as they, of course, deserve. We cannot afford to demean the dignity, nobility, and high moral promise of the Civil Rights Revolution by short-cut, ill-advised improvisation of action of extremist orientation.<sup id="fn-no-89"><a href="#fn-89">89</a></sup></p></blockquote><p>Randolph and Rustin were undoubtedly wrong to turn away from what Johnson has called the “repertoire of movement strategies” as such, but they also foresaw in the new forms of spontaneous protest a kind of emotional catharsis unconnected to political ends.<sup id="fn-no-90"><a href="#fn-90">90</a></sup> They did not oppose protest per se as much as they did a social philosophy that severely hampered the possibility of progressive change, movement tactics that did not aid that change, and a media environment that sensationalized those tactics. Randolph and Rustin would have counseled today’s organizers and activists to hold the high drama of frustration politics off with one hand while grasping for the levers of structural transformation with the other.</p><p>In retrospect, it feels like the neoliberal restructuring was inevitable, but the preservation and extension of the New Deal order through its revitalization with new actors, most notably the civil rights organizations, was an eminently worthwhile task in the mid-’60s. Indeed, one might argue that it was the narrow door through which the collapse to come could have been staved off. After the demise of the Freedom Budget campaign, the Left became more insular, minoritarian, and powerless, and organized labor suffered a catastrophic decline, culminating in the present moment of confusion and instability. Our institutional and political situation presents a much bleaker prospect for its pursuit, but the Jobs and Freedom Strategy still offers a path forward, and its unfulfilled promise will haunt us in increasingly morbid ways if we do not walk it.</p></div></section><footer><ol><li id="fn-1">A. Philip Randolph, “Address on Civil Rights Resolution Before Sixth Constitutional Convention, AFL-CIO,” in “Speeches and Writings File, Oct.-Dec. 1965,” Box 41, <cite>The Papers of A. Philip Randolph</cite>, Library of Congress, Washington, DC, 53.</li><li id="fn-2">Bayard Rustin, “The Liberal Coalition and the 1968 Elections,” in “Blacks in Politics,” <cite>The Bayard </cite><cite>Rustin Papers</cite>, microfilm, University Publications of America, reel 17 0990, 4.</li><li id="fn-3">Economic Policy Institute, <cite>The Unfinished March</cite> (New York: EPI, 2013).</li><li id="fn-4">Jerald Podair, <cite>Bayard Rustin: American Dreamer</cite> (Lanham, MD: Rowman &amp;amp; Littlefield, 2008), 69. James Farmer characterized it more dramatically as a move toward the right (Jervis Anderson, <cite>Bayard Rustin: Troubles I’ve Seen</cite> [New York: HarperCollins, 1997], 322).</li><li id="fn-5">Daniel Levine, <cite>Bayard Rustin and the Civil Rights Movement </cite>(New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1999), 228.</li><li id="fn-6">Manning Marable, <cite>Race, Reform and Rebellion: The Second Reconstruction in Black America, 1945–1982</cite> (London: Red Globe Press, 1984), 131.</li><li id="fn-7">Kim Moody, “Cedric Johnson and the Other Sixties’ Nostalgia,” <cite>New Politics</cite>, March 1, 2019.</li><li id="fn-8">Shawn Gude, “The Tragedy of Bayard Rustin,” <cite>Jacobin</cite>, May 23, 2018. </li><li id="fn-9">Adolph Reed Jr, “Bayard Rustin: The Panthers Couldn’t Save Us Then Either,” <cite>nonsite.org</cite>, January 8, 2023; Bayard Rustin, <cite>I Must Resist: Bayard Rustin’s Life in Letters</cite>, ed. Michael G. Long (San Francisco: City Lights, 2012), 308.</li><li id="fn-10">Rustin, “What you can do about the ‘Freedom Budget for All Americans,’” in “Freedom Budget,” <cite>Rustin Papers</cite>, reel 12 0727, 2–3.</li><li id="fn-11">Paul Le Blanc and Michael D. Yates, <cite>A Freedom Budget for All Americans: Recapturing the Promise of the Civil Rights Movement in the Struggle for Economic Justice Today</cite> (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2013). Readers will inevitably pick up on my heavier reliance on Rustin quotes than Randolph ones. The simple fact is that while Randolph was a more impactful political presence than Rustin, he was not the dynamic writer that Rustin was. I could easily replace most of the Rustin quotes here with Randolph ones and lose none of the meaning. This is evidence, to my mind, that they were perfectly simpatico during this period. I thus take their respective writings here to univocally articulate a political orientation.</li><li id="fn-12">Stephen Steinberg, “Bayard Rustin and the Rise and Decline of the Black Protest Movement,” <cite>New Politics</cite> 6, no. 3 (Summer 1997).</li><li id="fn-13">Rustin, “Why We Need a ‘Freedom Budget,’” in “Freedom Budget, 1965–1968,” <cite>Rustin Papers</cite>, reel 12 0645, 50.</li><li id="fn-14">Rustin, “Why We Need a ‘Freedom Budget,’” 58.</li><li id="fn-15">Mathew Forstater, “From Civil Rights to Economic Security: Bayard Rustin and the African-American Struggle for Full Employment, 1945–1978,” <cite>International Journal of Political Economy</cite> 36, no. 3 (Fall 2007): 68.</li><li id="fn-16">Bayard Rustin, <cite>Strategies for Freedom: The Changing Patterns of Black Protest</cite> (New York: Columbia University Press, 1976), 60. It is important to note that there were dramatic economic gains in the mid-1960s — from 1965 to 1969, the poverty rate for black children fell from 65.6 percent to 39.6 percent (it only fell an additional 0.6 percent between 1969 and 2010) — they just were not happening fast enough to stave off frustration. See William E. Spriggs, “The Unfinished March for Jobs: Focus of U.S. Fiscal Policy Must Shift Back to Full Employment,” Economic Policy Institute, November 20, 2013.</li><li id="fn-17">Rustin, “Facts,” in “Race Riots, 1960s,” <cite>Rustin Papers</cite>, reel 18 1251, 81.</li><li id="fn-18">Rustin, “Freedom Budget Article,” in “F.B. General Corr.,” <cite>Rustin Papers</cite>, reel 13 0195, 246.</li><li id="fn-19">Rustin quoted in Forstater, “From Civil Rights to Economic Security,” 71.</li><li id="fn-20">Randolph, “Address at Freedom Budget Press Conference, Salem Methodist Church, New York City, October 26, 1966,” in “Speeches and Writings File, 1966,” Box 41, <cite>Randolph Papers</cite>, 89.</li><li id="fn-21">Andrew E. Kersten, <cite>A. Philip Randolph: A Life in the Vanguard</cite> (Lanham, MD: Rowman &amp;amp; Littlefield, 2006), 83, 71–2.</li><li id="fn-22">Rustin, <cite>Strategies for Freedom</cite>, 24.</li><li id="fn-23">Bayard Rustin, “From Protest to Politics: The Future of the Civil Rights Movement,” in <cite>Time on Two Crosses: The Collected Writings of Bayard Rustin</cite>, eds. Devon W. Carbado and Donald Weise (New York: Cleis Press, 2015), 117, 125. As Adolph Reed Jr notes, “From Protest to Politics” appeared “before the escalation of the Vietnam War and the Watts uprising — at a moment when it was not quite clear how far Lyndon Johnson’s administration and its governing coalition could be pushed toward an agenda of racial equality and social democracy.” It thus bears what Reed calls a “strategic ambivalence”: Rustin’s critiques “could have implied a strategic response to the variants of black power consciousness inflected toward radical political economy as easily as they did his argument for fastening black aspirations to the Democratic liberal-labor coalition” (Adolph Reed Jr, <cite>Stirrings in the Jug: Black Politics in the Post-Segregation Era</cite> [Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1999], 273).</li><li id="fn-24">Bayard Rustin, “Socialism or Moralism?,” <cite>nonsite.org</cite>, [July 7, 1970] January 8, 2023.</li><li id="fn-25">John D’Emilio, <cite>Lost Prophet: The Life and Times of Bayard Rustin</cite> (New York: Free Press, 2003), 240.</li><li id="fn-26">Rustin, “The ‘Right to Work’ Laws,” in “Right to Work,” <cite>Rustin Papers</cite>, reel 5 0396, 6.</li><li id="fn-27">Julius Jacobson, “Coalitionism: From Protest to Politicking,” <cite>New Politics</cite> (Fall 1966), 50, 54, 57.</li><li id="fn-28">Paul Jacobs, “What Can We Expect from the Unions?,” in <cite>The Radical Papers</cite>, ed. Irving Howe (Garden City, NY: Doubleday &amp;amp; Co., 1966), 257.</li><li id="fn-29">Rustin, “The Failure of Black Separatism,” in “Black Separatism,” <cite>Rustin Papers</cite>, reel 17 0913, 16; Stokely Carmichael to Bayard Rustin, August 16, 1966, in “F.B. General Corr.,” <cite>Rustin Papers</cite>, reel 13 0195, 32. As Rustin reflected later, liberals and the New Left became united in the late 1960s in seeing labor “not as a progressive force, but as a reactionary and racist institution, with a bigoted membership and a leadership devoid of social vision. The causes of this hostile attitude were many and complex: class bias and snobbery, a lack of understanding of labor’s goals and accomplishments, and an <em>as-yet-unarticulated desire to supplant the labor movement’s position within the Democratic party</em>” (Rustin, <cite>Strategies for Freedom</cite>, 75–6, emphasis added).</li><li id="fn-30">The Brotherhood of Sleeping Car Porters was chartered with the American Federation of Labor in 1935, and from that moment on, Randolph was a tireless internal critic of racial discrimination in the unions. At the 1959 AFL-CIO convention, Randolph proposed a resolution that would expel unions that discriminated against black workers. George Meany attacked him for wanting to destroy organized labor from the inside and challenged his credentials on the issue: “Who the hell appointed you as the guardian of the Negro members in America?” In 1961, the AFL-CIO Executive Council formally censured Randolph for stirring up trouble where there supposedly was none. Even Randolph allies David Dubinsky, James Carey, and Joe Curran did not oppose the censure (Walter Reuther was not present at the relevant meeting). Randolph was thus intimately familiar with the problems of organized labor. See Kersten, <cite>A. Philip Randolph</cite>, 88; Paula F. Pfeffer <cite>A. Philip Randolph: Pioneer of the Civil Rights Movement</cite> (Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 1990), 223. </li><li id="fn-31">Rustin, “The Blacks and the Unions,” in “Labor Unions,” <cite>Rustin Papers</cite>, reel 18 0721, 112.</li><li id="fn-32">“The goals of the Freedom Budget parallel the objectives of the American Labor Movement and will make a significant contribution to their achievement” (Donald Slaiman, “Statement,” in “F.B. Press Conference,” <cite>Rustin Papers</cite>, reel 12 0785, 41).</li><li id="fn-33">Randolph, “Memorandum Re: Negro American Labor Council,” in “Labor, Civil Rights in the CIO-AFL General, 1960-68 and undated,” Box 25, <cite>Randolph Papers</cite>, 148.</li><li id="fn-34">Randolph, “Labor Day and Racial Justice,” in “Speeches and Writings File 1967,” Box 42, <cite>Randolph Papers</cite>, 48.</li><li id="fn-35">Fred Glass, <cite>From Mission to Microchip: A History of the California Labor Movement</cite> (Berkeley: University of California Press, 2016).</li><li id="fn-36">Pfeffer, <cite>A. Philip Randolph</cite>, 260.</li><li id="fn-37">“I favor a coalition of labor, Negroes, progressive religious forces, middle-class liberals and the poor, who are not presently organized. And because the poor are unorganized, the coalition of which we speak does not yet exist, except embryonically” (Rustin, “The New Radicalism: Round III,” <cite>Rustin Papers</cite>, reel 17 1211, 203).</li><li id="fn-38">Randolph, “Crisis of Victory,” in “Speeches and Writings File, January 30, 1965–September 17, 1965,” Box 41, <cite>Randolph Papers</cite>, 4.</li><li id="fn-39">Rustin, “Freedom Budget Article,” In “F.B. General Corr.,” <cite>Rustin Papers</cite>, reel 13 0195, 252.</li><li id="fn-40">Randolph, “Civil Rights Revolution and a New America,” in “Speeches and Writings File, Oct.–Dec. 1965,” Box 41, <cite>Randolph Papers</cite>, 28.</li><li id="fn-41">Michael Levien, “White Energy Workers of the North, Unite? A Review of Huber’s <cite>Climate Change as Class War</cite>,” <cite>Historical Materialism</cite>, 2023.</li><li id="fn-42">Stephanie Luce, “Unions Take Up the Fight for Racial Justice,” <cite>Convergence</cite>, May 19, 2021.</li><li id="fn-43">Rustin, “Notes on Remarks, World Without War Council Conference, May 3, 1968,” in “Correspondence 1968,” <cite>Rustin Papers</cite>, reel 21 0996, 189.</li><li id="fn-44">Randolph, “The Crisis of the Civil Rights Revolution,” in “Speeches and Writings File, 1968,” Box 42, <cite>Randolph Papers</cite>, 14.</li><li id="fn-45">Rustin, “The Future of Black Politics,” in “Blacks in Politics,” <cite>Rustin Papers</cite>, reel 17 0990, 24; Rustin, “Mobilizing a Progressive Majority,” in “Blacks in Politics,” <cite>Rustin Papers</cite>, reel 17 0990, 8; See also, “The words ‘radical’ and ‘revolutionary’ are thrown around very loosely these days. A close look at the situation will reveal that many so-called militants are actually helping the most conservative elements in the society. From this point of view one is entirely correct in describing the New Left as reactionary” (Rustin, “The Kids, The Hardhats, and the Democratic Party,” in “Columns, 1967–1985,” <cite>Rustin Papers</cite>, reel 19 0149, 204).</li><li id="fn-46">A confidential SNCC position paper, written on November 22, 1966, reflects an outright hostility to the Freedom Budget, concluding that it reinforced “economic white supremacy” (“Position on Freedom Budget, November 22, 1966,” in <cite>Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee Papers</cite>, 1959–1972, microfilm, Microfilming Corporation of America, reel 11 0341, 13).</li><li id="fn-47">Rustin, <cite>Strategies for Freedom</cite>, 74.</li><li id="fn-48">Rustin, “The Failure of Black Separatism,” in “Black Separatism,” <cite>Rustin Papers</cite>, reel 17 0913, 18; Rustin, “Coalition: The Only Route to Victory,” in “Labor Unions,” <cite>Rustin Papers</cite>, reel 18 0721, 149.</li><li id="fn-49">Bayard Rustin, “The Total Vision of A. Philip Randolph,” in <cite>Time on Two Crosses</cite>, 196.</li><li id="fn-50">Rustin, “Black Power’s Legacy,” 48.</li><li id="fn-51">Rustin, “The Anatomy of Frustration,” in “Race Riots, 1960s,” <cite>Rustin Papers</cite>, reel 18 1251, 92–108.</li><li id="fn-52">Reed, “Bayard Rustin.”</li><li id="fn-53">Reed, “Bayard Rustin.”</li><li id="fn-54">Morris Abram, interview by Michael L. Gillette, May 3, 1984, Interview II, transcript, Lyndon Baines Johnson Library Oral History Collection, 6.</li><li id="fn-55">David P. Stein, “Fearing Inflation, Inflating Fears: The End of Full Employment and the Rise of the Carceral State” (PhD diss., University of Southern California, 2014), 162.</li><li id="fn-56">Stein, “Fearing Inflation, Inflating Fears,” 161.</li><li id="fn-57">Randolph, “Crossroads of the Civil Rights Revolution,” in “Speeches and Writings File May 29–Nov. 28, 1964,” Box 41, <cite>Randolph Papers</cite>, 35.</li><li id="fn-58">On May 16, 1966, Rustin decided “that it would be premature to announce the Budget at the forthcoming White House Conference” (Rustin, “June 2nd meeting to discuss revised Freedom Budget,” in “F.B. Freedom Budget Committee,” <cite>Rustin Papers</cite>, reel 12 0753, 16).</li><li id="fn-59">Stein, “Fearing Inflation, Inflating Fears,” 185.</li><li id="fn-60">Bayard Rustin to Leon Keyserling, March 2, 1967, in “F.B. Corr. Leon Keyserling,” <cite>Rustin Papers</cite>, reel 13 0002, 149.</li><li id="fn-61">Leon Keyserling to Bayard Rustin, October 19, 1967, in “F.B. Corr. Leon Keyserling,” <cite>Rustin Papers</cite>, reel 13 0002, 90.</li><li id="fn-62">D’Emilio, <cite>Lost Prophet</cite>, 437.</li><li id="fn-63">Stokely Carmichael, “First Symposium Panel, April 20, 1967,” in <cite>Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee Papers</cite>, 1959–1972, microfilm, Microfilming Corporation of America, reel 57 0671, 17.</li><li id="fn-64">D’Emilio, <cite>Lost Prophet</cite>, 439.</li><li id="fn-65">Bayard Rustin, “‘Black Power’ and Coalition Politics,” <cite>Commentary</cite> 3, no. 42 (September 1966).</li><li id="fn-66">Rustin, “Equal Time,” in “Black Separatism,” <cite>Rustin Papers</cite>, reel 17 0913, 75.</li><li id="fn-67">Nishani Frazier, <cite>Harambee City: The Congress of Racial Equality in Cleveland and the Rise of Black Power Populism</cite> (Fayetteville, AR: University of Arkansas Press, 2017), 148, 193.</li><li id="fn-68">Frazier, <cite>Harambee City</cite>, 196.</li><li id="fn-69">See <cite>Rebel Rank and File: Labor Militancy and Revolt from Below in the Long 1970s</cite>, eds. Aaron Brenner, Robert Brenner, and Cal Winslow (London: Verso, 2010).</li><li id="fn-70">Discussion with Bayard Rustin, “The Negro Movement: Where Shall It Go Now?,” <cite>Dissent</cite> 11 (Summer 1964), 282.</li><li id="fn-71">I am borrowing this phrasing from Michael McQuarrie.</li><li id="fn-72">Rustin, “Statement,” in “Press Releases,” <cite>Rustin Papers</cite>, reel 4 0669, 4. </li><li id="fn-73">Rustin, “From Bayard Rustin,” in “F.B. Freedom Budget Committee,” <cite>Rustin Papers</cite>, reel 12 0753, 7.</li><li id="fn-74">Rustin, “The Blacks and the Unions,” in “Labor Unions,” <cite>Rustin Papers</cite>, reel 18 0721, 113.</li><li id="fn-75">A. Philip Randolph and Bayard Rustin, <cite>A Freedom Budget for All Americans: A Summary</cite> (New York: The A. Philip Randolph Institute, 1967), 6.</li><li id="fn-76">Joint Center for Housing Studies of Harvard University, <cite>The State of the Nation’s Housing 2022</cite> (Cambridge, MA: Harvard, 2022).</li><li id="fn-77">Alex Montero et al., “Americans’ Challenge with Health Care Costs,” Kaiser Family Foundation, July 14, 2022.</li><li id="fn-78">Lawrence Mishel, Elise Gould, and Josh Bivens, “Wage Stagnation in Nine Charts,” Economic Policy Institute, January 6, 2015.</li><li id="fn-79"><cite>More Black than Blue: Politics and Power in the 2019 Black Census</cite> (Oakland, CA: Black Futures Lab, 2019).</li><li id="fn-80">John Terese, “Is This the Green New Deal?,” <cite>Damage</cite>, September 14, 2021.</li><li id="fn-81">Cedric Johnson, <cite>After Black Lives Matter: Policing and Anti-Capitalist Struggle</cite> (London: Verso, 2023), 32.</li><li id="fn-82">Johnson, <cite>After Black Lives Matter</cite>, 33, 256.</li><li id="fn-83">For a contemporary defense of public jobs programs and a jobs guarantee, see Dustin Guastella, “Jobs for All: A job guarantee puts workers in the driver’s seat,” <cite>nonsite.org</cite>, December 29, 2019.</li><li id="fn-84">Johnson, <cite>After Black Lives Matter</cite>, 333.</li><li id="fn-85">Jonah Furman, “A New Report Shows the US Labor Movement Hasn’t Yet Reversed Its Decline,” <cite>Jacobin</cite>, January 22, 2023. </li><li id="fn-86">Chris Bohner, “Now Is the Time for Unions to Go on the Offensive,” <cite>Jacobin</cite>, June 5, 2022.</li><li id="fn-87">Sean Campbell, “The BLM Mystery: Where did the money go?,” <cite>New York Magazine</cite>, January 31, 2022. </li><li id="fn-88">Reed, “Bayard Rustin.”</li><li id="fn-89">A. Philip Randolph, <cite>For Jobs and Freedom: Selected Speeches and Writings of A. Philip Randolph</cite>, eds. Andrew E. Kersten and David Lucander (Amherst, MA: University of Massachusetts Press, 2014), 276.</li><li id="fn-90">Cedric Johnson, “What Black Life Actually Looks Like,” <cite>Jacobin</cite>, April 29, 2019.</li></ol></footer></article></content><published>2023-08-25T22:24:24Z</published><summary type="text">Even though it is scarcely remembered today, Bayard Rustin and A. Philip Randolph laid out a path forward for the civil rights movement — the Jobs and Freedom Strategy — that bears striking relevance to the present.</summary></entry><entry><id>https://catalyst-journal.com/2023/07/john-rawls-free-and-equal-daniel-chandler-review</id><title type="text">Can John Rawls’s Philosophy Save Liberal Democracy?</title><updated>2026-04-20T17:51:11.781388Z</updated><author><name>Nick French</name></author><content type="xhtml"><article xmlns=""><div><p>Rich democracies around the world are today afflicted by an array of morbid symptoms: rampant economic inequality, disaffection with democratic institutions and ruling elites, increasing partisan polarization, a rising tide of authoritarian populism, and an ever more dire climate crisis. In his new book, <cite><a href="https://www.penguin.co.uk/books/316077/free-and-equal-by-chandler-daniel/9780241428382">Free and Equal: What Would a Fair Society Look Like?</a></cite>, economist and philosopher Daniel Chandler argues that advocates for progressive social change must respond to these crises by offering a coherent, systematic vision of what a just society looks like, and that we can find a framework for such a vision in the political philosophy of John Rawls.</p><p>It is to Chandler’s credit that he appreciates the power and radicalism of Rawls’s theory, and that he ably defends the philosopher from common misreadings and misplaced objections. <cite>Free and Equal</cite> effectively argues that, taken seriously, Rawls’s theory of justice would recommend wide-ranging social and economic reforms to rich democracies like the United States and the UK, many of which the Left indeed embrace. But in showing himself to be a faithful disciple of Rawls, Chandler recapitulates an important weakness of the former’s philosophy: failing to grapple adequately with the structural obstacles capitalism imposes to realizing a just society.</p></div><section id="sec-1"><header><h2>Justice and the “Original Position”</h2></header><div><p><cite>Free and Equal</cite> is half philosophy, half practical political prescription. One of its greatest strengths is its clear exposition and defense of Rawls’s ideas for lay readers, which takes up the first half of the book.</p><p>For the uninitiated: John Rawls set out the main elements of his political philosophy in 1971’s <cite><a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/catalog.php?isbn=9780674000780">A Theory of Justice</a></cite>, refining and elaborating his view in later works.<sup id="fn-no-1"><a href="#fn-1">1</a></sup> He held that a just society would respect every citizen as free and equal and treat each person fairly at a fundamental level. Rawls thought we could identify the principles of justice that would govern such a society through the thought experiment of the “original position”: a hypothetical situation in which self-interested individuals attempt to come to an agreement on the principles of justice from behind a “veil of ignorance” — i.e., without any knowledge of what position they would occupy in society, what particular skills or talents they would have, or a conception of the good life.</p><p>In the original position, Rawls stipulates, people would choose the principles that would best guarantee their ability to form and pursue their own vision of the good. They would not choose principles that would give them an unfair social position relative to others, which would be irrational behind the veil of ignorance. If we do not know what our occupation or race or gender or religion will be, none of us will agree to principles that give, say, bankers, or whites, or men, or Christians, political power or economic opportunities at the expense of people in other groups — for all each of us knows, we are among the less favored.</p><p>Therefore, we would all agree to principles that treat each person equally and secure everyone’s fundamental interest in pursuing their vision of the good life. Rawls claims we’d agree to two principles in particular. The first principle says that everyone has “an equal right to the most extensive scheme of equal basic liberties compatible with a similar scheme of liberties for others.”<sup id="fn-no-2"><a href="#fn-2">2</a></sup> The basic liberties include political freedoms, such as the rights to vote and hold public office, as well as basic personal liberties like freedom of speech, freedom of movement, and freedom from arbitrary arrest and seizure.</p><p>The second principle says that “social and economic inequalities are to be arranged so that they are both (a) to the greatest expected benefit of the least advantaged and (b) attached to offices and positions open to all under conditions of fair equality of opportunity.”<sup id="fn-no-3"><a href="#fn-3">3</a></sup> Fair equality of opportunity means that society must strive, through generous provision of public education as well as formal antidiscrimination protections, to provide everyone, regardless of accidents of birth, equal opportunities at attaining different jobs and public offices. And insofar as different positions reward their holders with differential income, power, or social status, those inequalities must be to the benefit of the least advantaged. Perhaps some occupations need to be more highly compensated, either to attract individuals with rare skills or to make especially unpleasant or dangerous work more enticing for prospective hires; but these differences are only justified insofar as they improve the quality of life of citizens in lower-paid work.</p></div></section><section id="sec-2"><header><h2>A Philosopher of Neoliberalism?</h2></header><div><p>One of the most satisfying aspects of <cite>Free and Equal</cite> is its efficient dismantling of common but misguided objections to Rawls’s theory. Chandler argues persuasively that many common criticisms rest on either implausible premises or misunderstandings of Rawls’s framework. It is worth highlighting in particular his lucid response to the communitarian criticism of Rawls, a criticism that has come from both left- and right-leaning corners.</p><p>The objection goes something like this: Rawls, like other liberal philosophers, assumes that people are fundamentally egoistic and individualistic, seeking to satisfy their own desires above all else; moreover, we can understand human beings and their desires independently of the historical and social contexts in which they find themselves, including religious and ethnic contexts. These assumptions come out clearly in Rawls’s construction of the original position: the principles of justice would be decided on by self-interested individuals, abstracted away from people’s actual conceptions of the good formed by historically contingent locations in religious, ethnic, or other communities. These assumptions, and the theory of justice that results, communitarians say, encourage excessive individualism and selfishness, which erodes traditional communities, civic life, and social trust.</p><p>But despite the intellectual pedigree of this critique, it is, Chandler notes correctly, based on a simple misunderstanding of Rawls’s ideas.<sup id="fn-no-4"><a href="#fn-4">4</a></sup> That misunderstanding is due to a misreading of the original position — “a tendency to (mis)interpret the description of the parties in the original position as an account of human psychology or of the metaphysical nature of the self.” But Rawls didn’t intend the original position to depict what people are actually like. It is a thought experiment meant to help “identify basic political principles for a diverse and democratic society”:</p><blockquote><p>In fact, properly understood, the original position embodies almost the opposite of what its critics claim. Far from being grounded in the idea that people are inherently egoistic, it assumes that people are motivated by a desire to live with others on terms that are both mutually beneficial and fair.</p></blockquote><p>That the parties to the original position are conceived of as self-interested individuals allows us to capture the ideas that each person’s point of view must be considered and that principles of justice must be equally acceptable to everyone. Likewise, parties being unaware of their conceptions of the good is a way of ensuring that the principles are fair to people with diverse values and attachments, which of course are shaped by their particular social contexts, and which might be central and inalienable parts of their personalities.</p><p>This point is worth belaboring, because the hyper-individualism lambasted by communitarians is indeed worth criticizing. It is a defining and destructive element of today’s neoliberal political order. But the fact that the communitarian critique misfires against Rawls indicates that he was not, after all, providing ideological cover for neoliberalism.<sup id="fn-no-5"><a href="#fn-5">5</a></sup> Chandler is in fact justified in looking to Rawls’s ideas for a radical alternative to neoliberal orthodoxy.</p></div></section><section id="sec-3"><header><h2>Rawls vs. Socialism?</h2></header><div><p>Chandler is also on solid ground when he disputes the idea that Rawls’s principles were merely a complacent defense of the mid-century welfare state or even a justification of the “trickle-down” policies popularized during the Reagan-Thatcher era. Realization of the social and economic equality called for by the two principles would require a redistribution of wealth and power more extensive than even those achieved by the Scandinavian social democracies at their height.</p><p>Much less convincing is Chandler’s response to the socialist critique of Rawls. Rawls himself held that an ideally just society <em>might</em> be socialist but might not be; he argued that justice was in principle also compatible with a form of capitalism he called “property-owning democracy,” in which private ownership of the means of production was permitted but heavily regulated to prevent large concentrations of wealth and political power. There is now a literature arguing that Rawls’s principles commit him to being a socialist, while others argue that he should have been a principled defender of capitalism.<sup id="fn-no-6"><a href="#fn-6">6</a></sup></p><p><cite>Free and Equal </cite>seems to come down on the latter side of the debate: Chandler argues that a capitalist society need not be unjust, and he ends up making practical recommendations for redistributing wealth and expanding workplace democracy that would largely leave ownership of society’s resources in private hands.</p><p>One central argument for the injustice of capitalism, of course, is that capitalism is inherently exploitative. Because capitalists have a monopoly over the resources needed to produce goods and services, workers must hire themselves out for a wage if they don’t want to starve; the capitalists then sell what their employees produce on the market and pocket a large share of the products’ value as profit. This “surplus value” that owners extract from workers is the fruit of exploitation.</p><p>Drawing on arguments from the philosopher Will Kymlicka, Chandler disputes the charge that such exploitation makes capitalism unjust.<sup id="fn-no-7"><a href="#fn-7">7</a></sup> For one thing, Chandler says, eliminating exploitation wouldn’t necessarily make the economy fair. Even if all firms were collectively owned and workers were paid the full value of the products of their labor, there would still be unfairness due to “unequal opportunities that different workers have to develop their skills” and “the inequalities that inevitably arise in a market economy between, say, low-skilled shop assistants and high-skilled lawyers.”</p><p>But this is clearly a non sequitur. Very few socialists would claim that converting firms to collective ownership (by workers or the state) would be sufficient to achieve economic justice, and socialists have every reason to support a robust system of public education as well as various forms of regulation and solidaristic collective bargaining agreements to equalize job opportunities and flatten income differentials. But in addition to pursuing policies aimed at equality in market outcomes, socialists challenge the exploitation at the heart of capitalism.</p><p>Anticipating this response, Chandler offers another interesting objection to the socialist critique of exploitation, one made by G. A. Cohen and others.<sup id="fn-no-8"><a href="#fn-8">8</a></sup> The extraction of surplus value from workers is not necessarily unjust, the argument goes. For example, some people might build up funds through honest work and saving, and then use that money to start a small business and hire employees. Need this business involve objectionable exploitation of its workers? Or what about people who rely on disability or retirement or unemployment benefits funded by taxes on labor income?</p><p>These examples are supposed to demonstrate that the extraction of surplus value from workers is not necessarily unjust and, therefore, that capitalist exploitation isn’t either. But this just shows that we need a better account of exploitation and what’s wrong with it. Socialists aren’t committed to the view that <em>any</em> extraction of a surplus from workers is exploitative or unjust. Even in a society where all firms are collectively owned, some of the surplus produced by workers must be reinvested in production or diverted to pay for public education, health care, and the like.</p><p>What socialists object to is how capitalism allows the ruling class to use its ownership of the means of production to dominate or subordinate the working class, undemocratically deploying their power to force workers to labor for capitalists’ benefit. What’s wrong with capitalist exploitation, in other words, is that it involves capitalists using (illegitimate) social power to extract workers’ labor. The only way to end this form of injustice is some scheme of collective ownership in which decisions about what to produce and how to distribute the social product is determined in a democratic, egalitarian fashion.<sup id="fn-no-9"><a href="#fn-9">9</a></sup></p></div></section><section id="sec-4"><header><h2>Go All the Way</h2></header><div><p>Much of the book is devoted to drawing out the practical institutional and policy implications of Rawls’s principles of justice for rich democracies today. Chandler proposes a laundry list of Rawls-inspired reforms, most of which will be familiar and congenial to liberals and leftists. These include, to name just a few, strict limits on campaign finance and the public funding of political parties; breaking up and regulating private media corporations and promoting the growth of publicly funded media sources; expanding public childcare and education at all levels; a universal basic income (UBI); reforms to increase the power of trade unions, such as sectoral bargaining; and various forms of state intervention in the economy to drastically reduce greenhouse gas emissions.</p><p>What is novel here is less Chandler’s individual prescriptions than his arguing for them as part of a coherent package, as an attempt to realize a Rawlsian vision of a just society. <cite>Free and Equal</cite> is thoughtful in evaluating the pros and cons to different potential approaches to making our society fairer for everyone, reviewing empirical arguments for and against some of the more controversial proposals.</p><p>Of particular note among the proposals are suggested reforms to expand democracy in the workplace. Chandler argues that, according to Rawls, not only differences in income and wealth but also differences in power and influence in the workplace must be distributed so as to provide the most benefit to the least-well-off members of society. To this end, he recommends expanding basic employment protections (like health and safety regulations and minimum entitlements to paid leave and vacation), German-style comanagement schemes, corporate profit-sharing and employee share ownership, and policies to encourage the formation of worker-owned cooperatives.</p><p>Consistent with his rejection of socialism, however, Chandler does not recommend full transformation of the economy to worker or public ownership. Yet he doesn’t offer convincing reasons for stopping short of full-blooded economic democracy, even as Rawls’s principles would seem to point in this direction. Those principles say that inequalities of power as well as wealth must be to the benefit of the less advantaged, but Chandler does not argue that private ownership of the means of production is more beneficial to workers than some version of collective ownership.</p><p>He does, however, recite the familiar arguments for the importance of the efficiency provided by markets as opposed to top-down state planning, which I would not dispute. Markets may be combined with public ownership of firms, though, as Rawls and indeed Chandler himself acknowledge. It is unfortunate, then, that Chandler does not engage with the many proposals for market or quasi–market socialism that have been developed in recent years, which aim to capture the benefits of both collective ownership and market efficiency.<sup id="fn-no-10"><a href="#fn-10">10</a></sup></p><p>The closest Chandler comes to advocating for socialism is his support for the creation of citizens’ wealth funds, similar to sovereign wealth funds found in Norway and other Scandinavian countries, in which the state would buy up shares in private companies and distribute the earnings to citizens as a UBI. He is careful to refrain from suggesting that such funds should control a majority of society’s wealth, however, and he refers approvingly to Norway’s prohibition on its fund holding more than 10 percent of voting shares in any company. We are not given reasons to prefer this limited role for social wealth funds compared to, say, Sweden’s ill-fated Meidner plan, which would have eventually put a majority of the country’s stock market in the hands of worker-owned wage-earner funds.</p></div></section><section id="sec-5"><header><h2>Property, State, and Utopia</h2></header><div><p><cite>Free and Equal </cite>neglects another important argument for the fuller socialization of enterprise. In virtue of their control over investment, capitalists wield outsize power over even democratic states. That is because, first, the state relies on revenue generated by taxes on private economic activity; and second, because elected officials can govern only with some degree of support from the public, who will become unhappy if insufficient investment is happening (i.e., if there is a recession). But whether capitalists engage in sufficient investment to fund the state and maintain popular support for a government depends on the level of “business confidence” — capitalists’ sense that the government is providing a sufficiently friendly environment for accumulation.</p><p>If business confidence dips and capitalists decide to withhold their investment — in other words, go on capital strike — the government may soon find itself insolvent or kicked out of office by an angry electorate (peacefully or otherwise). This structural leverage allows capitalists to beat back ambitious reforms that threaten their profits or their control over investment and production.<sup id="fn-no-11"><a href="#fn-11">11</a></sup> In France, capital strikes helped lead to the failure of socialist Léon Blum’s government in 1937 and to the reversal of François Mitterrand’s ambitious pro-worker program in 1982–83. In Chile in the early 1970s, capital strikes eventually led to the violent overthrow of Salvador Allende’s Popular Unity government.<sup id="fn-no-12"><a href="#fn-12">12</a></sup></p><p>There is little doubt that many of the reforms advocated by Chandler would face fierce resistance from capitalists, as he acknowledges. And, to be fair, he is explicit in not putting forward a political strategy but rather an “end goal” to strive for. Still, it is worth pointing out that capitalists’ control over investment gives them an extremely powerful lever with which to resist or roll back the sorts of policies that Chandler thinks a just society requires. Once we recognize that power, we should recognize the necessity of taking it from them, by putting control of investment in public hands.</p><p>All that said, the book is a refreshing and useful contribution to envisioning a better world. Chandler is correct that — contrary to the knee-jerk reactions by some on the Left — Rawls’s theory of justice is worth taking seriously, and he pulls off the not insignificant task of making the theory and its implications speak to the practical concerns of political activists and policymakers. By combining systematic moral theory with pragmatic prescriptions for getting us closer to a just society, <cite>Free and Equal</cite> provides a model for what politically engaged philosophy should look like.</p></div></section><footer><ol><li id="fn-1">See John Rawls, <cite>A Theory of Justice</cite>, revised edition (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1999); Erin Kelly, ed., <cite>Justice as Fairness: A Restatement</cite> (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2001); and <cite>Political Liberalism</cite>, expanded edition (New York: Columbia University Press, 2005).</li><li id="fn-2">Rawls, <cite>Theory of Justice</cite>, 53.</li><li id="fn-3">Rawls, <cite>Theory of Justice</cite>, 72.</li><li id="fn-4">See, e.g., Francis Fukuyama, <cite>Liberalism and Its Discontents</cite> (New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 2022) and Michael Sandel, “The Procedural Republic and the Unencumbered Self,” <cite>Political Theory</cite> 12, no. 1 (1984), 81–96.</li><li id="fn-5">That said, while the objection that Chandler criticizes — that Rawls is an advocate of an egoistic or hyper-individualistic view of the self — is indeed misguided, communitarians raise other important questions for Rawls’s framework — for instance, the question of whether it is possible to construct a theory of justice independent of a particular conception of the good life. For further references and discussion of this and related issues, see Daniel Bell, “Communitarianism,” in <cite>The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy</cite> (Fall 2022 Edition), eds. Edward N. Zalta and Uri Nodelman, https://plato.stanford.edu/archives/fall2022/entries/communitarianism/.</li><li id="fn-6">For defenses of the view that Rawls was committed to socialism, see, e.g., William A. Edmundson, <cite>John Rawls: Reticent Socialist</cite> (Cambridge University Press, 2017) and Lea Ypi, “The Politics of Reticent Socialism,” <cite>Catalyst</cite> 2, no. 18 (Fall 2018). For an argument that Rawls’s principles favor a form of capitalism over socialism, see Alan Thomas, <cite>Republic of Equals: Predistribution and Property-Owning Democracy</cite> (Oxford University Press, 2017).</li><li id="fn-7">Will Kymlicka, <cite>Contemporary Political Philosophy: An Introduction</cite>, 2nd edition (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2002), 166–207.</li><li id="fn-8">See, e.g., G. A. Cohen, “Marxism and Contemporary Political Philosophy, or, Why Nozick Exercises Some Marxists More Than He Does Any Egalitarian Liberals,” <cite>Canadian Journal of Philosophy</cite> Supplementary 16 (1990), 363–87.</li><li id="fn-9">This view of exploitation has been developed in systematic form recently by Nicholas Vrousalis in <cite>Exploitation as Domination: What Makes Capitalism Unjust</cite> (Oxford University Press, 2022).</li><li id="fn-10">See, e.g., Mike Beggs, “The Market and Workplace in Democratic Socialism,” <cite>Catalyst</cite> 6, no. 22 (Fall 2022); Sam Gindin, “Socialism for Realists,” <cite>Catalyst</cite> 2, no. 3 (Fall 2018); John Roemer, “Market Socialism Renewed,” <cite>Catalyst</cite> 4, no. 1; David Schweickart, <cite>After Capitalism</cite>, 2nd edition (London: Rowman &amp;amp; Littlefield, 2011); and Vrousalis, <cite>Exploitation as Domination</cite>.</li><li id="fn-11">For a classic statement of this view, see Fred Block, “The Ruling Class Does Not Rule,” <cite>Socialist Revolution</cite> 33 (May-June 1977): 6–28.</li><li id="fn-12">For a detailed discussion of how capitalists exert structural leverage on policymaking in the US context, with a focus on the years of the Obama administration, see Kevin Young, Tarun Banerjee, and Michael Schwartz, <cite>Levers of Power: How the 1% Rules and What the 99% Can Do About It</cite> (Verso Books, 2020).</li></ol></footer></article></content><published>2023-07-31T16:35:41Z</published><summary type="text">The ideas of John Rawls, perhaps the greatest political philosopher of the 20th century, have much to teach the Left. But Rawls’s theories failed to grapple adequately with the fundamental obstacles capitalism imposes to realizing a just society.</summary></entry><entry><id>https://catalyst-journal.com/2023/07/chiara-cordelli-privatized-state-review</id><title type="text">Democracy Is the Answer to Privatization</title><updated>2026-04-20T17:51:11.545211Z</updated><author><name>Lillian Cicerchia</name></author><content type="xhtml"><article xmlns=""><div><p>In <cite>The Privatized State, </cite>Chiara Cordelli identifies what is wrong with delegating the tasks of public administration to the private sphere. For the political left, privatization is seen as harmful — strongly associated with neoliberalism and the privatization of essential goods and services. But, as Cordelli argues, the case against privatization is not so simple. In fact, consistent arguments against it are rare, and the case for public administration is not as straightforward as many might assume. Both the political left and right can be hostile to federal and centralized forms of state power. While libertarians and neoconservatives favor privatized goods and services over and against state provision, many left-wing ideologies, from anarchism to Trotskyism, are wary of how welfare states and state bureaucracies institutionalize rigid rules and procedures that are hostile to citizens.</p><p>Cordelli is motivated to investigate what all forms of privatization have in common. If there is a consistent case to be made for public administration, then it must identify common features among a variety of private institutions, from those that fully commodify service provision to more ambiguous cases like nongovernmental organizations, philanthropy, and mutual aid societies. Importantly, Cordelli interrogates the shortcomings of existing public administration as well. The book is not a blanket rejection of the anti-statist position. For instance, Cordelli takes great care to endorse many of the criticisms of bureaucracies that are shared across the political spectrum. These include inefficiency, the arbitrary discretion of bureaucrats, and their tendency to enforce conformity. But crucially, she concludes that these are problems that a public administration can rectify — whereas the same cannot be said of the privatized alternatives.</p><p><cite>The Privatized State</cite> is of interest to the Left for two important reasons. First, it encourages a realistic assessment of the current social conditions in which left debates about the state now take place. Ideally, we could proceed to critically assess the inherited wisdom of socialist theorizing about the state. As existing capitalist states devolve their powers to private parties, whether firms or NGOs, the reevaluation of traditional criticisms of the state is a crucial task for thinking through strategic alternatives in struggles for reform. Second, Cordelli asks more pointed questions about the Left’s relationship to some organizations, like NGOs, than have generally been put forward. While recent efforts have been made to analyze the operating conditions and incentive structures of NGOs, normative analysis of how they work and how they constrain the Left strategically are now necessary. As leftists are not in agreement about whether such organizations are friends or foes, we should develop principles to help navigate relationships with them. Such relationships are to some extent unavoidable in today’s political terrain.</p><p>Cordelli begins by defining public functions and asking what political institutions are for. If only political institutions can legitimately perform public functions, how should we define them? Many liberals, for instance, think that political institutions and private modes of action are interchangeable means for pursuing justice. If one defines justice independently of the type of institutions that guarantee it (i.e., states, corporations, NGOs), then what matters are outcomes. On what grounds can the public services partisan claim that their strategy is superior? Traditionally, the political left argued that the difference could be found in how each strategy affects the relationship between groups of workers and their employers.</p><p>For example, capitalist societies tend to provide health care in one of two ways. Employers provide health care for their employees or the state provides it as a public good. Of course, many do neither. But for the sake of clarifying Cordelli’s question, let’s assume that there is some redistributive mechanism for providing health care. Assume that funding is adequate and the quality of health care services is equal. From the perspective of the individual receiving care, it may not matter much whether funding is provided by employers or by the state. At the point of service, the experience may be the same. If employers pay for health care, though, workers are more dependent on their employer than they were before. If the state provides it, workers are less dependent on their employer. They have more autonomy, are better equipped to contest managerial decisions, and have more capacity for other sorts of political activity without being subject to their bosses’ scrutiny. This concern is what has historically driven left-wing support for public health care.</p><p>Cordelli captures the qualitative difference that emerges in this example through the Kantian argument that political institutions are constitutive of justice rather than incidental to it. She writes that “it is only through these institutions that claims of justice can be defined and enforced in a way that respects both the fundamental status of persons as equal normative authorities and their independence, including their rational independence (independence in one’s ability to respond to reasons and independence in acting being closely intertwined).” In fact, the alternative is a regression to a state of nature, which, as Kant sees it, is a pre-civil situation where norms of justice are provisional and nonbinding. What is required to live in a civil state is legitimacy, which privatized forms of governance and resource distribution intrinsically lack. Indeed, for Cordelli, legitimacy is the crux of why privatized and public power are not interchangeable. No improvement in efficiency, distributive justice, or equality in a privatized state can compensate for the lack of it.</p><p>In other words, public health care produces moral reciprocity among citizens, and private health care the opposite. In the latter case, the employer has no obligation to extend health care coverage beyond the terms of employment and the employee has no right to demand it. In Cordelli’s Kantian schema, this arrangement is an instance of privatized and, therefore, illegitimate political power. The legitimate exercise of political power requires a democratic institution that defines, adjudicates, and enforces rights and duties “in a way that is fully consistent with a norm of mutual respect both for the equal normative authority of all and for individuals’ rational independence.” If your boss has the normative authority to deny you entitlements and make you more dependent on them by doing so, then you are, in a sense, in a state of nature where “right” (i.e., Recht, a German word that captures both justice and freedom in a single concept) does not rule. Instead, such a privatized social service is an instance of privatized political power, which cannot generate binding obligations to respect other people as moral equals.</p><p>For Kant, political legitimacy requires that individuals are not subject to any other individual’s particular will, while they nonetheless have reasons to treat democratic processes as authoritative. In other words, you cannot do what you want to me on your own whim, and I have good reasons to obey a rule of law that has been established by democratic means. Even if I’m a political minority, I will comply with political outcomes since they do not give other people the capacity to interfere in my life in an arbitrary way. This situation can only emerge through a democratic institution because no other kind of institution can be both nonarbitrary and authoritative. If an NGO provides social services, it sets the terms of engagement with the people who receive those services, unless the government regulates it or it becomes a micro-democracy that includes both providers and recipients. Because only a shared political process is authoritative (because shared), micro-democracy here is the only path to legitimacy.</p><p>But Cordelli is skeptical about whether such quasi-private alternatives to public power are enough or realistic. More realistic is meeting concerns about the ills of bureaucratized public power head-on. If privatized schemes don’t work empirically or normatively, public administration should not be rejected but rethought to work better. For instance, bureaucrats exercise discretion all the time, but they hide behind standardized rules to obfuscate that they have done so, which makes it extremely difficult for citizens to demand accountability for the decisions they make. Discrimination, for example, can happen, but bureaucrats can rationalize it with their rule-following — ergo lots of left-wing worries about statism. And there are few people who lack a story about a bureaucrat who just would not listen to the specificity of their problem and resolve it. This experience is highly alienating and can, in Cordelli’s criteria, deplete legitimacy.</p><p>How does Cordelli recommend increasing the legitimacy of public institutions? She proposes institutional arrangements like codetermination, recallability of officials, and randomly selected pools of civic jurors to determine eligibility criteria for welfare entitlements. She also suggests a robust civic education not only for the general public but also for would-be civil servants, who learn how to properly relate to the public once they are in office. These are political solutions to political problems, whereas alternatives that remove themselves from the public domain are not. These alternatives are what Kant would call “pre-political,” or failing in moral terms to qualify as civil society. Proponents of privatization posit that private entities are either more efficient, accountable to specific constituencies, or both — but privatization is really bureaucratic unilateralism by another name.</p><p>Ellen Meiksins Wood once wrote that the difference between political power in a capitalist and in a noncapitalist society is that capitalism institutionalizes a form of privatized political power within the production process.<sup id="fn-no-1"><a href="#fn-1">1</a></sup> Though the economy and the state are never independent of one another and are co-constitutive in many respects, the way that capital exercises political power in production is dissimilar to the way propertied classes do so in other systems. How to breach the chasm between the two and reconfigure their institutional boundary in a manner that tips the balance of forces in favor of workers, the poor, and the disenfranchised?</p><p>One conclusion to draw from Cordelli’s argument is that this has to do more with governance than many in the socialist tradition have thought. It is surprising how little left-wing debate about the state has to do with governance. An illegitimate private state on Cordelli’s description is a condition that most on the Left want to avoid. Cordelli’s argument raises a serious question about how the Left should think about governance in the wake of the rise of the NGO-ization of service provision and social movements, social democracy’s decline, and the collapse of welfare states, or the lack thereof in many parts of the world. Instead of confronting these questions, many on the Left have retreated into “movementism,” or thinking about social movements as surrogate democracies independent of institutionalized forms of political power. Others want to strengthen existing states to repair the damage done in the neoliberal period.</p><p>These political differences have a long history on the Left. Anarchists argue that all states are rooted in violence, so they must be done away with. Communists have historically institutionalized the state in a robust way. Social democrats have used different state mechanisms to institutionalize the influence of the labor movement on politics. These strands of thinking tend toward mutual hostility, where each considers the other to have medium-term strategies that fatally undermine the project for social emancipation they seek. But Cordelli’s argument encourages us to ask a different question under today’s new and challenging condition: Are these old debates worth recycling? Are they focusing on the right thing, right now?</p><p>Perhaps they are not. The Marxist tradition has always considered the capitalist state to be illegitimate because it depends on the political will of the capitalist class to carry out its duties and precludes equal respect for citizens. Thus, Friedrich Engels said that the state would wither away. Vladimir Lenin said that whatever emerged from the ashes of proletarian revolution would not be a state anymore. Antonio Gramsci tried to analyze the relationship between the revolutionary party and the working class as seeking hegemony without institutionalizing bureaucracy. None of this world of thought is unequivocal in its approval of state power.</p><p>One way to interpret these various claims is that socialists either reject statecraft as such or wish to create all-powerful bureaucratic states. In either of these interpretations, states are only necessary in a class society to institutionalize law and order between the rulers and the ruled. But another interpretation could be that these theorists were interested in socialist <em>governance</em> beyond the state as constituted in capitalist society. Governance may be different than state-building and more akin to a system of legitimate public power. The difference is institutional. The alternative system of governance would need to break down the institutional boundary between the state and the economy to disband privatized power in the latter, in a way that meets the criteria for legitimacy. In this case, the state may no longer exist as we know it, but it would be a form of governance that can navigate the waters of a highly complex and interdependent economy.</p><p>Cordelli doesn’t go so far, but socialists should. Socialists should also take the occasion of reading Cordelli’s book to think hard about the network of alliances in which they find themselves in today. NGOs have brought civil society to the brink of crisis in their efforts to cobble together a system of public provision that states are unable or unwilling to coordinate. They now have their own interests, their own web of dependencies on both private and public funding, and they are not — regardless of their radical social justice rhetoric — a substitute for public power. They are also not a substitute for the democratic movement organization needed to widen its scope. The Left can no longer afford to be coy about how it envisions alternatives to private government in its neoliberal or “progressive” neoliberal forms, adhering to the rhetoric of these institutions rather than criticizing the substance of their politics. A regime of democratic governance can only be built on the basis of a shared normative horizon. This point is critical for the Left if it wants its political leadership to become authoritative in the eyes of ordinary people. In this institutional context, “social justice” is on a long march through the institutions, but freedom may be left behind. It is our responsibility to turn that ship around.</p></div><footer><ol><li id="fn-1">Ellen Meiksins Wood, <cite>Democracy Against Capitalism: Renewing Historical Materialism</cite> (Verso Books, 2016), 19–48.</li></ol></footer></article></content><published>2023-07-31T16:35:40Z</published><summary type="text">The case against the neoliberal privatization of public institutions is based on the harmful effects it has on workers and citizens. But the case for public ownership needs more: the legitimacy of democratic governance.</summary></entry></feed>